CS720, CS725, CS727, CS728,

C4150 Printers

5028-1A5, -135, -6A0, -630, -6A9, -639

Service Manual

• Start diagnostics

• Maintenance

• Safety and notices

• Trademarks

• Index

June 25, 2023 www.lexmark.com

 5028

Product information
Product name:
Lexmark CS720, CS725, CS727, CS728, C4150 printers
Machine type:
5028
Model(s):
1A5, 135, 6A0, 630, 6A9, 639

Edition notice
June 25, 2023
The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: LEXMARK
INTERNATIONAL, INC., PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement
may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information
herein; these changes will be incorporated in later editions. Improvements or changes in the products or the programs described
may be made at any time.
References in this publication to products, programs, or services do not imply that the manufacturer intends to make these available
in all countries in which it operates. Any reference to a product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any
existing intellectual property right may be used instead. Evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with other products,
programs, or services, except those expressly designated by the manufacturer, are the user’s responsibility.

Trademarks
Lexmark and the Lexmark logo are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the United States and/or other countries.
PCL® is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company. PCL is Hewlett-Packard Company’s designation of a set of printer
commands (language) and functions included in its printer products. This printer is intended to be compatible with the PCL language.
This means the printer recognizes PCL commands used in various application programs, and that the printer emulates the functions
corresponding to the commands.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
© 2017 Lexmark International, Inc.
All rights reserved.
P/N
 5028

Table of contents
Product information......................................................................................2
Edition notice.................................................................................................2
Notices, conventions, and safety information.........................................13
Laser notice..........................................................................................................................................................13
Conventions.........................................................................................................................................................16
Safety information.............................................................................................................................................. 17
General caution statements........................................................................................................................... 22

Change history............................................................................................23
Change history................................................................................................................................................... 23

General information.................................................................................... 31
Printer model configurations........................................................................................................................... 31
Finding the serial number................................................................................................................................ 31
Paper and specialty media guide..................................................................................................................32
Paper guidelines.......................................................................................................................................................... 32
Using specialty media ................................................................................................................................................ 33
Supported paper sizes, types, and weights ......................................................................................................... 34
Tools required for service................................................................................................................................36

Diagnostics and troubleshooting............................................................. 39

Troubleshooting precautions......................................................................................................................... 39
Troubleshooting overview................................................................................................................................41
Performing the initial troubleshooting check........................................................................................................ 41
Power‑on reset (POR) sequence.............................................................................................................................. 41
Securing the printer.......................................................................................................................................... 42
Resetting the printer without admin credentials ................................................................................................. 42
Using the security reset jumper .............................................................................................................................. 42
Data security notice .................................................................................................................................................... 43
Fixing print quality issues................................................................................................................................ 45
Initial print quality check............................................................................................................................................ 45
Toner easily rubs off check ....................................................................................................................................... 45
Background or gray background check.................................................................................................................47
Blank or white pages check ..................................................................................................................................... 48
Gapping or half color page check .......................................................................................................................... 50
Blurred print or misaligned color check ................................................................................................................. 51

Table of contents
3
 5028

Horizontal colored lines or banding check .......................................................................................................... 52

Text or images cut off check .................................................................................................................................... 53
Mottled print and dots check ................................................................................................................................... 54
Vertical white lines check.......................................................................................................................................... 55
Ghost images check ................................................................................................................................................... 56
Solid color or black image check............................................................................................................................ 58
Vertical colored lines or banding check................................................................................................................ 59
Image void scan direction check ............................................................................................................................ 60
Image void process direction check ...................................................................................................................... 62
Dark print check........................................................................................................................................................... 63
Missing color check .................................................................................................................................................... 65
Uneven print density check...................................................................................................................................... 68
Repeating defects check........................................................................................................................................... 69
Random marks check................................................................................................................................................. 70
Light print check ............................................................................................................................................................71
Skewed print service check ......................................................................................................................................74
Marks on leading or trailing edges check ............................................................................................................ 78
RFID tag silhouette on prints check ....................................................................................................................... 78
Paper jams...........................................................................................................................................................79
Avoiding jams ............................................................................................................................................................... 79
Identifying jam locations............................................................................................................................................. 81
Paper jam in trays ........................................................................................................................................................ 82
Paper jam in the multipurpose feeder ................................................................................................................... 83
Paper jam in the standard bin .................................................................................................................................. 83
Paper jam in door A .................................................................................................................................................... 84
200 paper jams............................................................................................................................................................ 87
201 paper jams............................................................................................................................................................. 93
202 paper jams............................................................................................................................................................ 95
203 paper jams...........................................................................................................................................................102
211 paper jams .............................................................................................................................................................103
221 paper jams ............................................................................................................................................................105
230 paper jams...........................................................................................................................................................106
231 paper jams .............................................................................................................................................................112
232 paper jams ............................................................................................................................................................118
240 paper jams...........................................................................................................................................................123
241 paper jams ............................................................................................................................................................135
242–244 paper jams .................................................................................................................................................146
User attendance messages............................................................................................................................171
Non‑Lexmark supply ................................................................................................................................................. 171
31 user attendance errors ......................................................................................................................................... 171
32 user attendance errors ....................................................................................................................................... 172
33 user attendance errors ....................................................................................................................................... 173
42 user attendance errors ....................................................................................................................................... 175
43 user attendance errors .......................................................................................................................................176

Table of contents
4
 5028

71 user attendance errors.........................................................................................................................................176

80 user attendance errors ....................................................................................................................................... 178
82 user attendance errors .......................................................................................................................................179
83 user attendance errors .......................................................................................................................................180
84 user attendance errors ........................................................................................................................................181
85 user attendance errors .......................................................................................................................................182
88 user attendance errors .......................................................................................................................................183
Non-supply user attendance errors.......................................................................................................................184
Printer hardware errors.................................................................................................................................. 198
100 errors......................................................................................................................................................................198
102 errors.....................................................................................................................................................................204
110 errors..................................................................................................................................................................... 206
120 errors.....................................................................................................................................................................207
121 errors..................................................................................................................................................................... 209
126-127 errors ..............................................................................................................................................................213
128 errors......................................................................................................................................................................215
142 errors......................................................................................................................................................................216
144 errors ......................................................................................................................................................................218
145 errors.................................................................................................................................................................... 220
147 errors ......................................................................................................................................................................221
149 errors.....................................................................................................................................................................223
150 and 160 errors.....................................................................................................................................................224
151 errors......................................................................................................................................................................226
153 errors.....................................................................................................................................................................228
161-164 errors ..............................................................................................................................................................229
166-168 errors.............................................................................................................................................................234
17y errors......................................................................................................................................................................236
621 errors.....................................................................................................................................................................238
647 errors ....................................................................................................................................................................238
649 errors....................................................................................................................................................................238
650 errors....................................................................................................................................................................239
653 errors....................................................................................................................................................................239
660 errors....................................................................................................................................................................240
661-668 errors............................................................................................................................................................240
Procedure before starting the 9yy service checks ..........................................................................................243
900 errors ...................................................................................................................................................................244
91y errors .....................................................................................................................................................................248
938 errors................................................................................................................................................................... 250
95y errors ................................................................................................................................................................... 250
96y errors ....................................................................................................................................................................253
97y errors ....................................................................................................................................................................254
980-984 errors...........................................................................................................................................................256
985 errors....................................................................................................................................................................257
99y errors ....................................................................................................................................................................258

Table of contents
5
 5028

Other symptoms..............................................................................................................................................259
Base printer symptoms ............................................................................................................................................259
Control panel service check...................................................................................................................................259
Interlock switch service check................................................................................................................................261
Sensor (narrow media) and sensor (fuser buckle) service check.................................................................262
Dead machine service check.................................................................................................................................263
Mobile solutions module NFC service check ....................................................................................................264
Network service check ............................................................................................................................................265
Toner meter cycle (TMC) card service check.....................................................................................................268
USB service check ....................................................................................................................................................269
Control panel USB cable service check..............................................................................................................269
Toner patch sensing service check ......................................................................................................................270
Auto alignment service check................................................................................................................................272
Printer fails to program RFID tags service check..............................................................................................275
Behavioral issues (without error codes) of printers with RFID Option ........................................................278
The printer runs slow service check ....................................................................................................................279

Service menus........................................................................................... 281

Understanding the printer control panel................................................................................................... 281
Using the control panel ............................................................................................................................................281
Understanding the status of the power button and indicator light ..............................................................282
Using the home screen............................................................................................................................................282
Menus list.....................................................................................................................................................................283
Configuring the door interlock bypass jumpers..................................................................................... 284
Diagnostics menu........................................................................................................................................... 286
Entering the Diagnostics menu .............................................................................................................................286
Event Log.....................................................................................................................................................................286
Reports .........................................................................................................................................................................287
Advanced Print Quality Samples...........................................................................................................................287
Input tray quick print.................................................................................................................................................287
Printer Setup...............................................................................................................................................................287
Printer diagnostics and adjustments....................................................................................................................289
Additional input tray diagnostics............................................................................................................................291
Configuration Menu........................................................................................................................................ 291
Entering Recovery mode.............................................................................................................................. 294
Service Engineer menu.................................................................................................................................296
Entering Invalid engine mode ................................................................................................................................296
Entering the Service Engineer (SE) menu ...........................................................................................................296
General SE ..................................................................................................................................................................296
Network SE .................................................................................................................................................................296

Parts removal............................................................................................ 299

Important removal information....................................................................................................................299

Table of contents
6
 5028

Removal precautions................................................................................................................................................299
Handling ESD‑sensitive parts..................................................................................................................................301
Critical information for controller board or control panel replacement .......................................................301
Restoring the printer configuration.......................................................................................................................302
Restoring solutions, licenses, and configuration settings ..............................................................................305
Updating the printer firmware ...............................................................................................................................306
Backing up eSF solutions and settings ...............................................................................................................307
Disconnecting ribbon cables..................................................................................................................................307
Adjustments..................................................................................................................................................... 308
Printhead alignment adjustment ...........................................................................................................................308
Registration adjustment............................................................................................................................................310
Removal procedures....................................................................................................................................... 313
Cover removals.................................................................................................................................................314
Front cover removal...................................................................................................................................................314
Top cover removal......................................................................................................................................................316
Left cover removal .....................................................................................................................................................319
Right cover removal...................................................................................................................................................321
Motor cover removal ................................................................................................................................................322
Toner door removal...................................................................................................................................................325
Toner door mount bracket removal...................................................................................................................... 327
Toner door mount removal .....................................................................................................................................328
Control panel removals................................................................................................................................. 329
Control panel front cover removal........................................................................................................................329
Bezel removal.............................................................................................................................................................332
Number pad cover removal.................................................................................................................................... 333
Control panel arms removal ................................................................................................................................... 333
Speaker removal .......................................................................................................................................................335
Control panel base cover removal .......................................................................................................................336
Duplex removals............................................................................................................................................. 338
Duplex outer guide removal...................................................................................................................................338
Duplex inner guide removal ...................................................................................................................................340
Pivot shaft removal....................................................................................................................................................340
Tensioner belt removal .............................................................................................................................................341
Sensor (duplex) removal..........................................................................................................................................342
Sensors (fuser buckle and narrow media) removal.......................................................................................... 343
Left removals....................................................................................................................................................345
Motor (EP drive) removal .........................................................................................................................................345
Power cable removal................................................................................................................................................346
Motor (output) removal.............................................................................................................................................346
Motor (deskew) removal ..........................................................................................................................................348
Fuser fan removal......................................................................................................................................................348
Main fan removal .......................................................................................................................................................350
EP gear box removal .................................................................................................................................................351

Table of contents
7
 5028

LVPS removal..............................................................................................................................................................354
LVPS cage removal ................................................................................................................................................... 357
Motor (black only retract) removal ........................................................................................................................358
Right removals.................................................................................................................................................360
Sensor (weather station) removal ........................................................................................................................360
Sensor (paper size) removal ....................................................................................................................................361
Sensor (waste toner contact) removal ................................................................................................................363
TMC card removal.....................................................................................................................................................364
Motor (duplex/MPF) removal ..................................................................................................................................364
Motor (fuser) removal ............................................................................................................................................... 367
HVPS removal ............................................................................................................................................................368
Sensor (MPF paper present) removal ................................................................................................................... 371
Waste toner bottle idler gear removal ................................................................................................................. 373
Imaging unit cover removal .................................................................................................................................... 373
Sensor (TPS) removal ............................................................................................................................................... 374
TPS sled removal....................................................................................................................................................... 376
Toner cartridge contacts removal ......................................................................................................................... 377
TPS wiper mechanism removal ............................................................................................................................. 379
TPS wiper removal .....................................................................................................................................................381
Front removals.................................................................................................................................................382
Fuser removal.............................................................................................................................................................382
Transfer module removal.........................................................................................................................................383
Transfer module guide rail removal......................................................................................................................385
Sensor (media type) removal..................................................................................................................................389
Sensor (input) removal .............................................................................................................................................390
Deskew rollers removal ............................................................................................................................................391
Diverter removal ........................................................................................................................................................398
Redrive guide removal .............................................................................................................................................402
Sensor (redrive) removal .........................................................................................................................................402
Rear removals.................................................................................................................................................. 404
Controller board shield removal............................................................................................................................404
Inner controller board shield removal..................................................................................................................405
Controller board removal ........................................................................................................................................405
TPS cables removal .................................................................................................................................................407
Secure element SIM card removal........................................................................................................................408
Top removals....................................................................................................................................................409
Printhead removal .....................................................................................................................................................409
Developer hold down removal ...............................................................................................................................413
Output roll removal ....................................................................................................................................................414
Output bin exit cover removal ................................................................................................................................ 417
Output bin flag removal ............................................................................................................................................418
Bottom removals.............................................................................................................................................. 418
Front cover hinges removal.....................................................................................................................................418
Tray rail removal..........................................................................................................................................................419

Table of contents
8
 5028

Aligner idler gears removal .....................................................................................................................................421

Isolation unit removal ...............................................................................................................................................422
Media feeder removal ..............................................................................................................................................424
Paper out actuator spring removal .......................................................................................................................425
550-sheet tray removals...............................................................................................................................428
550-sheet tray right cover removal......................................................................................................................428
Motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through) removal...................................................................................................429
550‑sheet tray paper feeder removal ..................................................................................................................431
Sensor (550-sheet tray pass-through) removal.................................................................................................432
Sensor (550-sheet tray trailing edge) removal.................................................................................................. 433
Sensor (550-sheet tray paper size) removal...................................................................................................... 433
550-sheet tray controller board assembly removal.........................................................................................435
550-sheet tray interface cable removal ..............................................................................................................436
550-sheet tray empty sensor actuator removal................................................................................................ 437
Sensor (550-sheet tray empty) removal..............................................................................................................438
Sensor (550-sheet tray index) removal ...............................................................................................................439

Component locations............................................................................... 441

Printer configurations......................................................................................................................................441
Controller board connectors........................................................................................................................442
LVPS controller board connectors..............................................................................................................454
Motor locations................................................................................................................................................456
Sensor locations.............................................................................................................................................. 457

Maintenance............................................................................................. 459
Inspection guide..............................................................................................................................................459
Scheduled maintenance............................................................................................................................... 459
Maintenance kits........................................................................................................................................................459
Identifying the type of fuser used in the printer................................................................................................462
Resetting the maintenance counter .....................................................................................................................462
Cleaning the printer........................................................................................................................................463
Cleaning the printer ..................................................................................................................................................463
Cleaning the printhead lenses...............................................................................................................................463
Cleaning the main tray duplex turnaround.........................................................................................................464

Parts catalog............................................................................................. 466

Legend...............................................................................................................................................................466
Assembly 1: Covers 1...................................................................................................................................... 467
Assembly 2: Covers 2....................................................................................................................................469
Assembly 3: Control panel.............................................................................................................................471
Assembly 4: Fuser...........................................................................................................................................473

Table of contents
9
 5028

Assembly 5: Transfer module...................................................................................................................... 475

Assembly 6: Paper feed.................................................................................................................................477
Assembly 7: Paper path 1.............................................................................................................................. 479
Assembly 8: Paper path 2..............................................................................................................................481
Assembly 9: Duplex........................................................................................................................................483
Assembly 10: Electrical.................................................................................................................................. 485
Assembly 11: 550‑sheet tray option 1.........................................................................................................489
Assembly 12: 550‑sheet tray option 2........................................................................................................491
Assembly 13: Adjustable stand....................................................................................................................493
Assembly 14: Miscellaneous parts..............................................................................................................495
Assembly 15: Maintenance kits....................................................................................................................497
Assembly 16: Power cords............................................................................................................................499

Printer specifications................................................................................501
Power consumption........................................................................................................................................ 501
Product power consumption ...................................................................................................................................501
Sleep Mode..................................................................................................................................................................501
Hibernate Mode........................................................................................................................................................ 502
Off mode..................................................................................................................................................................... 502
Total energy usage .................................................................................................................................................. 502
Selecting a location for the printer.............................................................................................................502
Noise emission levels.................................................................................................................................... 503
Temperature information.............................................................................................................................. 503
Applicability of Regulation (EU) 2019/2015 and (EU) 2019/2020.......................................................504

Options and features............................................................................... 505

Available internal options.............................................................................................................................505
Installing optional trays................................................................................................................................. 505
Adding available options in the print driver............................................................................................ 506

Theory of operation................................................................................. 509

Paper path and transport components.....................................................................................................509
Tray section................................................................................................................................................................ 509
MPF section ............................................................................................................................................................... 509
Isolation unit section..................................................................................................................................................510
Aligner section ............................................................................................................................................................512
Fuser section ...............................................................................................................................................................513
Duplex section ............................................................................................................................................................514
Print engine theory..........................................................................................................................................516

Table of contents
10
 5028

Electrophotographic process ..................................................................................................................................516

EP process basics ......................................................................................................................................................516
Color theory......................................................................................................................................................524
Color theory ................................................................................................................................................................524

Acronyms...................................................................................................527
Acronyms.......................................................................................................................................................... 527

Index.......................................................................................................... 529
Part number index....................................................................................535
Part name index........................................................................................ 541

Table of contents
11
 5028

Table of contents
12
 5028

Notices, conventions, and safety information

Laser notice
The printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR, Chapter I, Subchapter J for
Class I (1) laser products, and elsewhere is certified as a Class I laser product conforming to the requirements
of IEC 60825-1: 2014.
Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The printer contains a Class IIIb (3b) AlGaInP laser
that is nominally 15 milliwatts operating in the wavelength region of 650–670 nanometers and enclosed in a
non-serviceable printhead assembly. The laser system and printer are designed so there is never any human
access to laser radiation above a Class I level during normal operation, user maintenance, or prescribed service
conditions.

Avis relatif à l'utilisation du laser

Cette imprimante est certifiée conforme aux exigences de la réglementation des Etats-Unis relative aux produits
laser de classe I (1) (DHHS 21 CFR, Chapitre I, Sous-chapitre J). Pour les autres pays, elle est certifiée conforme
aux exigences des normes CEI 60825-1: 2014 relatives aux produits laser de classe I.
Les produits laser de Classe I ne sont pas considérés comme dangereux. L'imprimante contient un dispositif
laser AlGaInP (aluminium, gallium, indium et phosphore) de classe IIIb (3b) d'une puissance nominale de
15 milliwatts fonctionnant dans la plage de longueurs d'onde allant de 650 à 670 nanomètres et scellé dans
un compartiment de têtes d'impression non réparable. Le système laser ainsi que l'imprimante ont été conçus
de manière à ce que personne ne soit jamais exposé à des radiations laser dépassant le niveau de classe I
dans le cadre d'un fonctionnement normal, de l'entretien par l'utilisateur ou de la maintenance.

Notificació del làser

La impressora està certificada als EUA per complir els requeriments de DHHS 21 CFR, capítol I, subcapítol J
per a productes de làser Classe I (1), i a la resta del món s’ha certificat com productes de làser Classe I segons
els requeriments de la norma IEC 60825-1: 2014.
Els productes de làser Classe I no es consideren perillosos. La impressora conté un làser intern Classe IIIb (3b)
AlGaInP que normalment és de 15 miliwatts, que funciona a la regió de longitud d’ona de 650 a 670 nanòmetres
i es troba dins d’una unitat de capçals d’impressió no substituïble. El sistema làser i la impressora estan
dissenyats de manera que les persones no estiguin exposades a una radiació del làser superior al nivell de
Classe I durant el funcionament normal, el manteniment de l’usuari o les condicions de servei prescrites.

Aviso de láser
Esta impresora se ha certificado en EE.UU. cumpliendo con los requisitos de DHHS 21 CFR, capítulo I,
subcapítulo J para los productos láser de Clase I (1) y en otros países está certificada como un producto láser
de Clase I de acuerdo con los requisitos de IEC 60825-1: 2014.
Los productos láser de Clase I no se consideran peligrosos. Este producto contiene un láser interno de Clase
IIIb (3b) AlGaInP que opera nominalmente a 15 milivatios en una longitud de onda de 650–670 nanómetros
cerrado en un conjunto de cabezal de impresión que no se puede reparar. El sistema láser y la impresora se
han diseñado para que el ser humano no acceda nunca a las radiaciones láser por encima del nivel de Clase
I durante su uso normal, ni en tareas de mantenimiento o intervenciones de servicio técnico prescritas.

Notices, conventions, and safety information

13
 5028

Aviso sobre laser

Esta impressora foi certificada nos EUA por estar em conformidade com os requisitos do DHHS 21 CFR capítulo
I, subcapítulo J, para produtos a laser de Classe I (1) e, nos demais países, foi certificada como um produto a
laser de Classe I em conformidade com os requisitos da IEC 60825-1: 2014.
Os produtos a laser de Classe I não são considerados prejudiciais. A impressora contém, internamente, um
laser de Classe IIIb (3b) AlGaInP que funciona nominalmente a 15 miliwatts no comprimento de onda de 650-670
nanômetros, incluso em um conjunto do cabeçote de impressão sem possibilidade de manutenção. O sistema
do laser e a impressora foram projetados para que jamais haja acesso humano à radiação do laser acima do
nível da Classe I durante a operação normal ou a manutenção pelo usuário ou sob as condições de manutenção
prescritas.

Avvertenze sui prodotti laser

La stampante è certificata negli Stati Uniti come prodotto conforme ai requisiti DHHS 21 CFR Capitolo I,
Sottocapitolo J per i prodotti laser di Classe I (1), mentre in altri paesi è certificata come prodotto laser di Classe
I conforme ai requisiti IEC 60825-1: 2014.
I prodotti laser di Classe I non sono considerati pericolosi. La stampante contiene internamente un laser AlGaInP
di Classe IIIb (3b) con valore nominale di 15 milliwatt, funzionante nella regione della lunghezza d'onda dei
650-670 nanometri e contenuto in un gruppo testina di stampa non riparabile. Il sistema laser e la stampante
sono stati progettati in modo da impedire l'esposizione a radiazioni laser superiori al livello previsto dalla Classe
I durante le normali operazioni di stampa, manutenzione o assistenza.

Laserinformatie
De printer is in de Verenigde Staten gecertificeerd als een product dat voldoet aan de vereisten van DHHS 21
CFR hoofdstuk 1, paragraaf J voor laserproducten van klasse I (1). Elders is de printer gecertificeerd als een
laserproduct van klasse I dat voldoet aan de vereisten van IEC 60825-1: 2014.
Laserproducten van klasse I worden geacht geen gevaar op te leveren. De printer bevat intern een laser van
klasse IIIb (3b) AlGaInP met een nominaal vermogen van 15 milliwatt in een golflengtebereik van 650-670
nanometer in een niet-bruikbare printkopeenheid. Het lasersysteem en de printer zijn zodanig ontworpen dat
gebruikers nooit blootstaan aan laserstraling die hoger is dan het toegestane niveau voor klasse I-apparaten,
tijdens normaal gebruik, onderhoudswerkzaamheden door de gebruiker of voorgeschreven
servicewerkzaamheden.

Lasererklæring
Printeren er certificeret i USA i henhold til kravene i DHHS 21 CFR kapitel I, underafsnit J for klasse l (1)
laserprodukter og er andre steder certificeret som et klasse I-laserprodukt i henhold til kravene i IEC 60825-1:
2014.
Klasse I-laserprodukter er ikke anset som farlige. Printeren indeholder internt en Klasse IIIb (3b) AlGaAs-laser,
der nominelt er en 15 milliwatt laser, som fungerer i bølgelængdeområdet 650–670 nanometer og indbygget
i en printhovedenhed, der ikke er servicerbar. Lasersystemet og printeren er designet på en sådan måde, at
der ikke er en direkte laserstråling, der overskrider Klasse I-niveauet under normal brug, brugers
vedligeholdelse eller de foreskrevne servicebetingelser.

Notices, conventions, and safety information

14
 5028

Laser-Hinweis
Der Drucker wurde in den USA zertifiziert und entspricht den Anforderungen der Vorschriften DHHS 21 CFR
Kapitel I für Laserprodukte der Klasse I (1), andernorts ist er als Laserprodukt der Klasse I zertifiziert, das den
Anforderungen von IEC 60825-1: 2014 entspricht.
Laserprodukte der Klasse I werden nicht als gefährlich betrachtet. Der Drucker enthält im Inneren einen Laser
der Klasse IIIb (3b) AlGaInP mit 15 Milliwatt, im Wellenlängenbereich von 650 bis 670 Nanometern arbeitet.
Dieser befindet sich in einer Druckkopfeinheit, die nicht gewartet werden kann. Das Lasersystem und der
Drucker sind so konstruiert, dass unter normalen Betriebsbedingungen, bei der Wartung durch den Benutzer
oder bei den vorgeschriebenen Wartungsbedingungen Menschen keiner Laserstrahlung ausgesetzt sind, die
die Werte für Klasse I überschreitet.

Laserilmoitus
Tämä tulostin on sertifioitu Yhdysvalloissa DHHS 21 CFR, Chapter I, Subchapter J -standardin mukaiseksi luokan
I (1) -lasertuotteeksi ja muualla IEC 60825-1: 2014 -standardin mukaiseksi luokan I lasertuotteeksi.
Luokan I lasertuotteita ei pidetä haitallisina. Tulostimen sisällä on luokan IIIb (3b) AlGaInP -laser, jonka
nimellisteho on 15 mW milliwatts, joka toimii 650–670 nanometrin aallonpituuksilla ja joka on suljettu
tulostuspäähän, jota käyttäjä ei voi huoltaa. Laserjärjestelmä ja tulostin ovat rakenteeltaan sellaisia, että käyttäjä
ei joudu alttiiksi luokkaa 1 suuremmalle säteilylle normaalin käytön, ylläpidon tai huollon aikana.

Lasermerknad
Skriveren er sertifisert i USA for samsvar med kravene i DHHS 21 CFR, kapittel I, underkapittel J for
laserprodukter av klasse I (1) og er andre steder sertifisert som et laserprodukt av klasse I som samsvarer med
kravene i IEC 60825-1: 2014.
Laserprodukter av klasse I anses ikke som helseskadelige. Skriveren inneholder en intern AlGaInP-laser av
klasse IIIb (3b) på nominelt 15 milliwatt, som opererer i bølgelengder på 650–670 nanometer, inne i en
skrivehodeenhet som ikke kan vedlikeholdes. Lasersystemet og skriveren er utformet slik at mennesker ikke
utsettes for laserstråling utover nivået i klasse I under normal drift, vedlikehold eller foreskrevet service.

Meddelande om laser
Skrivaren är certifierad i USA i enlighet med kraven i DHHS 21 CFR kapitel I, underkapitel J för klass I (1)-
laserprodukter, och på andra platser certifierad som en klass I-laserprodukt i enlighet med kraven i IEC 60825-1:
2014.
Laserprodukter av klass I anses inte vara skadliga. Skrivaren innehåller en klass IIIb (3b) AlGaInP-laser på
nominellt 15 mW som arbetar inom en våglängd på 650–670 nm och är innesluten i en icke-servicebar
skrivhuvudenhet. Lasersystemet och skrivaren är utformade så att människor aldrig utsätts för laserstrålning
över klass I-nivå under normala förhållanden vid användning, underhåll eller service.

レーザーについて
本機は、米国において クラス I（1）レーザー製品に対する DHHS 21 CFR、Chapter I、Subchapter J の要件に準
拠し、その他の国では IEC 60825-1: 2014 の要件に準拠するクラス I レーザー製品として認可されています。
クラス I レーザー製品は、危険性がないとみなされています。 本機には、クラス IIIb（3b）AlGaInP レーザーが内蔵
されています。これは、650 ～ 670 ナノメートルの波長で、定格 15 ミリワットで動作するレーザーであり、整備不可
のプリントヘッドアセンブリに収容されています。 レーザーシステムとプリンタは、通常の操作、ユーザーによるメンテ

Notices, conventions, and safety information

15
 5028

ナンス、または所定のサービス条件の下で、ユーザーがクラス I レベルを超えるレーザー放射に絶対にさらされない
ように設計されています。

레이저 고지사항
프린터는 미국에서 레이저 제품용 DHHS 21 CFR Chapter I, Subchapter J의 요구 사항을 준수하며 이외 지역
에서 IEC 60825-1: 2014의 요구 사항을 준수하는 클래스 I(1) 레이저 제품으로 승인되었습니다.
Class I 레이저 제품은 위험한 제품으로 간주되지 않습니다. 프린터에는 650~670 나노미터 범위의 파장 영역
에서 공칭 작동하는 15밀리와트 AlGaInP 레이저인 클래스 IIIb(3b) 레이저가 내부에 포함되어 있으며 서비스
불가 프린트 헤드 어셈블리가 포함되어 있습니다. 레이저 시스템과 프린터는 정상적인 작동, 사용자 유지 관
리 또는 사전 설명된 서비스 조건에는 사람에게 클래스 I 수준 이상의 레이저 방사가 노출되지 않도록 설계되
었습니다.

激光注意事项
本打印机在美国认证合乎 DHHS 21 CFR Chapter I，Subchapter J 对分类 I（1）激光产品的标准，而在其他
地区则被认证是合乎 IEC 60825-1: 2014 的分类 I 激光产品。
一般认为分类 I 激光产品不具有危险性。本打印机内部含有分类 IIIb（3b）的磷化铝镓铟激光，标称值为 15
毫瓦，其工作波长范围在 650–670nm 之间，并被封闭在不可维修的打印头配件中。本激光系统及打印机的设
计，在一般操作、使用者维护或规定内的维修情况下，不会使人体接触分类 I 以上等级的辐射。

雷射聲明
本印表機係經過美國核可，符合 DHHS 21 CFR，Chapter I，Subchapter J 規定的 I (1) 級雷射產品；在美國
以外的地區，為符合 IEC 60825-1: 2014 規定的 I 級雷射產品。
根據 I 級雷射產品的規定，這類產品不會對人體造成傷害。 本印表機所採用之 IIIb (3b) 級 AlGaInP 雷射在 650
至 670 奈米 (nanometer) 波長範圍內運作時通常為 15 毫瓦特 (milliwatt)，且含括在不可修復列印頭組件中。 使
用者只要以正確的方法操作及維護保養，並依照先前所述之維修方式進行修護，此印表機與其雷射系統絕不會
產生 I 級以上的放射線，而對人體造成傷害。

Conventions
Note: A note identifies information that could help you.
Warning: A warning identifies something that could damage the product hardware or software.
CAUTION: A caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation that could injure you.
Different types of caution statements include:
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: Indicates a risk of injury.

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: Indicates a risk of electrical shock.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: Indicates a risk of burn if touched.

CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD: Indicates a crush hazard.

CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD: Indicates a risk of being caught between moving parts.

Notices, conventions, and safety information

16
 5028

Safety information
• The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and specific components.
The manufacturer is not responsible for safety in the event of use of unauthorized replacement parts.
• The maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional service person
and is not intended to be used by others.
• There may be an increased risk of electrical shock and personal injury during disassembly and servicing of
this product. Professional service personnel should understand this risk and take necessary precautions.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: When you see this symbol, there is a danger from hazardous voltage
in the area of the product where you are working. Unplug the product before you begin, or use
caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task.
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: The lithium battery in this product is not intended to be replaced.
There is a danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Do not recharge,
disassemble, or incinerate a lithium battery. Discard used lithium batteries according to the
manufacturer's instructions and local regulations.

Consignes de sécurité
• La sécurité de ce produit est basée sur des tests et certifications de sa conception d'origine et de ses
composants spécifiques. Le fabricant décline toute responsabilité en cas d'utilisation de pièces de rechange
non autorisées.
• Les informations de maintenance de ce produit sont destinées à des professionnels qualifiés et ne sont pas
conçues pour être utilisées par d'autres personnes.
• Il existe un risque potentiel de choc électrique et de blessures lors du démontage et de la maintenance de
ce produit. Le personnel professionnel de maintenance doit comprendre les risques et prendre les
précautions nécessaires.
ATTENTION—RISQUE D'ELECTROCUTION : Ce symbole indique un danger lié à des niveaux de
tension dangereux dans la zone du produit à manipuler. Débranchez le produit avant de commencer,
ou agissez avec prudence si le produit doit être alimenté pour effectuer l'opération.
ATTENTION—RISQUE DE BLESSURE : La batterie lithium de ce produit n'est pas destinée à être
remplacée. Si vous ne respectez pas les instructions de remplacement de la batterie, vous risquez
de provoquer une explosion. Ne rechargez pas, ne désassemblez pas et ne brûlez pas la batterie au
lithium. Mettez les batteries lithium usagées au rebut selon les instructions du fabricant et les
réglementations locales.

Informació de seguretat
• La seguretat d'aquest producte es basa en les proves i les homologacions del disseny original i dels
components específics. El fabricant no és responsable de la seguretat en el cas d'ús de peces de recanvi
no autoritzades.
• La informació de manteniment d'aquest producte s'ha preparat per a l'ús d'un professional tècnic i no per
a l'ús d'altres persones.
• És possible que el risc de descàrrega elèctrica i lesions personals augmenti durant el desmuntatge i les
tasques de manteniment d'aquest producte. El professional tècnic ha de comprendre aquest risc i prendre
les precaucions necessàries.
PRECAUCIÓ. PERILL DE DESCÀRREGA ELÈCTRICA: Quan vegeu aquest símbol, indica que hi ha
un perill de voltatge elevat en l'àrea del producte on esteu treballant. Desconnecteu el producte
abans de començar o tingueu precaució si el producte ha de rebre alimentació per realitzar la tasca.

Notices, conventions, and safety information

17
 5028

PRECAUCIÓ. POSSIBLES DANYS: La bateria de liti d'aquest producte no ha estat dissenyada

perquè se substitueixi. Hi ha perill d’explosió si no es substitueix correctament la bateria de liti. No
recarregueu, desmunteu o incinereu una bateria de liti. Desfeu-vos de les bateries de liti usades
d’acord amb les instruccions del fabricant i les regulacions locals.

Información de seguridad
• La seguridad de este producto se basa en las pruebas y comprobaciones del diseño original y los
componentes específicos. El fabricante no se hace responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso de piezas
de repuesto no autorizadas.
• La información de mantenimiento de este producto se ha preparado para su uso por parte de un profesional
de asistencia técnica y no está diseñada para su uso por parte de otros usuarios.
• Es posible que haya un mayor riesgo de descarga eléctrica y daños personales durante el desmontaje y el
mantenimiento de este producto. El personal de asistencia profesional debe conocer este riesgo y tomar
las precauciones necesarias.
PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE DESCARGAS ELÉCTRICAS: Cuando vea este símbolo, existe peligro
de tensiones peligrosas en el área del producto en la que está trabajando. Desconecte el producto
antes de empezar o tenga cuidado si el producto debe recibir alimentación a fin de realizar la tarea.
PRECAUCIÓN: POSIBLES DAÑOS PERSONALES: La batería de litio de este producto no debe
reemplazarse. Existe riesgo de explosión si se sustituye incorrectamente una batería de litio. No
recargue, desmonte ni incinere una batería de litio. Deseche las baterías de litio usadas según las
instrucciones del fabricante y las normativas locales.

Informações sobre segurança

• A segurança deste produto é baseada em testes e aprovações do design original e de componentes
específicos. O fabricante não é responsável por segurança em caso de uso não autorizado de peças de
substituição.
• As informações sobre manutenção deste produto foram preparadas para utilização por um técnico
profissional experiente e não se destinam ao uso por outros.
• Pode haver maior risco de choque elétrico e danos pessoais durante a desmontagem e manutenção deste
produto. Os técnicos profissionais experientes devem entender esses riscos e tomar as precauções
necessárias.
ATENÇÃO—RISCO DE CHOQUE: Se você vir este símbolo, existe perigo de tensão elétrica na área
do produto onde está trabalhando. Desligue o produto antes de começar ou tenha cuidado se o
produto precisar receber energia para executar a tarefa.
ATENÇÃO—RISCO DE FERIMENTO: A bateria de lítio neste produto não deve ser substituída. Existe
o risco de explosão se uma bateria de lítio for substituída incorretamente. Não recarregue, desmonte
nem incinere uma bateria de lítio. Descarte as baterias de lítio usadas de acordo com as instruções
do fabricante e regulamentos locais.

Informazioni sulla sicurezza

• La sicurezza di questo prodotto è basata sui test e sulle approvazioni del design originale e dei componenti
specifici. Il produttore non è responsabile della sicurezza in caso di utilizzo di parti di ricambio non
autorizzate.
• Le informazioni di manutenzione per questo prodotto sono state predisposte per essere utilizzate da un
tecnico dell'assistenza professionale e non sono state previste per l'uso da parte di altre persone.

Notices, conventions, and safety information

18
 5028

• È possibile che vi sia un maggior rischio di scosse elettriche e lesioni personali durante lo smontaggio e la
manutenzione di questo prodotto. Il personale dell'assistenza deve comprendere questo rischio e prendere
le precauzioni necessarie.
ATTENZIONE - PERICOLO DI SCOSSE ELETTRICHE: Questo simbolo indica la presenza di un
rischio per tensioni pericolose nell'area del prodotto in cui si lavora. Scollegare l'alimentazione prima
di iniziare, o prestare la massima attenzione se per effettuare l'operazione il prodotto deve ricevere
l'alimentazione.
ATTENZIONE - PERICOLO DI LESIONI: La batteria al litio contenuto nel prodotto non deve essere
sostituita: in caso di sostituzione errata della batteria al litio, potrebbe verificarsi un'esplosione. Non
ricaricare, smontare o bruciare batterie al litio. Smaltire le batterie al litio usate seguendo le istruzioni
del produttore e le norme locali.

Informatie over veiligheid

• De veiligheid van dit product is gebaseerd op testen en goedkeuringen van het oorspronkelijke ontwerp
en specifieke onderdelen. De fabrikant is niet verantwoordelijk voor de veiligheid bij gebruik van
ongeautoriseerde vervangende onderdelen.
• De informatie over het onderhoud van dit product is opgesteld voor gebruik door een professionele
onderhoudsmonteur en is niet bedoeld voor gebruik door anderen.
• Tijdens demontage en onderhoud van dit product bestaat mogelijk een hoger risico op elektrische
schokken en lichamelijk letsel. Professionele onderhoudsmonteurs dienen op de hoogte te zijn van dit risico
en de noodzakelijke voorzorgsmaatregelen te nemen.
LET OP: GEVAAR VOOR ELEKTRISCHE SCHOKKEN: Wanneer u dit symbool ziet, bestaat er een
gevaar voor gevaarlijke spanning in het gebied van het product waaraan u werkt. Haal de stekker
van het product uit het stopcontact voordat u begint, of let extra goed op als het product stroom
nodig heeft om een taak te kunnen uitvoeren.
LET OP: RISICO OP LETSEL: De lithiumbatterij in dit product moet niet worden vervangen. Wanneer
de lithiumbatterij niet juist wordt vervangen, bestaat er explosiegevaar. Probeer nooit
lithiumbatterijen op te laden, open te maken of te verbranden. Gooi gebruikte lithiumbatterijen weg
volgens de aanwijzingen van de fabrikant en houd hierbij de plaatselijke regelgeving in acht.

Sikkerhedsoplysninger
• Sikkerheden for dette produkt er baseret på afprøvning og godkendelser af det oprindelige design og
specifikke komponenter. Producenten er ikke ansvarlig for sikkerhed i tilfælde af brug af uautoriserede dele
til udskiftning.
• Vedligeholdelsesoplysninger om dette produkt er udarbejdet til brug af en kvalificeret servicetekniker og
er ikke beregnet til at blive brugt af andre.
• Der kan være en forøget risiko for elektrisk stød eller personskade ved afmontering og service af dette
produkt. Professionelt servicepersonale bør forstå denne risiko og tage nødvendige forholdsregler.
FORSIGTIG - ELEKTRISK STØD: Når du ser dette symbol, er der risiko for elektrisk spænding i
nærheden af produktet, hvor du arbejder. Tag strømstikket ud inden du begynder, eller udvis
forsigtighed, hvis produktet skal modtage strøm for at udføre opgaven.
FORSIGTIG - RISIKO FOR SKADE: Litium-batteriet i dette produkt er ikke beregnet til at blive
udskiftet. Der er fare for eksplosion, hvis et litium-batteri udskiftes forkert. Du må ikke genoplade,
demontere eller afbrænde et litium-batteri. Brugte litium-batterier skal bortskaffes i
overensstemmelse med producentens instruktioner og lokale retningslinjer.

Notices, conventions, and safety information

19
 5028

Sicherheitshinweise
• Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des Originaldesigns und der spezifischen
Komponenten. Sofern nicht autorisierte Ersatzteile eingesetzt werden, übernimmt der Hersteller keinerlei
Verantwortung in Bezug auf die Sicherheit dieses Produkts.
• Die Wartungsinformationen für dieses Produkt wurden für ausgebildete Servicemitarbeiter
zusammengestellt und dürfen nicht von anderen verwendet werden.
• Möglicherweise besteht bei der Demontage und Wartung dieses Produkts eine erhöhte Stromschlag- und
Verletzungsgefahr. Ausgebildete Servicemitarbeiter sollten sich dieser Gefahr bewusst sein und die
notwendigen Vorsichtsmaßnahmen ergreifen.
VORSICHT – STROMSCHLAGGEFAHR: Wenn Sie dieses Symbol sehen, besteht eine Gefahr durch
gefährliche Spannungen in dem Produktbereich, in dem Sie arbeiten. Trennen Sie das Produkt von
seiner Stromverbindung, bevor Sie beginnen, oder gehen Sie vorsichtig vor, wenn das Produkt für
die Durchführung der Aufgabe mit Strom versorgt werden muss.
VORSICHT – MÖGLICHE VERLETZUNGSGEFAHR Die Lithiumbatterie in diesem Produkt darf nicht
ausgetauscht werden. Wird eine Lithiumbatterie nicht ordnungsgemäß ausgetauscht, besteht
Explosionsgefahr. Lithiumbatterien dürfen auf keinen Fall wieder aufgeladen, auseinander
genommen oder verbrannt werden. Befolgen Sie zum Entsorgen verbrauchter Lithiumbatterien die
Anweisungen des Herstellers und die örtlichen Bestimmungen.

Turvallisuusohjeet
• Tämän laitteen turvallisuus perustuu alkuperäisen rakenteen ja tiettyjen osien testaukseen ja
hyväksymiseen. Valmistaja ei vastaa turvallisuudessa, jos laitteessa on käytetty luvattomia vaihto-osia.
• Tämän tuotteen huoltoa koskevat tiedot on tarkoitettu vain ammattitaitoisen huoltohenkilön käyttöön.
• Tämän tuotteen purkamiseen ja huoltoon voi liittyä kasvanut sähköiskun tai henkilövahingon vaara.
Ammattitaitoisen huoltohenkilön on ymmärrettävä tämä vaara ja toimittava sen edellyttämällä tavalla.
HUOMIO – SÄHKÖISKUN VAARA: Tämä symboli ilmaisee, että tuotteen työskentelyalueella on
olemassa vaarallinen jännite. Irrota laite verkkovirrasta ennen kuin aloitat tai toimi erittäin varovasti,
jos laitteessa on oltava virta työn aikana.
HUOMIO – TAPATURMAN MAHDOLLISUUS: Tuotteessa olevaa litiumakkua ei ole tarkoitettu
vaihdettavaksi. Litiumakun poistaminen väärin aiheuttaa räjähdysvaaran. Älä lataa, pura tai polta
litiumakkua. Hävitä käytetyt litiumakut valmistajan ohjeiden ja paikallisten säädösten mukaisesti.

Sikkerhetsinformasjon
• Sikkerheten til dette produktet er basert på testing og godkjenning av originaldesignet og bestemte
komponenter. Produsenten er ikke ansvarlig for sikkerheten ved bruk av uautoriserte reservedeler.
• Vedlikeholdsinformasjonen for dette produktet er tilrettelagt for bruk av profesjonelt servicepersonale, og
er ikke ment for bruk av andre.
• Det kan være en økt risiko for elektrisk støt og personskade under demontering og vedlikehold av produktet.
Profesjonelt servicepersonell må være innforstått med denne risikoen og ta nødvendige forholdsregler.
FORSIKTIG – FARE FOR STØT: Dette symbolet betyr at det er fare for farlig spenning i det området
av produktet der du arbeider. Koble fra produktet før du begynner, eller vær forsiktig hvis produktet
må ha strøm for å kunne utføre oppgaven.

Notices, conventions, and safety information

20
 5028

FORSIKTIG – POTENSIELLE SKADER: Litiumbatteriet i dette produktet er ikke beregnet for å byttes.
Det er fare for eksplosjon hvis litiumbatteriet skiftes ut på feil måte. Ikke lad opp, demonter eller
destruer et litiumbatteri. Kast brukte litiumbatterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner og lokale
regelverk.

Säkerhetsinformation
• Säkerheten för denna produkt baseras på tester och godkännanden av ursprungsdesignen och av specifika
komponenter. Tillverkaren har inget ansvar vid användning av oauktoriserade reservdelar.
• Underhållsinformationen för produkten är avsedd att användas av utbildade servicetekniker och inte avsedd
att användas av andra.
• Risken för elektriska stötar och personskador kan vara förhöjd vid isärtagning och service av produkten.
Professionell servicepersonal bör vara medvetna om denna risk och vidta nödvändiga försiktighetsåtgärder.
VAR FÖRSIKTIG– RISK FÖR ELEKTRISK STÖT: När du ser denna symbol är det risk att det finns
farlig spänning i den del av produkten du arbetar med. Koppla från strömmen innan du börjar, eller
var försiktig om produkten måste vara strömförsörjd för att uppgiften ska kunna utföras.
VAR FÖRSIKTIG – RISK FÖR SKADA: Litiumbatteriet i produkten är inte utbytbart. Om ett
litiumbatteri byts ut på fel sätt finns det risk att det exploderar. Du får inte ladda om, ta isär eller elda
upp ett litiumbatteri. Gör dig av med använda litiumbatterier enligt tillverkarens instruktioner och
lokala föreskrifter.

安全情報
• 本製品の安全性は、本来の設計、特定コンポーネントの試験、承認に基づいています。承認されていない交換
部品をお客様が使用した場合、メーカーは安全性に対して責任を負いません。
• 本製品のメンテナンス情報は、専門のサービス担当者による利用を目的としており、その他の人を対象としてい
ません。
• 本製品の分解や保守サービスを行う場合は、感電や傷害の危険性があります。専門のサービス担当者はこの
危険性を理解し、十分な対策を講じる必要があります。
注意—感電危険： この表記がある場合、対象製品の作業領域には、高電圧による危険性が生じています。
作業を始める前に、製品から電源コードを取り外してください。また作業時に、製品に給電する必要がある
場合は、十分に注意するようにしてください。
注意—傷害の恐れあり： この製品に使用されているリチウム電池は、交換を前提としていません。リチウム
電池の交換を誤ると破裂する危険性があります。リチウム電池の充電、解体、焼却はしないでください。使
用済みのリチウム電池を廃棄する際は、製造元の指示およびお使いの地域の法律に従ってください。

안전 정보
• 이 제품의 안전은 기본 디자인 및 특정 구성품의 승인 및 테스팅을 기반으로 합니다. 제조업체는 권한 없는
교체 부품 사용 시 안전에 대해 책임을 지지 않습니다.
• 이 제품의 유지관리 정보는 전문 서비스 요원을 대상으로 하며 다른 사람은 사용할 수 없습니다.
• 제품 분해 및 서비스 중에는 감전 및 상해 위험이 증가할 수 있습니다. 전문 서비스 요원은 이와 같은 위험
을 이해하고 필요한 예방 조치를 취해야 합니다.
주의—감전 위험: 이 기호가 표시된 경우 작업 중인 제품 주변에서 위험 전압 위험이 있습니다. 사용
전/후에 전원 코드를 뽑아 두시고 제품에서 작업을 수행하는 데 반드시 전원이 필요한 경우에는 주의
하여 사용하십시오.

Notices, conventions, and safety information

21
 5028

주의—상해 위험: 이 제품에 들어 있는 리튬 배터리는 교체할 수 없습니다. 리튬 배터리를 잘못 교체

하면 폭발할 위험이 있습니다. 리튬 배터리를 충전, 분해하거나 불에 태우지 마십시오. 제조업체의
지침과 지역 규정에 따라 다 쓴 리튬 배터리를 폐기하십시오.

安全信息
• 本产品的安全性以原始设计和特定组件的测试和审批为基础。如果使用未经授权的替换部件，制造商不对
安全性负责。
• 本产品的维护信息仅供专业服务人员使用，并不打算由其他人使用。
• 本产品在拆卸和维修时，遭受电击和人员受伤的危险性会增高。专业服务人员对这点必须有所了解，并采
取必要的预防措施。
小心—电击危险：当您看到此符号时，在您工作的产品区域内存在危险电压的威胁。在您开始操作之
前请拔掉产品电源，如果产品必须接收功率才能执行任务，请务必谨慎操作。
小心—可能的伤害：本产品中的锂电池不可更换。如果不正确更换锂电池，可能会有爆炸危险。不要
再充电、拆解或焚烧锂电池。丢弃旧的锂电池时应按照制造商的指导及当地法规进行处理。

安全資訊
• 本產品安全性係以原始設計及特定元件之測試與核准為依據。如有使用未獲授權替換組件之情形者，製造
商對安全性概不負責。
• 本產品之維護資訊僅供專業維修人員使用，而非預定由他人使用。
• 拆裝及維修本產品時，有可能造成電擊與人員損傷之危險。專業維修人員應瞭解前項危險並採取必要措施。
請當心—觸電危險：當您看到此符號時，表示您所在產品工作區有危險電壓。開始工作之前，請先拔
掉產品電源線，若產品必須接上電源方能執行作業，用電時請務必小心。
請當心—潛在受傷危險性：本產品中的鋰電池原本並不需要予以更換。若未正確更換鋰電池，可能會
有爆炸的危險。請勿將鋰電池充電、拆裝或焚燒。請遵照製造商的指示及當地法規，丟棄用過的電
池。

General caution statements

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord to
an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord
provided with this product or the manufacturer's authorized replacement.
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: Do not use this product with extension cords, multioutlet power strips,
multioutlet extenders, or UPS devices. The power capacity of these types of accessories can be easily
overloaded by a laser printer and may result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer
performance.
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: Only a Lexmark Inline Surge Protector that is properly connected
between the printer and the power cord provided with the printer may be used with this product. The
use of non-Lexmark surge protection devices may result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor
printer performance.

Notices, conventions, and safety information

22
 5028

Change history
Change history
June 26, 2023
• Added the PN 41X0906 (Screws pack) in the Miscellaneous assembly in the Parts catalog chapter. See
“Miscellaneous parts” on page 495.

June 5, 2023
• Updated the Fuser temperature service check topic in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter. See
“Fuser temperature error service check” on page 212.

April 11, 2023

• Updated the topic Fuser service check in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter. See “Fuser
temperature error service check” on page 212.

February 16, 2023

• Added another step (step 4) for the Top cover removal topic of the Parts removal chapter. See “Top cover
removal” on page 316.

December 15, 2022

• Added the topic group Securing the printer in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter. It includes these
topics:
– Resetting the printer without admin credentials. See “Resetting the printer without admin credentials”
on page 42.
– Using the security reset jumper. See “Using the security reset jumper” on page 42.

October 20, 2022

• Updated the 121.42 error code in the 121 error messages topic of the Diagnostics and troubleshooting
chapter. See “121 error messages” on page 209.
• Added PN 41X1083 Sensor (fuser nip) in the Fuser topic of the Parts catalog chapter. See “Fuser” on
page 473.
• Added the new sensor (fuser nip) art and updated the content of the Fuser section topic of the Theory of
operation chapter. See “Fuser section” on page 513.

August 23, 2022

• Updated the Entering recovery mode topic in the Service menus chapter. See “Entering Recovery mode”
on page 294.
• Added Applicability of Regulation (EU) 2019/2015 and (EU) 2019/2020 notice in the Printer specifications
chapter.

July 11, 2022

• Removed topic on enabling edge‑to‑edge printing (feature not supported).

Change history
23
 5028

May 30, 2022

• Added the PN 40X8033 (Lockable tray key) in the Optional trays assembly in the Parts catalog chapter. See
“550‑sheet tray option 1” on page 489.

March 2, 2022
• Added PN 41X2032 to the illustration and parts table in the Parts catalog chapter. See “Covers 1” on
page 467.
• Added the video removal links for the following topics in the Parts removal chapter:
– HVPS removal
– Sensor (TPS) removal
– Media feeder removal
– LVPS removal
– Printhead removal
– Isolation unit removal

February 3, 2022
• Updated the 91x.xx (910.xx‑919.xx) Engine software service check topic in the Diagnostics and
troubleshooting chapter. See “91x.xx (910.xx‑919.xx) Engine software service check” on page 248.

October 25, 2021

• Updated the 900 error service check topic in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter. See “900 error
service check” on page 244.
• Added PN 41X3710 to the illustration and parts table in the Parts catalog chapter. See “Electrical” on
page 485.
• Added the Applicability of Regulation (EU) 2019/2015 and (EU) 2019/2020 topic in the Printer specifications
chapter.
• Updated the description of the following PNs the Parts catalog chapter:
– 41X0416
– 41X0871
– 41X2062
– 41X0872
– 41X2063
– 41X0873
See “Control panel” on page 471.
• Changed the Upper control panel cover part name to Control panel front cover. See “Control panel front
cover removal” on page 329.
• Changed the Badge cover part name to Bezel. See “Bezel removal” on page 332.

June 24, 2021

• Replaced the System software error service check with the 900 error service check topic in the Diagnostics
and troubleshooting chapter. See “900 error service check” on page 244.

Change history
24
 5028

May 20, 2021

• Updated the PN 41X0392 Motor (output) in the Paper path 1 assembly in the Parts catalog chapter (“Paper
path 1” on page 479).
• Updated the Hard disk failure service check topic in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter (“Hard
disk failure service check” on page 197).

August 14, 2020

• Removed PN 41X0450 (Sensor (media type)) from the following topics in the Parts catalog chapters:.
– Paper path 1
– Electrical
• Updated the Critical information for controller board or control panel replacement topic in the Parts removal
chapter.
• Updated the 95y error messages topic in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter.
• Replaced the 950.xx NVRAM failure service check topic with the NVRAM mismatch failure service check
topic in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter.

July 30, 2020

• Obsoleted PN 41X1014 in the Parts catalog chapter.
• Added the 71 user attendance errors in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter.
• Added the Fax failure service check topic in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter.
• Added a note under the JSHUT1 connector information in the Control board connectors topic in the
Component locations chapter.
• Updated the Restoring the printer configuration after replacing the controller board topic in the Parts removal
chapter.

May 20, 2020

• Updated the description of PN 41X0450 in the Parts catalog chapter.

November 5, 2019
• Added the 5028‑1A5, 5028‑6A0, and 5028‑6A9 MTMNs in the “General information” chapter.
• Updated error code 100.4D to 100.04D in the topic “100 error messages” in the “Diagnostics information”
chapter.

August 15, 2019

• Removed PN 41X0023 and added PN 41X2543 in the Miscellaneous assembly of the Parts catalog chapter.

May 8, 2019
• Updated the Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive service check topic in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting
chapter.

January 18, 2019

• Updated the Supply reset topic in the Service menus chapter.

December 13, 2018

• Added the Maintenance kits assembly in the Parts catalog chapter.

Change history
25
 5028

August 14, 2018

• Updated the Data security notice topic in the Parts removal chapter.

August 13, 2018

• Changed PN 41X0331 to 41X0714 in the Parts catalog chapter.
• Updated the description of PN 41X0450 in the Parts catalog chapter.
• Updated the Sensor (media type) removal topic in the Parts removal chapter.
• Added the Printer runs slow service check topic in the Diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter.

June 26, 2018

• Removed PN 41X0015 (Adapter–N8360 ISP + NFC/BLE dual band) and added PN 41X0023 (MarkNet 8360
Wireless, NFC) in the parts catalog chapter under Miscellaneous.
• Updated the action column in the Maintenance kits topic for the transfer module in the Maintenance chapter.

April 26, 2018

• Updated the 550‑sheet tray option 2 assembly in the Parts catalog chapter.

April 20, 2018

• Removed PN 41X0469, 41X0470, and 41X0472 from the Parts catalog chapter.

April 3, 2018
• Added an action column to the maintenance kits table under the Maintenance chapter to provide information
when the maintenance counter needs to be reset.
• Deleted the following PNs in the maintenance kits table:
– 41X0553 (Fuser maintenance kit, type 07, 100V, narrow media)
– 41X0555 (Fuser maintenance kit, type 05, 110–120V, narrow media)
– 41X0557 (Fuser maintenance kit, type 06, 220–240V, narrow media)
• Updated the parts catalog section with the following:
– Deleted PNs 41X0254, 41X0255, and 41X0256 under the Fuser assembly.
– Added PN 41X1906 (controller board shield) in the Electrical assembly.
– Updated the art for the Paper feed assembly to include PNs 41X0373 and 41X0374 in the 550‑sheet tray
(41X0268).
• Removed the installation note to reset the fuser maintenance counter in the fuser removal.

January 22, 2018

• Added 666.84 in the printer hardware errors.

December 18, 2017

• Updated the pick roller part number in the Maintenance kit from 40X7593 to 41X0956.

September 13, 2017

• Updated “Skewed print service check” on page 74.
• Updated “Control panel” on page 471.

Change history
26
 5028

August 31, 2017

• Updated the “Fuser removal” on page 382 and “Transfer module removal” on page 383 in the Parts
removal chapter.
• Updated the “Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive service check” on page 88 in the Diagnostics and
troubleshooting chapter.

August 22, 2017

• Created this error code table for 621 error, “621 error messages” on page 238.
• Updated “Left cover removal” on page 319 to add a note at the beginning of the removal procedure.
• Updated “Missing toner, developer, or photoconductor service check” on page 173.
• Updated “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to arrive service check” on page 107.

June 27, 2017

• Added “CS727” and “CS728” in the cover.
• Added “CS727de” and “CS728de” in the introduction to the “General information" chapter.
• Added 41X2062 and 41X2063 to the topic "Control panel" in the "Parts catalog" chapter.

June 19, 2017

• Updated “Printhead removal” on page 409.
• Created/updated the following checks/topics, which are all related to the RFID Option:
– “RFID tag silhouette on prints check” on page 78
– “RFID Option jam service check” on page 170
– “Non‑supply user attendance error messages” on page 184
– “Error on every page service check” on page 187
– “Error on some pages service check” on page 189
– “Hardware failure service check” on page 191
– “RFID data within print job is invalid service check” on page 191
– “985 error messages” on page 257
– “RFID Option communication error service check” on page 257
– “RFID Option connection error service check” on page 257
– “Printer fails to program RFID tags service check” on page 275
– “Behavioral issues (without error codes) of printers with RFID Option” on page 278
• Updated 40X4827 to 40X9652 in the topic “Miscellaneous” in the “Parts catalog” chapter.

May 15, 2017

• Updated “Controller board removal” on page 405 to add an installation note on the restoration of the
printer configuration.

April 27, 2017

• Updated steps 3 and 5 of “Sensor (tray 1 pick) static jam service check” on page 141.
• Updated “Isolation unit section” on page 510 to change the description for callout 1 to Sensor (tray 1 pick).

Change history
27
 5028

April 6, 2017
• Added the topic “Paper out actuator spring removal” in the group “Bottom removals” in the chapter “Repair
information.”
• Added the paper out actuator spring in the topic “Paper feed” in the chapter “Parts catalog.”
• Changed 41X0001 to 41X1038 in the topic “Paper path 1” in the chapter “Parts catalog.”

March 6, 2017
• Changed the descriptions for 41X0871 and 41X0872 in the topic "Control panel" in the “Parts catalog”
chapter.

March 2, 2017
• Added rows to the tables and deleted from them in the topic “121 error messages” in the “Diagnostics
information” chapter.
• Deleted rows from the table of the topic “126‑127 error messages” in the “Diagnostics information” chapter.
• Added a note to the “Scheduled maintenance” group of topics in the “Maintenance” chapter.
• Added 40X9929 and changed "separation block" to "separator pad" in the topic "Maintenance kits" in the
“Maintenance” chapter.
• Changed "separation block" to "separator pad" in the topic "Paperfeed" in the “Parts catalog” chapter.

February 6, 2017
• Added the topic “Non‑Lexmark supply” in the “Diagnostic information” chapter.
• Revised the following topics in the “Diagnostic information” chapter.
– Vertical white lines check
– 33 user attendance messages
• Revised the following topics in the “Repair information” chapter:
– Upper control panel removal
– Controller board removal
• Revised the following topics in the “Parts catalog” chapter:
– Control panel
– Electrical

January 10, 2017

• Updated the Entering the diagnostics menu topic in the Service menus chapter.

November 4, 2016
• Updated the Ghost images check topic in the Diagnostics information chapter.
• Updated the Maintenance kits topic in the Maintenance chapter.

October 26, 2016

• Added the Tray actuator and spring service check topic in the Diagnostic information chapter.

October 3, 2016
• Updated the Restoring solutions, licenses, and configuration settings topic in the Repair information chapter.

Change history
28
 5028

August 17, 2016

• Updated the Light print check topic in the Diagnostics information chapter.

August 10, 2016

• Updated the Light print check topic in the Diagnostics information chapter.

August 3, 2016
• Updated the Printhead removal topic in the Repair information chapter.

July 20, 2016

• Updated the Missing color check topic in the Diagnostic information chapter.
• Moved all of the symptoms topics into the Other symptoms group in the Diagnostic information chapter.
• Updated the Deskew rollers removal topic in the Repair information chapter.
• Added the Resetting the maintenance counter topic in the Maintenance chapter.

June 20, 2016

• Updated the Maintenance kit service check topic in the Diagnostics information chapter.
• Added the Resetting the maintenance counter topic in the Maintenance chapter.
• Added PN 40X8671 and PN 40X9934 in the Parts catalog chapter.

June 13, 2016

• Updated the Printhead removal topic in the Repair information chapter.

April 26, 2016

• Added the Enabling the security reset jumper topic in appendix A.
• Updated the Entering the Service Engineer (SE) menu topic.

February 23, 2016

• Added the Configuring the door interlock bypass jumpers topic in the Service menus chapter.

February 5, 2016
• Update the following topics in the Diagnostics information chapter.
– Blurred or misaligned color check
– Dark print check
– Toner patch sensing service check
– Auto alignment service check
• Added the Marks on leading or trailing edges check topic in the Diagnostics information chapter.
• Removed the external air filter (PN 41X1009) from the Parts catalog and Repair information chapters.

Change history
29
 5028

30
 5028

General information
Printer model configurations
The LexmarkTM CS720 and CS725 are network‑capable, A4 laser printers that print both color and monochrome
print jobs. All information in this service manual pertains to all models unless explicitly noted.
The printers are available in the following models:

Model name Configuration / description Machine type / model number

CS720dte 4.3-in. color touch screen display, duplex 5028-135
print, networking, additional 550-sheet tray 5028-1A5
CS720de 4.3-in. color touch screen display, duplex
print, networking
CS727de
CS725dte 4.3-in. color touch screen display, duplex 5028-630
print, networking, additional 550-sheet tray 5028-6A0
CS725de 4.3-in. color touch screen display, duplex
print, networking
CS728de
C4150 4.3-in. color touch screen display, duplex 5028-639
print, networking 5028-6A9

Finding the serial number

Open the front cover, and then find the serial number at the lower left side of the printer.

General information
31
 5028

Paper and specialty media guide

Paper guidelines

Paper characteristics
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. Consider these factors before printing on
them:

Weight
See “Supported paper types and weights” on page 36.

Curl
Curl is the tendency for paper to curl at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems. Curl can
occur after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper
unwrapped in hot, humid, cold, or dry conditions can contribute to paper curling before printing and can cause
feeding problems.

Smoothness
Paper smoothness directly affects print quality. If paper is too rough, toner cannot fuse to it properly. If paper
is too smooth, it can cause paper feeding or print quality issues. Always use paper between 100 and 200
Sheffield points.

Moisture content
The amount of moisture in paper affects both print quality and the printer ability to feed the paper correctly.
Leave paper in its original wrapper until you use it. Exposure of paper to moisture changes can degrade its
performance.
Store paper in its original wrapper in the same environment as the printer for 24 to 48 hours before printing.
Extend the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer
environment. Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period.

Grain direction
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain long, running the length
of the paper, or grain short, running the width of the paper.
For 60–176 g/m2 (16–65‑lb) paper, grain long paper is recommended.

Fiber content
Most high‑quality xerographic paper is made from 100% chemically treated pulped wood. This content provides
the paper with a high degree of stability, resulting in fewer paper feeding problems and better print quality.
Paper containing fibers such as cotton can negatively affect paper handling.

Selecting paper
Using the appropriate paper prevents jams and helps ensure trouble‑free printing.

General information
32
 5028

To help avoid paper jams and poor print quality:

• Always use new, undamaged paper.
• Before loading paper, know the recommended printable side of the paper. This information is usually
indicated on the paper package.
• Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand.
• Do not mix paper sizes, types, or weights in the same tray; mixing results in jams.
• Do not use coated papers unless they are specifically designed for electrophotographic printing.

Storing paper
Use these paper storage guidelines to help avoid jams and uneven print quality:
• For best results, store paper where the temperature is 21°C (70°F) and the relative humidity is 40 percent.
Most label manufacturers recommend printing in a temperature range of 18–24°C (65–75°F) with relative
humidity between 40 and 60 percent.
• Store paper in cartons, on a pallet or shelf, rather than on the floor.
• Store individual packages on a flat surface.
• Do not store anything on top of individual paper packages.
• Take paper out of the carton or wrapper only when you are ready to load it in the printer. The carton and
wrapper help keep the paper clean, dry, and flat.

Using specialty media

Tips on using envelopes

• From the printer control panel, set the paper size, type, texture, and weight in the Paper menu to match the
envelopes loaded in the tray.
• Print samples on the envelopes being considered for use before buying large quantities.
• Use envelopes designed specifically for laser printers.
• For best performance, use envelopes made from 90‑g/m2 (24‑lb) paper or 25% cotton.
• Use only new envelopes from undamaged packages.
• To optimize performance and minimize jams, do not use envelopes that:
– Have excessive curl or twist.
– Are stuck together or damaged in any way.
– Have windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing.
– Have metal clasps, string ties, or folding bars.
– Have an interlocking design.
– Have postage stamps attached.
– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed position.
– Have bent corners.
– Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes.
• Adjust the width guides to fit the width of the envelopes.
• Before loading the envelopes on the tray, flex the stack of envelopes back and forth to loosen them, and
then fan them. Straighten the edges on a level surface.

General information
33
 5028

Note: A combination of high humidity (over 60%) and high printing temperature may wrinkle or seal
envelopes.

Tips on using labels

• From the printer control panel, set the paper size, type, texture, and weight in the Paper menu to match the
labels loaded in the tray.
• Print samples on labels being considered for use before buying large quantities.
• For more information on label printing, characteristics, and design, see the Card Stock & Label Guide on
the Lexmark Web site at http://support.lexmark.com.
• Use labels designed specifically for laser printers.
• Do not use labels with slick backing material.
• Do not use labels with exposed adhesive.
• Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing, resulting in a jam. Partial
sheets also contaminate the printer and the cartridge with adhesive, and could void the printer and toner
cartridge warranties.
• Before loading labels on the tray, flex and fan labels to loosen them. Straighten the edges on a level surface.

Tips on using card stock

Card stock is heavy, single‑ply specialty media. Many of its variable characteristics, such as moisture content,
thickness, and texture, can significantly affect print quality.
• From the printer control panel, set the paper size, type, texture, and weight in the Paper menu to match the
card stock loaded in the tray.
• Print samples on the card stock being considered for use before buying large quantities.
• Specify the paper texture and weight from the tray settings to match the paper loaded in the tray.
• Preprinting, perforation, and creasing may significantly affect the print quality and cause jams or other paper
feed problems.
• Before loading the card stock on the tray, flex and fan the card stock to loosen them. Straighten the edges
on a level surface.

Supported paper sizes, types, and weights

Supported paper sizes

Note: For an unlisted paper size, select the closest larger listed size.

General information
34
 5028

Paper sizes supported by the trays and multipurpose feeder

Paper size Dimensions 550‑sheet tray Multipurpose feeder Two‑sided
printing
A6 105 x 148 mm (4.1 x 5.8 in.)

A5 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in.) 1

ISO B52 176 x 250 mm (6.9 x 9.8 in.)

JIS B5 182 x 257 mm (7.2 x 10.1 in.)

A4 210 x 297 mm (8.3 x 11.7 in.)

Oficio 216 x 340 mm (8.5 x 13.4 in.)

3 x 52 76.2 x 127 mm (3 x 5 in.) X X

4 x 52 101.6 x 127 mm (4 x 5 in.) X X

Statement 140 x 216 mm (5.5 x 8.5 in.)

Executive 184 x 267 mm (7.3 x 10.5 in.)

Letter 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 in.)

Folio 216 x 330 mm (8.5 x 13 in.)

Legal 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in.)

DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm (4.3 x 8.7 in.) X

C5 Envelope 162 x 229 mm (6.4 x 9 in.) X

B5 Envelope 176 x 250 mm (6.9 x 9.8 in.) X

7 3/4 Envelope 98 x 191 mm (3.9 x 7.5 in.) X X

9 Envelope 98 x 225 mm (3.9 x 8.9 in.) X X

10 Envelope 105 x 241 mm (4.1 x 9.5 in.) X

Monarch Envelope 98.4 x 190.5 mm (3.9 x 7.5 in.) X X

Other Envelope3 98 x 162 mm (3.9 x 6.4 in.) to X X

176 x 250 mm (6.9 x 9.8 in.)
1 Supported only in long‑edge orientation.
2 Supported only using Universal paper size setting.
3 Supported only if Size Sensing is set to Off.
Note: Banner is supported in the multipurpose feeder only if width up to 215.9 mm (8.5 in.) and length to 1320.8
mm (52 in.). Make sure the paper size setting is set Universal.

General information
35
 5028

Paper size Dimensions 550‑sheet tray Multipurpose feeder Two‑sided

printing
Universal 104.8 x 148 mm (4.13 x 5.83 in.)
to 215.9 x 360 mm
(8.5 x 14.17 in.)
76.2 x 123.8 mm (3 x 4.9 in.) to X X
215.9 x 1321 mm (8.5 x 52 in.)
1 Supported only in long‑edge orientation.
2 Supported only using Universal paper size setting.
3 Supported only if Size Sensing is set to Off.
Note: Banner is supported in the multipurpose feeder only if width up to 215.9 mm (8.5 in.) and length to 1320.8
mm (52 in.). Make sure the paper size setting is set Universal.

Supported paper types and weights

Note: Labels, envelopes, and card stock always print at reduced speed.

Paper type Standard 550‑sheet Optional 550‑sheet tray Multipurpose feeder

tray
Plain Paper1

Card Stock2

Glossy1

Labels
• Paper1
• Vinyl
Envelopes

Light Paper1

Heavy Paper1
1 Supported for two‑sided printing.
2 Supported for two‑sided printing only up to 162‑g/m2 (90‑lb) index.

Tools required for service

• Flat-blade screwdrivers, magnetic, various sizes
• #1 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic
• #2 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic
• #2 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic short-blade

General information
36
 5028

• 7/32 inch (5.5 mm) open-end wrench

• 7.0 mm nut driver
• Needle‑nose pliers
• Diagonal side cutters
• Spring hook
• Feeler gauges
• Analog or digital multimeter
• Parallel wrap plug 1319128
• Twinax/serial debug cable 1381963
• Coax/serial debug cable 1381964
• Flash light (optional)
• 3 mm hex wrench

General information
37
 5028

38
 5028

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Troubleshooting precautions
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: When you see this symbol on the product, there is a danger from
hazardous voltage in the area of the product where you are working. Unplug the product before you
begin, or use caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: This product uses an electronic power switch. It does not physically
disconnect the input AC voltage. To avoid the risk of electrical shock, always remove the power cord
from the printer when removal of the input AC voltage is required.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: To avoid the risk of electrical shock while troubleshooting with covers
removed or doors open, do not touch the exposed wires or circuits while the printer is connected to an
electrical outlet.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: To avoid the risk of electrical shock and to prevent damage to the printer,
remove the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all connections to any external devices
before you connect or disconnect any cable, electronic board, or assembly.
CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a hot
component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD: To avoid the risk of a pinch injury, use caution in areas marked with this
label. Pinch injuries may occur around moving parts, such as gears, doors, trays, and covers.

Précautions de dépannage
ATTENTION—RISQUE D'ELECTROCUTION : Ce symbole indique un danger lié à des niveaux de
tension dangereux dans la zone du produit à manipuler. Débranchez le produit avant de commencer, ou
agissez avec prudence si le produit doit être alimenté pour effectuer l'opération.
ATTENTION—RISQUE D'ELECTROCUTION : Ce produit utilise un commutateur d'alimentation
électronique. Il ne déconnecte pas physiquement la tension d'alimentation CA. Pour éviter tout risque
d'électrocution, débranchez toujours le cordon d'alimentation de l'imprimante lorsque vous devez
déconnecter la tension d'alimentation CA.
ATTENTION—RISQUE D'ELECTROCUTION : Pour éviter tout risque d'électrocution lors du dépannage
de l'imprimante avec les capots retirés ou les portes ouvertes, prenez garde de ne pas toucher les fils
ou circuits dénudés si l'imprimante est connectée à une prise électrique.
ATTENTION—RISQUE D'ELECTROCUTION : Pour éviter tout risque d'électrocution et éviter
d'endommager l'imprimante, débranchez le cordon d'alimentation de la prise électrique et déconnectez
toute connexion à tout périphérique externe avant de brancher ou débrancher des câbles ou circuits et
assemblages électroniques.
ATTENTION—SURFACE CHAUDE : L'intérieur de l'imprimante risque d'être brûlant. pour réduire le
risque de brûlure, laissez la surface ou le composant refroidir avant d'y toucher.
ATTENTION : RISQUE DE PINCEMENT : Pour éviter tout risque de blessure par pincement, agissez
avec précaution au niveau des zones signalées par cette étiquette. Les blessures par pincement
peuvent se produire autour des pièces mobiles telles que les engrenages, portes, tiroirs et capots.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

39
 5028

Precauciones durante la solución de problemas

PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE DESCARGAS ELÉCTRICAS: Cuando vea este símbolo en el producto,
existe peligro de tensiones peligrosas en el área del producto en la que está trabajando. Desconecte el
producto antes de empezar o tenga cuidado si el producto debe recibir alimentación a fin de realizar la
tarea.
PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE DESCARGAS ELÉCTRICAS: Este producto utiliza un interruptor de
corriente electrónico. No desconecta físicamente la entrada de voltaje de CA. Para evitar el riesgo de
descarga eléctrica, desenchufe siempre el cable de alimentación de la impresora cuando sea necesario
retirar la entrada de voltaje de CA.
PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE DESCARGAS ELÉCTRICAS: Para evitar el riesgo de descarga eléctrica al
solucionar problemas sin las cubiertas o con las puertas abiertas, no toque los cables ni los circuitos
expuestos mientras la impresora está conectada a una toma de corriente.
PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE DESCARGAS ELÉCTRICAS: Para evitar el riesgo de descargas eléctricas y
daños en la impresora, retire el cable de alimentación de la toma eléctrica y desconecte todas las
conexiones a dispositivos externos antes de conectar o desconectar cualquier cable, placa electrónica
o conjunto.
PRECAUCIÓN: SUPERFICIE CALIENTE: El interior de la impresora podría estar caliente. Para evitar el
riesgo de heridas producidas por el contacto con un componente caliente, deje que la superficie se
enfríe antes de tocarlo.
PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE ATRAPAMIENTO: Para evitar el riesgo de lesión por atrapamiento, preste
atención en las áreas marcadas con esta etiqueta. Las lesiones por atrapamiento se pueden producir en
torno a partes móviles, tales como engranajes, puertas, bandejas y cubiertas.

Vorsichtsmaßnahmen bei der Fehlerbehebung

VORSICHT – STROMSCHLAGGEFAHR: Wenn Sie dieses Symbol sehen, besteht eine Gefahr durch
gefährliche Spannungen in dem Produktbereich, in dem Sie arbeiten. Trennen Sie das Produkt von
seiner Stromverbindung, bevor Sie beginnen, oder gehen Sie vorsichtig vor, wenn das Produkt für die
Durchführung der Aufgabe mit Strom versorgt werden muss.
VORSICHT – STROMSCHLAGGEFAHR: Dieses Produkt verwendet einen elektronischen
Leistungsschalter. Er trennt die Eingangswechselspannung nicht physikalisch. Um das Risiko eines
elektrischen Schlags zu vermeiden, ziehen Sie stets das Netzkabel vom Drucker ab, wenn eine
Abtrennung der Eingangswechselspannung erforderlich ist.
VORSICHT – STROMSCHLAGGEFAHR: Um die Gefahr eines Stromschlags während der
Fehlerbehebung bei entfernten Abdeckungen oder offenen Klappen zu vermeiden, berühren Sie die
freiliegenden Drähte oder Stromkreise nicht, wenn der Drucker an eine Steckdose angeschlossen ist.
VORSICHT – STROMSCHLAGGEFAHR: Um das Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags und Schäden am
Drucker zu vermeiden, ziehen Sie das Netzkabel aus der Steckdose und trennen Sie alle Verbindungen
zu jeglichen externen Geräten, bevor Sie Kabel, Elektronikplatinen oder Baugruppen einstecken oder
abziehen.
VORSICHT – HEISSE OBERFLÄCHE: Das Innere des Druckers kann sehr heiß sein. Vermeiden Sie
Verletzungen, indem Sie heiße Komponenten stets abkühlen lassen, bevor Sie ihre Oberfläche
berühren.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

40
 5028

VORSICHT – QUETSCHGEFAHR: Um das Risiko einer Quetschung zu vermeiden, gehen Sie in

Bereichen, die mit diesem Etikett gekennzeichnet sind, mit Vorsicht vor. Quetschungen können im
Bereich von beweglichen Komponenten auftreten, wie z. B. Zahnrädern, Klappen, Fächern und
Abdeckungen.

Troubleshooting overview

Performing the initial troubleshooting check

• With the power cord unplugged from the electrical outlet, check if the cord is free from breakage, short
circuits, disconnected wires, or incorrect connections.

• Make sure that the printer is properly grounded.

• Make sure that the power supply line voltage is within 10% of the rated line voltage.
• Make sure that the printer is securely installed on a level surface in a well‑ventilated area.
• Make sure that the temperature and relative humidity are within the specifications. See “Temperature
information” on page 503.

• Avoid locations that:

– Generate ammonia gas
– Are exposed to direct sunlight
– Are near open flames
– Are dusty
• Make sure that the recommended paper for this printer is used.
• Do a test print with paper from a newly opened package, and then check the result.

Power‑on reset (POR) sequence

When you turn on the printer, it performs a POR sequence.
Check for the correct POR function of the printer by observing the following:
1 The initial boot screen appears.
2 The splash screen appears.
3 The progress bar appears on the splash screen.
4 The printer begins to POST, and the motors and sensors are polled and tested.
5 The home screen displays.
6 Printer calibration may begin.
Note: If any of the tests fail, the printer displays an error code.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

41
 5028

Securing the printer

Resetting the printer without admin credentials

Notes:
• Resetting the printer or replacing the controller board deletes all security settings.
• Before changing the security settings, ask permission from your administrator.
1 Perform an Out of Service Erase to reset the printer to factory defaults without using admin credentials. For
more information, see “Erasing printer memory” on page 44.
Warning—Potential Damage: This method makes the device vulnerable to hacking because it allows the
creation of an admin account afterwards. By default, newer firmware versions restrict Out of Service
Erase to admin users only, making the printer more secure and remembering the admin password more
important.
2 If Out of Service Erase is unavailable, then use the security reset jumper to reset the printer to factory
defaults. For more information, see “Using the security reset jumper” on page 42.
3 If the effect of the jumper reset is disabled, then replace the controller board. For more information, see
“Controller board removal” on page 405.

Using the security reset jumper

The security reset jumper is on the controller board. It can be used if the admin password is lost or forgotten,
and Out of Service Erase is not available.

Notes:
• To enable the effect of the security reset jumper, from the home screen navigate to: Security >
Miscellaneous > Security Reset Jumper > Enable “Guest” Access.
• To disable the effect of the jumper, select No Effect from the Security Reset Jumper section in the
Security menu. If the password is forgotten or lost, perform an Out of Service Erase or replace the
controller board. See “Resetting the printer without admin credentials” on page 42 or “Controller
board removal” on page 405.
1 Turn off the printer.
2 Remove the controller board shield.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

42
 5028

3 Locate the security jumper (A) on the controller board.

4 Move the jumper to cover the middle and exposed prongs.

Note: The movement of the jumper triggers the reset, not the jumper position.
5 Attach the controller board shield.
6 Turn on the printer.

Notes:
• The security framework remains in place after the reset. Public permissions are reset to default and now
include Out of Service Erase as an option.
• If LDAP is used to authenticate the copy function in MFPs, then the LDAP configuration and copy
function are no longer protected.
• If Enable Audit is activated in the Security Audit Log, then the printer logs a message each time the
jumper is reset.
• Physical access to the printer is required to use the jumper, making it more secure against hacking. To
prevent tampering of the jumper, secure the controller board cage with a Kensington lock.

Data security notice

Identifying printer memory
• Volatile memory—The printer uses standard random access memory (RAM) to buffer user data temporarily
during simple print and copy jobs.
• Nonvolatile memory—The printer may use two forms of nonvolatile memory: EEPROM and NAND (flash
memory). Both types are used to store the operating system, printer settings, network information, scanner
and bookmark settings, and embedded solutions.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

43
 5028

• Hard disk memory—Some printers have a hard disk drive installed. The hard disk is designed for printer-
specific functionality and cannot be used for long‑term storage of data that is not print-related. The hard
disk does not let users extract information, create folders, create disk or network file shares, or transfer FTP
information directly from a client device. The hard disk can retain buffered user data from complex print
jobs, form data, and font data.
The following parts can store memory:
• Printer control panel
• User interface controller card (UICC)
• Controller board
• Optional hard disks
Note: The printer control panel and controller board contain NVRAM.

Erasing printer memory

To erase volatile memory, turn off the printer.
To erase nonvolatile memory, do the following:
1 From the control panel, navigate to Settings > Device > Maintenance > Out of Service Erase > Sanitize all
information on nonvolatile memory.
2 Select Sanitize all information on nonvolatile memory, and then select ERASE.
3 Follow the instructions on the screen.
To erase hard disk memory, do the following:
1 From the control panel, navigate to Settings > Device > Maintenance > Out of Service Erase > Sanitize all
information on hard disk.
2 Select Sanitize all information on hard disk, and then select ERASE.
3 Follow the instructions on the screen.
Note: This process can take from several minutes to more than an hour, making the printer unavailable for
other tasks.
If a hard disk is replaced, then do the following:
1 Remove the hard disk, and then return it to the customer.
2 Request the customer to sign the Customer Retention form.
Note: You can get printed copies of the form from your Lexmark partner manager.
3 Take a photo of the signed form, and then upload it to the Service Request debrief tool.
4 Fax or e-mail the signed form to the number or e-mail address shown at the bottom of the form.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

44
 5028

Fixing print quality issues

Initial print quality check

Before troubleshooting print problems, perform the following:

• Make sure that the printer is located in an area that follows the recommended operating environment
and power requirement specifications.

• Check the status of supplies. Replace supplies that are low or empty.
• Load 20‑lb plain letter or A4 paper. Make sure that the paper guides are properly set and locked. From
the control panel, set the paper size and type to match the paper loaded in the tray.

• Print and keep the menu settings page. The original menu settings page will be used to restore the custom
settings if necessary.

• Make sure that the Print resolution and Toner darkness on the menu settings page are set to their default
values.

• Check the toner cartridge for damage, and replace if necessary.

• Print the advanced print quality samples to see if the problem remains. Use tray 1 to test print quality
problems. Look for variations in the print from what is expected.

• Make sure that the correct print driver is used to prevent print problems. If the wrong print driver is
installed, incorrect characters could print and the copy may not fit the page correctly.

Toner easily rubs off check

Leading edge

ABC
DEF
Trailing edge

Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper type and size settings match the paper type
and size set on the tray.

Do the settings match?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

45
 5028

Actions Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size and type, or adjust the size settings in the solved.
tray.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the paper for texture or rough finish.

Is the paper textured or rough?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the textured or rough paper with plain paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Remove, and then reinstall the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on solved.
page 382.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Maintenance
> Configuration Menu > Reports > Event Log.
b Check the log history for fuser error codes.

Are there fuser error codes on the event log?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Perform the service check for the error code found. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the LVPS. See “LVPS removal” on page 354. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

46
 5028

Background or gray background check

Leading edge

ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE Trailing edge

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Device >
Device Statistics.
b Check the status of the imaging unit if it was recently replaced.

Does the status show that the imaging unit was recently replaced?
Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Check if only one color is producing the background of the print
job.

Is only one color producing the background?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace solved.
the developer unit of the affected color.
• If the affected color is black, then replace the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the imaging kit. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reseat the HVPS cable on the HVPS and on the JHVPS1 connector solved.
on the controller board.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. Go to step 8.
Check the contact pins connecting the HVPS to the transfer
module for damage.

Are the contact pins damaged?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the HVPS. See “HVPS removal” on page 368. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

47
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Remove the printhead, and then clean the printhead lenses. See solved.
“Printhead removal” on page 409.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Blank or white pages check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Make sure all the packing materials on the imaging unit are solved.
removed.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 5.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Samples
b Check the test page.

Is only one color missing?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the contacts between the imaging unit and developer unit
of the affected color.

Are the contacts clean?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Clean the contacts. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

48
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace solved.
the developer unit of the affected color.
• If the affected color is black, then replace the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
a Remove the imaging kit.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests
c Select the developer unit motor of the affected color, and then
touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the motor. See “Motor (EP drive) removal” on page solved.
345.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
a Manually turn the motor.
b While turning the motor, check if the couplers that drive the
imaging kit move.

Do the couplers move?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the EP gear box. See “EP gear box removal” on solved.
page 351.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 12. Go to step 11.
Check if the pins on the HVPS freely move.

Do the pins freely move?

Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Replace the HVPS. See “HVPS removal” on page 368. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Go to step 14. Go to step 13.
Check the continuity of the cable on the JSC1 connector on the
controller board.

Does the cable have continuity?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

49
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 13 Go to step 14. The problem is
Replace the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Replace the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Gapping or half color page check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Make sure all the packing materials on the imaging unit are solved.
removed.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
a Reseat the cyan, magenta, and yellow developer units in the solved.
imaging kit.
b Reseat the imaging kit.
c Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Samples
d Check the test page.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Check the developer hold down arms and springs for damage, and solved.
replace if necessary. See “Developer hold down removal” on
page 413.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

50
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace solved.
the developer unit of the affected color.
• If the affected color is black, then replace the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the imaging kit. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Blurred print or misaligned color check

Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Print Quality Pages.
b Check the test page.

Is only one color blurred or misaligned?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Perform the color alignment adjustment on the misaligned color. solved.
See “Color alignment adjust” on page 290.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Perform color alignment adjustment on all colors. See “Color solved.
alignment adjust” on page 290.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Perform the Auto alignment service check. See “Auto alignment solved.
service check” on page 272.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
a Open and close the toner door a few times to clean the toner solved.
patch sensors and alignment sensor.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Samples

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

51
 5028

Actions Yes No
Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the imaging kit, and then clean the printhead lenses. See solved.
“Cleaning the printhead lenses” on page 463.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the motor (EP drive). See “Motor (EP drive) removal” on solved.
page 345.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Horizontal colored lines or banding check

ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Samples
b Check the test page for lines.

Are the lines white?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Perform the repeating defects check. See “Repeating defects solved.
check” on page 69.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

52
 5028

Actions Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Samples
b Check if the lines appear on the same area of the page.

Do the lines appear on the same area?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Perform the repeating defects check. See “Repeating defects solved.
check” on page 69.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the pages right after the defective page. solved.

Do the lines appear after two consecutive normal pages were

printed?
Step 6 Contact the next Go to step 7.
Check the transfer module for contamination. level of support.

Is the transfer module free of contamination?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Clean the transfer module. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Text or images cut off check

Leading edge

ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE Trailing edge

Actions Yes No
Step 1 Contact the next Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences. level of support.
b Check if the paper type and size settings match the paper type
and size set on the tray.

Do the settings match?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

53
 5028

Actions Yes No
Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
Change the paper size and type, or adjust the size settings in the level of support. solved.
tray.

Does the problem remain?

Mottled print and dots check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper type and size settings match the paper type
and size set on the tray.

Do the settings match?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size and type, or adjust the size settings in the solved.
tray.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the paper for texture or rough finish.

Is the paper textured or rough?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the textured or rough paper with plain paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the printer for toner leaks.

Are there toner leaks?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
a Clean the printer thoroughly using a toner vacuum. solved.
b Perform a print job to clear the remaining toner from the
imaging components.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

54
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace solved.
the developer unit of the affected color.
• If the affected color is black, then replace the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
Check if the affected color is black.

Is the affected color black?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the photoconductor unit. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Check the transfer module for proper installation and damage, and level of support. solved.
replace if necessary. See “Transfer module removal” on
page 383.

Does the problem remain?

Vertical white lines check

Note: Before performing this print quality check, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel,
navigate to Settings > Troubleshooting > Print Quality Test Pages, and then perform the initial print quality
check. See “Initial print quality check” on page 45.

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
a Remove the imaging kit. solved.
b Inspect and clean the printhead lenses.
c Print a test page.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

55
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 3.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Test Pages
b Check the test page.

Did the print defect appear on all the pages?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the affected imaging kit or imaging unit. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. Go to step 5.
Check the transfer module for improper installation and damage.

Is the transfer module properly installed and free of damage?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the transfer module. See “Transfer module solved.
removal” on page 383.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Ghost images check

Leading edge

A
ABBC
CDD
A
ABBC
CDD
Trailing edge

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Paper > Size/Type.
b Select the paper source.
c Check if the paper type and size settings match the paper type
and size set on the tray.

Do the settings match?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

56
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size and type, or adjust the size settings in the solved.
tray.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 6.
a From the home screen, touch Status/supplies > Hardware.
b Check the status of the black and color imaging components.

Does the status indicate OK?

Step 4 Go to step 5. Go to step 6
Measure the distance from one point of the original image to the
same point on the ghost image.

Is the distance 43.9 mm?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace solved.
the developer unit of the affected color.
• If the affected color is black, then replace the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. Go to step 8.
a Check if the ghost image is colored or black.
b Measure the distance from one point of the original image to
the same point on the ghost image.

Is the distance 94.2 mm?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
• If the ghost image is colored, then replace the color solved.
photoconductor unit.
• If the ghost image is black, then replace the black imaging kit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. Contact the next
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Menu level of support.
Settings Page.
Note: Perform this step twice to clear any debris.
b Check the fuser assembly for toner contamination.

Is there toner contamination?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

57
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Solid color or black image check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Samples
b Check the test page.

Is the solid color page black only?

Step 2 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the imaging unit. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the photocunductor unit. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. Go to step 6.
a Place a narrow strip of paper over the gap between the
developers.
Note: Make sure that the paper stays in place when
reinstalling the imaging unit to prevent the laser from
discharging the photoconductors.
b From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Print
Quality Pages.
c Check the test page.

Is there vertical banding?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

58
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the toner cartridge contacts for damage, and replace if solved.
necessary. See “Toner cartridge contacts removal” on page
377.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
Turn off the printer, and then check the continuity of the HVPS
cable.

Does the cable have continuity?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the HVPS cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the HVPS. See “HVPS removal” on page 368. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the printhhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Vertical colored lines or banding check

Leading edge

ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
Trailing edge

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

59
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 4.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Samples
b Check the test page.

Is only one color producing the defect?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace solved.
the developer unit of the affected color.
• If the affected color is black, then replace the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the photoconductor unit. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal” on solved.
page 383.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Image void scan direction check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Load paper from a fresh package. solved.
Note: Paper may absorb moisture due to high humidity. Store
paper in its original wrapper until it is ready to be used.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Reseat the imaging kit, and then perform a print job. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

60
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check if the problem affects only one color.

Does the problem affect only one color?

Step 4 Go to step 6. The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then reseat the solved.
developer unit of the affected color.
• If the affected color is black, then reseat the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reseat all the developer units in the imaging kit. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Contact the next Go to step 7.
Measure the interval between every defect. level of support.

Does the defect occur in 55-mm intervals?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the HVPS cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the HVPS. See “HVPS removal” on page 368. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

61
 5028

Image void process direction check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Load paper from a fresh package. solved.
Note: Paper may absorb moisture due to high humidity. Store
paper in its original wrapper until it is ready to be used.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Reseat all the developer units in the imaging kit, and then perform solved.
a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 6.
Check if the problem appears only on one side of the page.

Does the problem appear only on one side?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the developer hold downs for damage or loose springs, and solved.
replace if necessary. See “Developer hold down removal” on
page 413.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
Check for missing colors.

Is only one color missing?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check the printhead for dust or debris.

Is the printhead free of dust or debris?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Remove the dust or debris. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace solved.
the developer unit of the affected color.
• If the affected color is black, then replace the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

62
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Dark print check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Toner
Darkness.
b Check the toner darkness setting value.

Is the darkness setting too high?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Adjust the darkness setting to the proper value. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 11.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Samples
b Check the test page.

Is only one color affected?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

63
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: solved.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust
b On the AA adjustment row, touch Start.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Perform the toner patch sensing service check. See “Toner patch solved.
sensing service check” on page 270.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the HVPS cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
reseat if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
Check the continuity of the main HVPS cable.

Does the cable have continuity?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. Go to step 11.
Check the pins on the toner cartridge contact.

Are the pins stuck or damaged?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Replace the toner cartridge contacts. See “Toner cartridge solved.
contacts removal” on page 377.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 12. Go to step 13.
Check the electrical contacts on the transfer module for damage.

Are the contacts on the belt damaged?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Replace the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal” on solved.
page 383.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

64
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 13 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the HVPS. See “HVPS removal” on page 368. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Missing color check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Make sure that all packing materials of the imaging unit are solved.
removed.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Make sure that all supplies are properly installed. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reinstall the imaging unit and waste toner bottle. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Open the toner access door, and then pull down the developer unit solved.
release mechanism.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reconnect the printhead cable connector on the controller board. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

65
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Go to step 7. Go to step 10.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Print Quality Pages > Print Quality Pages
b Check the test page.

Is only one color missing?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 10.
Check if the missing color is yellow.

Is the missing color yellow?

Step 8 Go to step 9. Go to step 10.
Remove the imaging unit, and then check if the ITU cleaning blade
is in the correct position.

Does the cleaning blade appear like the picture above?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal” on solved.
page 383.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 12. Go to step 11.
Check the contacts on the imaging unit and the developer of the
missing color for dust or debris.

Are the contacts free of dust or debris?

Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Clean the contacts between the developer and the imaging unit. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
• If the missing color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace solved.
the developer unit of the missing color.
• If the missing color is black, then replace the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

66
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 13 Go to step 15. Go to step 14.
Check if the spring-loaded pins in the HVPS freely move in and out
with an equal amount of spring force.

Do the pins freely move?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Replace the HVPS. See “HVPS removal” on page 368. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Go to step 17. Go to step 16.
a Remove the imaging kit.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests
c Go to the appropriate developer unit motor test for the missing
color, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
Replace the defective EP drive motor. See “Motor (EP drive) solved.
removal” on page 345.

Does the problem remain?

Step 17 Go to step 19. Go to step 18.
While manually turning the motors, check if the couplers that drive
the imaging kit move.

Do the couplers move?

Step 18 Go to step 19. The problem is
Replace the EP gear box. See “EP gear box removal” on solved.
page 351.

Does the problem remain?

Step 19 Go to step 21. Go to step 20.
Check the continuity of the cable on the JSC1 connector on the
controller board.

Is there continuity?
Step 20 Go to step 21. The problem is
Replace the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

67
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 21 Go to step 22. The problem is
Replace the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 22 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Uneven print density check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper type and size settings match the paper type
and size set on the tray.

Do the settings match?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size and type, or adjust the size settings in the solved.
tray.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the paper for texture or rough finish.

Is the paper textured or rough?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the textured or rough paper with plain paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Remove, and then reinstall the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on solved.
page 382.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

68
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the LVPS. See “LVPS removal” on page 354. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Repeating defects check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check the printer rollers for dust or debris.

Are the rollers free of dust or debris?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Remove the dust or debris. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Measure the distance between the repeating marks.

Is the distance between the marks either 43.9 mm or 45.5 mm?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace level of support. solved.
the developer unit of the affected color.
• If the affected color is black, then replace the imaging unit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Measure the distance between the repeating marks.

Is the distance between the marks either 29.8 mm, 25.1 mm, or 94.2
mm?
Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
• If the affected color is cyan, magenta, or yellow, then replace level of support. solved.
the CMY imaging kit.
• If the affected color is black, then replace the black imaging kit.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
Measure the distance between the repeating marks.

Is the distance between the marks either 34.6 mm, 95 mm, or 110
mm?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

69
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Measure the distance between the repeating marks.

Is the distance between the marks either 37.7 mm, 55 mm, or 78.5
mm?
Step 10 Go to step 11. Contact the next
Check the marks that appear on a multi‑page print job. level of support.

Do the marks appear on every other page?

Step 11 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal” on level of support. solved.
page 383.

Does the problem remain?

Random marks check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
Check the printer for toner leaks.

Are there toner leaks?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
a Clean the printer thoroughly using a toner vacuum. solved.
b Perform a print job to clear the remaining toner from the
imaging components.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the imaging kit for debris and fragments.

Is the imaging kit free of debris and fragments?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the debris and fragments. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

70
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Contact the next Go to step 6.
Check the transfer module for debris and fragments. level of support.

Is the transfer module free of debris and fragments?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Remove the debris and fragments. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Light print check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
a Remove the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal”
on page 383.
b Check if the three contacts are visible and if they freely move.

Are the contacts visible and do they freely move?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check if the index pin behind the transfer module retract arm is
visible and properly aligned.

Is the index pin visible and properly aligned?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

71
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
a Reseat the HVPS. solved.
b Make sure that the contacts are visible and can freely move.
c Make sure that the index pin is properly aligned.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. Go to step 6.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality.
b Check the Toner darkness setting value.

Is the darkness setting too low?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Adjust the darkness setting to the proper value. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. Go to step 15.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality
Samples
b Check the test page.

Is only one color affected?

Step 7 Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
Check the toner cartridge of the affected color for proper
installation.
• Make sure that there are no packing materials still on it.
• Check for misalignment.

Is the toner cartridge properly installed?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Reinstall the toner cartridge. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. Go to step 11.
Check the cartridge toner level.

Is the cartridge empty?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Replace the toner cartridge. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

72
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Remove, and then reinstall the developer unit of the affected color. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Go to step 15. Go to step 13.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests
b Select the developer unit of the affected color, and then touch
Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 13 Go to step 14. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper installation, and reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Replace the motor. See “Motor (EP drive) removal” on page solved.
345.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Go to step 17. Go to step 16.
Remove the printhead, and then check the printhead lenses for
dust or debris. See “Printhead removal” on page 409.

Are the lenses free of dust or debris?

Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
Clean the printhead lenses. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 17 Go to step 19. Go to step 18.
Check the HVPS cable on the HVPS and on the JHVPS1 connector
on the controller board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 18 Go to step 19. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 19 Go to step 21. Go to step 20.
Check the cable for continuity.

Does the cable have continuity?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

73
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 20 Go to step 21. The problem is
Replace the HVPS cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 21 Go to step 22. The problem is
Check the toner cartridge contacts for damage, and replace if solved.
necessary. See “Toner cartridge contacts removal” on page
377.

Does the problem remain?

Step 22 Go to step 23. The problem is
Replace the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal” on solved.
page 383.

Does the problem remain?

Step 23 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the HVPS. See “HVPS removal” on page 368. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Skewed print service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Check the paper for improper loading and damage, and replace if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper type and size settings match the paper type
and size set on the tray.

Do the settings match?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Change the paper size and type, or adjust the size settings in the solved.
tray.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the isolation unit for dust or debris.

Is the isolation unit free of dust or debris?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

74
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Remove the dust or debris. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 9. Go to step 7.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Deskew
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the cable on the JMTR1 connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the motor (deskew). See “Motor (deskew) removal” on solved.
page 348.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next Go to step 10.
Check the condition of the deskew rollers. level of support.

Are the rollers free from excess wear, contamination, and damage?
Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Clean or replace the rollers. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

75
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
a Check if the ITU bearings are properly seated on the frame. solved.

# Part
1 Left bearing
2 Right bearing
3 Frame
b If necessary, reinstall the bearings.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

76
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 12 Contact the next The problem is
Inspect the ITU for missing and damaged or defective hardware. If level of support. solved.
necessary, replace the ITU.
a Check if the E‑clip (A) is not missing.

b Check if the bearing (B) is properly seated.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting
77
 5028

Marks on leading or trailing edges check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to another print
Check the leading and trailing edges of the printout for marks. quality check.

Does the printout have marks on the leading or trailing edges?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
a Use a dry and lint-free cloth to clean the ribs (A) on the transfer level of support. solved.
module cleaning assembly housing.
Note: Do not remove the transfer belt to clean the housing.

A
b Use a toner vacuum to remove the remaining toner.
c Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

RFID tag silhouette on prints check

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

78
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Make sure that the image on your original document does not print solved.
directly over the area where the tag (A) is present.
• Sample RFID media
Note: This image shows a typical RFID tag. The actual tag
varies in size, shape, and appearance, as well as position and
orientation on the page.

Note: The presence of the RFID tag on the media may cause
some slight print quality defects that are expected. Black and
white print is normally unaffected, but printing grayscale or color
images over the tag location may show an outline or silhouette
of the tag shape.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
Make sure that the RFID tag is not thick and that it has an even level of support. solved.
contour.

Does the problem remain?

Paper jams

Avoiding jams
Load paper properly
• Make sure that the paper lies flat in the tray.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

79
 5028

Correct loading of paper Incorrect loading of paper

• Do not load or remove a tray while the printer is printing.

• Do not load too much paper. Make sure that the stack height is below the maximum paper fill indicator.
• Do not slide paper into the tray. Load paper as shown in the illustration.

• Make sure that the paper guides are positioned correctly and are not pressing tightly against the paper or
envelopes.
• Push the tray firmly into the printer after loading paper.

Use recommended paper

• Use only recommended paper or specialty media.
• Do not load paper that is wrinkled, creased, damp, bent, or curled.
• Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.

• Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand.

• Do not mix paper sizes, weights, or types in the same tray.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

80
 5028

• Make sure that the paper size and type are set correctly on the computer or printer control panel.
• Store paper according to manufacturer recommendations.

Identifying jam locations

Notes:
• When Jam Assist is set to On, the printer flushes blank pages or pages with partial prints after a jammed
page has been cleared. Check your printed output for blank pages.
• When Jam Recovery is set to On or Auto, the printer reprints jammed pages.

Jam locations
1 Standard bin
2 Fuser
3 Trays
4 Duplex unit
5 Multipurpose feeder

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

81
 5028

Paper jam in trays

1 Pull out the tray.

Warning—Potential Damage: A sensor inside the optional tray is easily damaged by static electricity.
Touch a metal surface before removing the jammed paper in the tray.
2 Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.

3 Insert the tray.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

82
 5028

Paper jam in the multipurpose feeder

1 Remove paper from the multipurpose feeder.
2 Pull out the tray.
3 Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.

4 Insert the tray.

Paper jam in the standard bin

1 Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

83
 5028

2 Open doors A and D, and then remove any paper fragments.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.

3 Close doors D and A.

Paper jam in door A

Paper jam in the fuser
1 Open door A.
CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.

2 Remove the jammed paper.

Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

84
 5028

3 Open the fuser access door.

4 Remove the jammed paper.

Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.

5 Close door A.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

85
 5028

Paper jam in the duplex unit

1 Open door A.
CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.

2 Open the duplex cover.

3 Remove the jammed paper.

Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.

4 Close the duplex cover and door A.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

86
 5028

200 paper jams

200 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
200.05 Paper fed from the MPF never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear
(input). service check” on page 90.
200.12 Paper fed from tray 1 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early
expected at the sensor (input). service check” on page 88.
200.13 Paper fed from tray 1 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive
(input). service check” on page 88.
200.14 Paper fed from tray 1 cleared the sensor (input) See “Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early
earlier than expected. service check” on page 91.
200.15 Paper fed from tray 1 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear
(input). service check” on page 90.
200.22 Paper fed from tray 2 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early
expected at the sensor (input). service check” on page 88.
200.23 Paper fed from tray 2 did not reach the sensor See “Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive
(input). service check” on page 88.
200.24 Paper fed from tray 2 cleared the sensor (input) See “Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early
earlier than expected. service check” on page 91.
200.25 Paper fed from tray 2 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear
(input). service check” on page 90.
200.32 Paper fed from tray 3 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early
expected at the sensor (input). service check” on page 88.
200.33 Paper fed from tray 3 did not reach the sensor See “Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive
(input). service check” on page 88.
200.34 Paper fed from tray 3 cleared the sensor (input) See “Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early
earlier than expected. service check” on page 91.
200.35 Paper fed from tray 3 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear
(input). service check” on page 90.
200.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early
expected at the sensor (input). service check” on page 88.
200.43 Paper fed from tray 4 did not reach the sensor See “Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive
(input). service check” on page 88.
200.44 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (input) See “Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early
earlier than expected. service check” on page 91.
200.45 Paper fed from tray 4 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear
(input). service check” on page 90.
200.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (input) after See “Sensor (input) static jam service
the printer is turned on. check” on page 92.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

87
 5028

Sensor (input): Paper arrived too early service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the tray for overfilling.

Is the tray overfilled?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the paper path along the tray exit.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Clean the paper path. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (input): Paper failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper type and size settings match the paper type
and size set on the tray.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

88
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for paper jams and fragments.

Is the paper path free of jams and fragments?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the jams and fragments. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 10. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Input).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. Go to step 10.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: Printer
diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Isolation
b Touch Start, and then listen to the sound of the motor.
c Check if the sound of the motor (isolation) is similar to this:
https://contentdelivery.lexmark.com/webcontent/kbase/arti
cles/SO8339/Bad_Isolation_Motor.mp3.

Does the isolation motor create a similar grinding sound?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on level of support. solved.
page 422.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

89
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 10 Contact the next Go to step 11.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Deskew
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the motor (registration). level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (input): Paper failed to clear service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Input).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

90
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Contact the next Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Deskew
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor (registration). level of support. solved.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (input): Paper cleared too early service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the tray for overfilling.

Is the tray overfilled?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

91
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper condition in the tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 9. The problem is
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: solved.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Input).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection, and then reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the sensor. See “Sensor (input) removal” on page 390. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (input) static jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

92
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Input).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

201 paper jams

201 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
201.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (fuser See “Sensor (fuser buckle) jam service
buckle). check” on page 94.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

93
 5028

Sensor (fuser buckle) jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Fuser buckle).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
a Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. level of support. solved.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

94
 5028

202 paper jams

202 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
202.12 Paper fed from tray 1 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper arrived too
expected at the sensor (fuser exit). early service check” on page 96.
202.13 Paper fed from tray 1 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive
(fuser exit). service check” on page 96.
202.14 Paper fed from tray 1 cleared the sensor (fuser See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper cleared too
exit) earlier than expected. early service check” on page 100.
202.15 Paper fed from tray 1 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to clear
(fuser exit). service check” on page 99.
202.22 Paper fed from tray 2 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper arrived too
expected at the sensor (fuser exit). early service check” on page 96.
202.23 Paper fed from tray 2 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive
(fuser exit). service check” on page 96.
202.24 Paper fed from tray 2 cleared the sensor (fuser See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper cleared too
exit) earlier than expected. early service check” on page 100.
202.25 Paper fed from tray 2 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to clear
(fuser exit). service check” on page 99.
202.32 Paper fed from tray 3 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper arrived too
expected at the sensor (fuser exit). early service check” on page 96.
202.33 Paper fed from tray 3 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive
(fuser exit). service check” on page 96.
202.34 Paper fed from tray 3 cleared the sensor (fuser See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper cleared too
exit) earlier than expected. early service check” on page 100.
202.35 Paper fed from tray 3 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to clear
(fuser exit). service check” on page 99.
202.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper arrived too
expected at the sensor (fuser exit). early service check” on page 96.
202.43 Paper fed from tray 4 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive
(fuser exit). service check” on page 96.
202.44 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (fuser See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper cleared too
exit) earlier than expected. early service check” on page 100.
202.45 Paper fed from tray 4 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to clear
(fuser exit). service check” on page 99.
202.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (fuser exit) See “Sensor (fuser exit) static jam service
after the printer is turned on. check” on page 101.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

95
 5028

Sensor (fuser exit): Paper arrived too early service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path just before the fuser for paper jams and
fragments.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the paper jams and fragments. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the fuser rollers for damage.

Are the rollers free of damage?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

96
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for paper jams and fragments.

Is the paper path free of jams and fragments?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the jams and fragments. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the fuser for obstructions.

Is the fuser free from obstructions?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the obstructions in the fuser area. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the fuser for damage or life expiration, and replace if solved.
necessary. See “Fuser removal” on page 382.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 11. Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Fuser exit).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
a Make sure that the fuser is properly seated. solved.
b Check the cable on the JFSNS connector on the controller
board for proper connection, and reseat if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

97
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Check the transfer belt for damage and replace if necessary. See solved.
“Transfer module removal” on page 383.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Go to step 15. Go to step 13.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Fuser
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 13 Go to step 14. The problem is
Check the cable on the JFUSED1 connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
a Replace the motor. See “Motor (fuser) removal” on page solved.
367.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Contact the next Go to step 16.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > K
developer‑transfer
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
Check the cable on the JCARTK connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 17 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor (K cartridge). See “Motor (EP drive) level of support. solved.
removal” on page 345.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

98
 5028

Sensor (fuser exit): Paper failed to clear service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the redrive paper path for paper jams and fragments.

Is the paper path free of jams and fragments?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the jams and fragments. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the fuser for obstructions.

Is the fuser free from obstructions?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the obstructions in the fuser area. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the fuser for damage or life expiration, and replace if solved.
necessary. See “Fuser removal” on page 382.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 11. Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Fuser exit).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

99
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
a Make sure that the fuser is seated properly. solved.
b Check the cable on the JFSNS connector on the controller
board for proper connection, and reseat if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Contact the next Go to step 12.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Fuser
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor. See “Motor (fuser) removal” on page level of support. solved.
367.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (fuser exit): Paper cleared too early service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

100
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the fuser rollers for damage.

Are the rollers free of damage?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Fuser exit).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection, and then reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (fuser exit) static jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

101
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Fuser exit).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
a Make sure that the fuser is properly seated. solved.
b Check the cable on the JFSNS connector on the controller
board for proper connection, and reseat if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
a Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. level of support. solved.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

203 paper jams

203 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
203.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (bin full) See “Sensor (output bin full) static jam
after the printer is turned on. service check” on page 102.

Sensor (output bin full) static jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

102
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Output bin full).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the cable on the JDSNS connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
a Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. level of support. solved.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

211 paper jams

211 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
211.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (narrow See “Sensor (narrow media) static jam
media) after the printer is turned on. service check” on page 104.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

103
 5028

Sensor (narrow media) static jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Narrow media).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the cable on the JMSNS connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
a Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. level of support. solved.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

104
 5028

221 paper jams

221 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
221.xx Paper in the paper path of the redrive area See “Sensor (duplex path 1) static jam
remains detected at the sensor (duplex path 1) service check” on page 105.
when the printer is turned on.

Sensor (duplex path 1) static jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Duplex path 1).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the cable on the JDSNS connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

105
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
a Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. See level of support. solved.
“Sensor (redrive) removal” on page 402.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

230 paper jams

230 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
230.12 Paper fed from tray 1 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper arrived
expected at the sensor (duplex path 1). too early service check” on page 107.
230.13 Paper fed from tray 1 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to
(duplex path 1). arrive service check” on page 107.
230.14 Paper fed from tray 1 cleared the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper cleared
path 1) earlier than expected. too early service check” on page 111.
230.15 Paper fed from tray 1 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to
(duplex path 1). clear service check” on page 109.
230.22 Paper fed from tray 2 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper arrived
expected at the sensor (duplex path 1). too early service check” on page 107.
230.22 All motor errors are reported as paper jam.
230.23 Paper fed from tray 2 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to
(duplex path 1). arrive service check” on page 107.
230.24 Paper fed from tray 2 cleared the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper cleared
path 1) earlier than expected. too early service check” on page 111.
230.25 Paper fed from tray 2 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to
(duplex path 1). clear service check” on page 109.
230.32 Paper fed from tray 3 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper arrived
expected at the sensor (duplex path 1). too early service check” on page 107.
230.33 Paper fed from tray 3 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to
(duplex path 1). arrive service check” on page 107.
230.34 Paper fed from tray 3 cleared the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper cleared
path 1) earlier than expected. too early service check” on page 111.
230.35 Paper fed from tray 3 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to
(duplex path 1). clear service check” on page 109.
230.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper arrived
expected at the sensor (duplex path 1). too early service check” on page 107.
230.43 Paper fed from tray 4 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to
(duplex path 1). arrive service check” on page 107.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

106
 5028

Error code Description Action

230.44 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper cleared
path 1) earlier than expected. too early service check” on page 111.
230.45 Paper fed from tray 4 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to
(duplex path 1). clear service check” on page 109.
230.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 1) static jam
path 1) after the printer is turned on. service check” on page 105.

Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper arrived too early service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path entering the duplex path for paper jams and
fragments.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the paper jams and fragments. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

107
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the redrive paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the duplex paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
Inspect the ribs on the control panel base cover for wear, nicks, or
other damage that could obstruct the paper path.

Is there any damage?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the control panel base cover. See “Control panel base solved.
cover removal” on page 336.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Check the diverter for smooth movement.

Does the diverter freely move witthout interference?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Replace the diverter. See “Diverter removal” on page 398. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

108
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Duplex path 1).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Replace the sensor. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 15. Go to step 14.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Redrive
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Check the cable on the JOUTDC connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the motor (output). See “Motor (output) removal” on level of support. solved.
page 346.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper failed to clear service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

109
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 10. Go to step 8.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Duplex path 1).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next Go to step 11.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests >
Duplex/MPF
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

110
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 12 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) removal” on level of support. solved.
page 364.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (duplex path 1): Paper cleared too early service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the duplex rollers for damage.

Are the rollers free of damage?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the duplex assembly. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Duplex path 1).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection, and then reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the sensor. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

111
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

231 paper jams

231 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
231.12 Paper fed from tray 1 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper arrived
expected at the sensor (duplex path 2). too early service check” on page 113.
231.13 Paper fed from tray 1 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper failed to
(duplex path 2). arrive service check” on page 113.
231.14 Paper fed from tray 1 cleared the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper (duplex
path 2) earlier than expected. job) cleared too early service check” on
page 116.
231.15 Paper fed from tray 1 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper failed to
(duplex path 2). clear service check” on page 115.
231.22 Paper fed from tray 2 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper arrived
expected at the sensor (duplex path 2). too early service check” on page 113.
231.23 Paper fed from tray 2 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper failed to
(duplex path 2). arrive service check” on page 113.
231.24 Paper fed from tray 2 cleared the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper (duplex
path 2) earlier than expected. job) cleared too early service check” on
page 116.
231.32 Paper fed from tray 3 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper arrived
expected at the sensor (duplex path 2). too early service check” on page 113.
231.33 Paper fed from tray 3 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper failed to
(duplex path 2). arrive service check” on page 113.
231.34 Paper fed from tray 3 cleared the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper (duplex
path 2) earlier than expected. job) cleared too early service check” on
page 116.
231.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected earlier than See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper arrived
expected at the sensor (duplex path 2). too early service check” on page 113.
231.43 Paper fed from tray 4 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper failed to
(duplex path 2). arrive service check” on page 113.
231.44 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper (duplex
path 2) earlier than expected. job) cleared too early service check” on
page 116.
231.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 2) static jam
path 2) after the printer is turned on. service check” on page 117.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

112
 5028

Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper arrived too early service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size settings in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper settings matches the paper in the tray
guides.

Do the paper settings match the paper in the tray?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Change the paper settings to match the paper in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 6.
Check the duplex paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

113
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the duplex paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Duplex path 2).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 11. Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests >
Duplex/MPF
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
a Replace the motor. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) removal” on solved.
page 364.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

114
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Check the duplex drive gears in the printer for damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Contact the next The problem is
a In the duplex inner guide, check the drive gears, belts, and level of support. solved.
pinch rollers for damage. Replace the duplex inner guide if
necessary. See “Duplex inner guide removal” on page 340.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper failed to clear service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

115
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 7 Go to step 10. Go to step 8.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Duplex path 2).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next Go to step 11.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Isolation
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on level of support. solved.
page 422.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (duplex path 2): Paper (duplex job) cleared too early service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

116
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the duplex rollers for damage.

Are the rollers free of damage?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the duplex. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Duplex path 2).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection, and then reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (duplex path 2) static jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

117
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Duplex path 2).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
a Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. level of support. solved.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

232 paper jams

232 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
232.x3 Paper fed from the duplex never arrived at the See “Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper
sensor (MPF/pass‑through) during a duplex print (duplex job) failed to arrive service check”
job. on page 119.
232.x4 Paper fed from the duplex cleared the sensor See “Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper
(MPF/pass‑through) earlier than expected during (MPF/pass‑through) cleared too early
a duplex print job. service check” on page 122.
232.x5 Paper fed from the duplex never cleared the See “Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper
sensor (MPF/pass‑through) during a duplex print (duplex job) failed to clear service check” on
job. page 121.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

118
 5028

Error code Description Action

232.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex path 2) static jam
path 2) after the printer is turned on. service check” on page 117.

Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper (duplex job) failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the duplex paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the tray for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check the sensor (MPF/pass‑through) area for paper jams and
obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 11. Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (MPF/pass‑through).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

119
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Replace the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on solved.
page 422.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 14. Go to step 12.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests >
Duplex/MPF
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 14. The problem is
a Replace the motor. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) removal” on solved.
page 364.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Check the duplex drive gears in the printer for damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Contact the next The problem is
a In the duplex inner guide, check the drive gears, belts, and level of support. solved.
pinch rollers for damage. Replace the duplex inner guide if
necessary. See “Duplex inner guide removal” on page 340.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

120
 5028

Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper (duplex job) failed to clear service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 10. Go to step 8.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (MPF/pass‑through).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Check the isolation unit for damage, and replace if necessary. See solved.
“Isolation unit removal” on page 422.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

121
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 10 Contact the next Go to step 11.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Deskew
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor (registration). level of support. solved.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper (MPF/pass‑through) cleared too early service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the duplex rollers for damage.

Are the rollers free of damage?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the duplex. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

122
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Input).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection, and then reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on solved.
page 422.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

240 paper jams

240 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
240.06 Paper never arrived at the sensor (MPF/pass- See “Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper
through). (MPF tray) failed to arrive service check” on
page 125.
240.23 Paper fed from tray 2 was picked but it never See “Sensor (MPF/pass-through): Paper
arrived at the sensor (MPF/pass-through). (tray 2) failed to arrive service check” on
page 127.
240.33 Paper fed from tray 3 was picked but it never See “Sensor (MPF/pass-through): Paper
arrived at the sensor (MPF/pass-through). (tray 3) failed to arrive service check” on
page 129.
240.43 Paper fed from tray 4 was picked but it never See “Sensor (MPF/pass-through): Paper
arrived at the sensor (MPF/pass-through). (tray 4) failed to arrive service check” on
page 131.
240.15 Paper fed from tray [x] never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper
(MPF/pass-through). failed to clear service check” on page 124.
240.25
240.35
240.45

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

123
 5028

Error code Description Action

240.82 The motor (duplex/MPF) has stalled. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) jam service
check” on page 134.
240.84 The motor (duplex/MPF) failed to achieve
expected speed or has stalled.
240.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (MPF/pass- See “Sensor (MPF/pass-through) static jam
through) after the printer is turned on. service check” on page 133.

Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the duplex and MPF paper paths for paper jams and
obstructions.

Are the paper paths free of jams and obstructions?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the paper jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the tray paper path and drive gears for damage, and replace solved.
the tray if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (MPF/pass‑through).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

124
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 9. Contact the next
Check the sensor and sensor flag for damage. level of support.

Is the sensor or sensor flag damaged?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on level of support. solved.
page 422.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (MPF/pass‑through): Paper (MPF tray) failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the tray for overfilling.

Is the paper tray overfilled?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the MPF tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper condition in the MPF tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
Check the condition of the MPF pick rollers.

Are the pick rollers free from excess wear, contamination, and
damage?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

125
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the pick rollers. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
a Check the pick rollers for proper installation.
b Firmly press the pick roller assembly upward to make sure that
it is properly engaged to the shaft.

Is the pick roller assembly properly installed?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Reinstall the pick roller assembly. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
Check the paper path exiting the tray.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Clean the paper path. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 14. The problem is
Check the tray paper path and drive gears for damage, and replace solved.
the tray if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 14 Go to step 17. Go to step 15.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (MPF/pass‑through).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 15 Go to step 16. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

126
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 17 Contact the next Go to step 18.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests >
Duplex/MPF
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 18 Go to step 19. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 19 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) removal” on level of support. solved.
page 364.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (MPF/pass-through): Paper (tray 2) failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the tray for overfilling.

Is the tray overfilled?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper condition in the tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

127
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
Check the condition of the tray 2 pick rollers.

Are the pick rollers free from excess wear, contamination, and
damage?
Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the pick rollers. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
a Check the pick rollers for proper installation.
b Firmly press the pick roller assembly upward to make sure that
it is properly engaged to the shaft.

Is the pick roller assembly properly installed?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Reinstall the pick roller assembly. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
Check the paper path exiting the tray.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Clean the paper path. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 16. Go to step 14.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (MPF/pass‑through).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

128
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 15 Go to step 16. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 16 Go to step 19. Go to step 17.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Pick (tray
2)
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 17 Go to step 18. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 18 Go to step 19. The problem is
a Replace the motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through). See “Motor solved.
(550-sheet tray pass‑through) removal” on page 429.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Step 19 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on level of support. solved.
page 424.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (MPF/pass-through): Paper (tray 3) failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

129
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 6. Go to step 4.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (MPF/pass‑through).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 9. Go to step 7.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass‑through (tray 2)).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage and replace if necessary. See solved.
“Sensor (550-sheet tray pass-through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next Go to step 10.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Pass-
through (tray 2)
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

130
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 11 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through). See “Motor level of support. solved.
(550-sheet tray pass‑through) removal” on page 429.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (MPF/pass-through): Paper (tray 4) failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path in tray 3 for paper jams and fragments.

Is the paper path free of jams and fragments?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the paper jams and fragments. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (MPF/pass‑through).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

131
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 11. Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass‑through (tray 2)).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage and replace if necessary. See solved.
“Sensor (550-sheet tray pass-through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 14. Go to step 12.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass‑through (tray 3)).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 14. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage and replace if necessary. See solved.
“Sensor (550-sheet tray pass-through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 14 Go to step 17. Go to step 15.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Pass-
through (tray 2)
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

132
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 15 Go to step 16. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
a Replace the motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through). See “Motor solved.
(550-sheet tray pass‑through) removal” on page 429.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Step 17 Contact the next Go to step 18.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Pass-
through (tray 3)
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 18 Go to step 19. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 19 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through). See “Motor level of support. solved.
(550-sheet tray pass‑through) removal” on page 429.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (MPF/pass-through) static jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

133
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Contact the next Go to step 4.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (MPF/pass‑through).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
a Check the isolation unit for damage, and replace if necessary. level of support. solved.
See “Isolation unit removal” on page 422.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Motor (duplex/MPF) jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 6. Go to step 2.
Check if this is a duplex issue.

Is this a duplex issue?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Check the MPF tray for overfilling.

Is the tray overfilled?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. Go to step 6.
Check the paper condition in the MPF tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

134
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Go to step 7. Go to step 8.
Check the duplex and MPF paper path exiting tray 1.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Clean the paper path. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Contact the next Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests >
Duplex/MPF
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Check the cable on the JMTR1 connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor (duplex/MPF). See “Motor (duplex/MPF) level of support. solved.
removal” on page 364.
b Perform a duplex or MPF feed test.

Does the problem remain?

241 paper jams

241 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
241.12 Paper fed from tray 1 covered the sensor (tray 1 See “Sensor (tray 1 pick): Paper arrived too
pick) earlier than expected. early service check” on page 139.
241.14 Paper fed from tray 1 cleared the sensor (tray 1 See “Sensor (tray 1 pick): Paper arrived too
pick) earlier than expected. early service check” on page 139.
241.15 Paper fed from tray 1 never cleared the sensor See “Sensor (tray 1 pick): Paper failed to
(tray 1 pick). clear service check” on page 136.
241.16 Paper fed from tray 1 was never detected by the See “Sensor (tray 1 pick): Paper failed to
sensor (tray 1 pick). arrive service check” on page 137.
241.82 The motor (tray 1 pick) failed to achieve expected See “Motor (tray 1 pick) jam service check”
speed or has stalled. on page 142.
241.83

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

135
 5028

Error code Description Action

241.84 Failed to pick last sheet of paper. See “Tray actuator and spring service
check” on page 144.
241.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (tray 1 pick) See “Sensor (tray 1 pick) static jam service
after the printer is turned on. check” on page 141.

Sensor (tray 1 pick): Paper failed to clear service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for paper jams and fragments.

Is the paper path free of jams and fragments?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the paper jams and fragments. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the tray paper path and drive gears for damage, and replace solved.
the tray if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 9. Go to step 7.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Input).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

136
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage and replace if necessary. See solved.
“Sensor (input) removal” on page 390.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next Go to step 10.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Isolation
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on level of support. solved.
page 422.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (tray 1 pick): Paper failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the tray for overfilling.

Is the tray overfilled?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

137
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper condition in tray 1.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
Check the condition of the pick rollers.

Are the pick rollers free from excess wear, contamination, and
damage?
Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the pick rollers. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
a Check the pick rollers for proper installation.
b Firmly press the pick roller assembly upward to make sure that
it is properly engaged to the shaft.

Is the pick roller assembly properly installed?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Reinstall the pick roller assembly. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
Check the paper path exiting the paper tray.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Clean the paper path. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 16. Go to step 14.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Input).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

138
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Go to step 16. The problem is
Check the sensor for damage, and replace if necessary. See solved.
“Sensor (input) removal” on page 390.

Does the problem remain?

Step 16 Go to step 19. Go to step 17.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Pick (tray
1)
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 17 Go to step 18. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 18 Go to step 19. The problem is
a Replace the motor (tray 1 pick). solved.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Step 19 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on level of support. solved.
page 424.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (tray 1 pick): Paper arrived too early service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

139
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the tray for overfilling.

Is the tray overfilled?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the paper path along the tray exit.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Clean the paper path. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (tray 1 pick): Paper cleared too early service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the tray for overfilling.

Is the tray overfilled?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

140
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper condition in the tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 9. The problem is
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: solved.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Input).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection, and then reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the sensor. See “Sensor (input) removal” on page 390. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print job. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (tray 1 pick) static jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

141
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next Go to step 4.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Tray 1 pick).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
a Check the sensor (Tray 1 pick) for damage. If necessary, replace level of support. solved.
the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on page 422.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Motor (tray 1 pick) jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
Check the tray for overfilling.

Is the tray overfilled?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check the paper condition in the tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

142
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the paper path exiting the tray.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Clean the paper path. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next Go to step 8.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: level of support.
Printer diagnostics and adjustments > Motor tests > Pick (tray
1)
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the motor (tray 1 pick). level of support. solved.
b Perform a print job.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

143
 5028

Tray actuator and spring service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a Remove the imaging kit.
b Remove the affected tray insert.
c Remove the pick roller from the tray.
d Place the printer on its side.
e Check if the spring (A) on the flag is installed properly.

Is the spring installed properly?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

144
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
a Remove the tray empty sensor actuator. See “550-sheet tray
empty sensor actuator removal” on page 437.
b Reseat the spring (B) on the flag as shown.

B
c Reinstall the flag.
d Reseat the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on
page 424.
e Press the media feeder actuator (C), and then check if the flag
drops.

Did the flag drop?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

145
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
a Replace the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on level of support. solved.
page 424.
b Perform a feed test until the tray is out of paper.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a feed test until the tray is out of paper. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

242–244 paper jams

242 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
242.xx Paper fed from tray 3 or tray 4 remains at Tray 2 See “RFID Option jam service check” on
(RFID Option) for a longer period of time. page 170.
242.21 Paper fed from tray 2 remains detected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 2 pass‑through) or at the sensor (tray pass-through) static jam service check” on
2 trailing edge) after the printer is turned on. page 151.
242.22 Paper fed from tray 2 was detected earlier than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or at pass‑through): Paper arrived too early
the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge). service check” on page 152.
242.24 Paper fed from tray 2 cleared the sensor (tray 2 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too early
earlier than expected. service check” on page 158.
242.25 Paper fed from tray 2 cleared the sensor (tray 2 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too late
later than expected. service check” on page 160.
242.26 Paper fed from tray 2 was picked but it never See “Sensor (tray [x] pass-through): Tray [x]
arrived at the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge). failed to pick service check” on page 162.
242.27 Paper fed from tray 2 never cleared the sensor See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
(tray 2 trailing edge). pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service
check” on page 165.
242.28 Paper fed from tray 2 was detected later than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or at pass-through): Paper arrived too late
the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge). service check” on page 167.
242.31 Paper fed from tray 3 remains detected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 2 pass‑through) or at the sensor (tray pass-through) static jam service check” on
2 trailing edge) after the printer is turned on. page 151.
242.32 Paper fed from tray 3 was detected earlier than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or at pass‑through): Paper arrived too early
the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge). service check” on page 152.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

146
 5028

Error code Description Action

242.33 Paper fed from tray 3 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (tray 2 pass-through): Paper
(tray 2 pass-through). failed to arrive service check” on page
154.
242.34 Paper fed from tray 3 cleared the sensor (tray 2 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too early
earlier than expected. service check” on page 158.
242.35 Paper fed from tray 3 cleared the sensor (tray 2 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too late
later than expected. service check” on page 160.
242.37 Paper fed from tray 3 never cleared the sensor See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
(tray 2 trailing edge). pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service
check” on page 165.
242.38 Paper fed from tray 3 was detected later than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or at pass-through): Paper arrived too late
the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge). service check” on page 167.
242.41 Paper fed from tray 4 remains detected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 2 pass‑through) or at the sensor (tray pass-through) static jam service check” on
2 trailing edge) after the printer is turned on. page 151.
242.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected earlier than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or at pass‑through): Paper arrived too early
the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge). service check” on page 152.
242.43 Paper fed from tray 4 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (tray 2 pass-through): Paper
(tray 2 pass-through). failed to arrive service check” on page
154.
242.44 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (tray 2 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too early
earlier than expected. service check” on page 158.
242.45 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (tray 2 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too late
later than expected. service check” on page 160.
242.47 Paper fed from tray 4 never cleared the sensor See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
(tray 2 trailing edge). pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service
check” on page 165.
242.48 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected later than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or at pass-through): Paper arrived too late
the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge). service check” on page 167.
242.84 Failed to pick last sheet of paper. See “Tray actuator and spring service
check” on page 144.
242.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (tray 2 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass‑through) or at the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge) pass-through) static jam service check” on
after the printer is turned on. Paper source is page 151.
undetermined.
242.92 Paper was detected earlier than expected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or at the sensor (tray pass‑through): Paper arrived too early
2 trailing edge). Paper source is undetermined. service check” on page 152.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

147
 5028

Error code Description Action

242.93 Paper never arrived at the sensor (tray 2 pass- See “Sensor (tray 2 pass-through): Paper
through). Paper source is undetermined. failed to arrive service check” on page
154.
242.94 Paper cleared the sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge) earlier than pass-through): Paper cleared too early
expected. Paper source is undetermined. service check” on page 158.
242.95 Paper cleared the sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
the sensor (tray 2 trailing edge) later than pass-through): Paper cleared too late
expected. Paper source is undetermined. service check” on page 160.
242.96 Paper was picked but it never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (tray [x] pass-through): Tray [x]
(tray 2 trailing edge). Paper source is failed to pick service check” on page 162.
undetermined.
242.97 Paper never cleared the sensor (tray 2 trailing See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
edge). Paper source is undetermined. pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service
check” on page 165.
242.98 Paper was detected later than expected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 2 pass-through) or at the sensor (tray pass-through): Paper arrived too late
2 trailing edge). Paper source is undetermined. service check” on page 167.

243 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
243.31 Paper fed from tray 3 remains detected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 3 pass‑through) or at the sensor (tray pass-through) static jam service check” on
3 trailing edge) after the printer is turned on. page 151 .
243.32 Paper fed from tray 3 was detected earlier than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 3 pass-through) or at pass‑through): Paper arrived too early
the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge). service check” on page 152.
243.34 Paper fed from tray 3 cleared the sensor (tray 3 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too early
earlier than expected. service check” on page 158.
243.35 Paper fed from tray 3 cleared the sensor (tray 3 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too late
later than expected. service check” on page 160.
243.36 Paper fed from tray 3 was picked but it never See “Sensor (tray [x] pass-through): Tray [x]
arrived at the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge). failed to pick service check” on page 162.
243.37 Paper fed from tray 3 never cleared the sensor See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
(tray 3 trailing edge). pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service
check” on page 165.
243.38 Paper fed from tray 3 was detected later than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 3 pass-through) or at pass-through): Paper arrived too late
the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge). service check” on page 167.
243.41 Paper fed from tray 4 remains detected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 3 pass‑through) or at the sensor (tray pass-through) static jam service check” on
3 trailing edge) after the printer is turned on. page 151 .

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

148
 5028

Error code Description Action

243.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected earlier than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 3 pass-through) or at pass‑through): Paper arrived too early
the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge). service check” on page 152.
243.43 Paper fed from tray 4 never arrived at the sensor See “Sensor (tray 3 pass-through): Paper
(tray 3 pass-through). failed to arrive service check” on page
156.
243.44 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (tray 3 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too early
earlier than expected. service check” on page 158.
243.45 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (tray 3 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge) pass-through): Paper cleared too late
later than expected. service check” on page 160.
243.47 Paper fed from tray 4 never cleared the sensor See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
(tray 3 trailing edge). pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service
check” on page 165.
243.48 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected later than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 3 pass-through) or at pass-through): Paper arrived too late
the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge). service check” on page 167.
243.84 Failed to pick last sheet of paper. See “Tray actuator and spring service
check” on page 144.
243.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (tray 3 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
pass‑through) or at the sensor (tray 3 trailing pass-through) static jam service check” on
edge) after the printer is turned on. Paper source page 151 .
is undetermined.
243.92 Paper was detected earlier than expected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 3 pass-through) or at the sensor (tray pass‑through): Paper arrived too early
3 trailing edge). Paper source is undetermined. service check” on page 152.
243.93 Paper never arrived at the sensor (tray 3 pass- See “Sensor (tray 3 pass-through): Paper
through). Paper source is undetermined. failed to arrive service check” on page
156.
243.94 Paper cleared the sensor (tray 3 pass-through) or See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge) earlier than pass-through): Paper cleared too early
expected. Paper source is undetermined. service check” on page 158.
243.95 Paper cleared the sensor (tray 3 pass-through) or See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
the sensor (tray 3 trailing edge) later than pass-through): Paper cleared too late
expected. Paper source is undetermined. service check” on page 160.
243.96 Paper was picked but it never arrived at the See “Sensor (tray [x] pass-through): Tray [x]
sensor (tray 3 trailing edge). Paper source is failed to pick service check” on page 162.
undetermined.
243.97 Paper never cleared the sensor (tray 3 trailing See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
edge). Paper source is undetermined. pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service
check” on page 165.
243.98 Paper was detected later than expected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 3 pass-through) or at the sensor (tray pass-through): Paper arrived too late
3 trailing edge). Paper source is undetermined. service check” on page 167.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

149
 5028

244 paper jam messages

Error code Description Action
244.41 Paper fed from tray 4 remains detected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-
sensor (tray 4 pass‑through) or at the sensor (tray through) static jam service check” on
4 trailing edge) after the printer is turned on. page 151 .
244.42 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected earlier than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
expected at the sensor (tray 4 pass-through) or at pass‑through): Paper arrived too early
the sensor (tray 4 trailing edge). service check” on page 152.
244.44 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (tray 4 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 4 trailing edge) through): Paper cleared too early service
earlier than expected. check” on page 158.
244.45 Paper fed from tray 4 cleared the sensor (tray 4 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-
pass-through) or the sensor (tray 4 trailing edge) through): Paper cleared too late service
later than expected. check” on page 160.
244.46 Paper fed from tray 4 was picked but it never See “Sensor (tray [x] pass-through): Tray [x]
arrived at the sensor (tray 4 trailing edge). failed to pick service check” on page 162.
244.47 Paper fed from tray 4 never cleared the sensor See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
(tray 4 trailing edge). pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service
check” on page 165.
244.48 Paper fed from tray 4 was detected later than See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-
expected at the sensor (tray 4 pass-through) or at through): Paper arrived too late service
the sensor (tray 4 trailing edge). check” on page 167.
244.84 Failed to pick last sheet of paper. See “Tray actuator and spring service
check” on page 144.
244.91 Paper remains detected at the sensor (tray 4 See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-
pass‑through) or at the sensor (tray 4 trailing through) static jam service check” on
edge) after the printer is turned on. Paper source page 151 .
is undetermined.
244.92 Paper was detected earlier than expected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
sensor (tray 4 pass-through) or at the sensor (tray pass‑through): Paper arrived too early
4 trailing edge). Paper source is undetermined. service check” on page 152.
244.94 Paper cleared the sensor (tray 4 pass-through) or See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-
the sensor (tray 4 trailing edge) earlier than through): Paper cleared too early service
expected. Paper source is undetermined. check” on page 158.
244.95 Paper cleared the sensor (tray 4 pass-through) or See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-
the sensor (tray 4 trailing edge) later than through): Paper cleared too late service
expected. Paper source is undetermined. check” on page 160.
244.96 Paper was picked but it never arrived at the See “Sensor (tray [x] pass-through): Tray [x]
sensor (tray 4 trailing edge). Paper source is failed to pick service check” on page 162.
undetermined.
244.97 Paper never cleared the sensor (tray 4 trailing See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and
edge). Paper source is undetermined. pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service
check” on page 165.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

150
 5028

Error code Description Action

244.98 Paper was detected later than expected at the See “Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-
sensor (tray 4 pass-through) or at the sensor (tray through): Paper arrived too late service
4 trailing edge). Paper source is undetermined. check” on page 167.

Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-through) static jam service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Trailing edge (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray solved.
trailing edge) removal” on page 433.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

151
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 11. Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass-through (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray pass- solved.
through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print test. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass‑through): Paper arrived too early service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

152
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Trailing edge (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray solved.
trailing edge) removal” on page 433.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 11. Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass-through (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray pass- solved.
through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print test. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

153
 5028

Sensor (tray 2 pass-through): Paper failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the paper or change the paper size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper tray for overfilling.

Is the paper tray overfilled?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
Check the paper condition in the tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

154
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 11 Go to step 14. Go to step 12.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass-through (tray 2)).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 12 Go to step 14. Go to step 13.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 13 Go to step 14. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray pass- solved.
through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 14 Go to step 17. Go to step 15.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests
b Find the motor (Pass-through (tray 2)), and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 15 Go to step 17. Go to step 16.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “Motor (550-sheet tray solved.
pass‑through) removal” on page 429.

Does the problem remain?

Step 17 Go to step 20. Go to step 18.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests
b Find the motor (Pass-through (tray 3)), and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 18 Go to step 20. Go to step 19.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

155
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 19 Go to step 20. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “Motor (550-sheet tray solved.
pass‑through) removal” on page 429.

Does the problem remain?

Step 20 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print test. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (tray 3 pass-through): Paper failed to arrive service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the paper or change the paper size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper tray for overfilling.

Is the paper tray overfilled?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
Check the paper condition in the tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

156
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 14. Go to step 12.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass-through (tray 3)).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 12 Go to step 14. Go to step 13.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 13 Go to step 14. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray pass- solved.
through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 14 Go to step 17. Go to step 15.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests
b Find the motor (Pass-through (tray 3)), and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 15 Go to step 17. Go to step 16.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

157
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “Motor (550-sheet tray solved.
pass‑through) removal” on page 429.

Does the problem remain?

Step 17 Go to step 20. Go to step 18.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests
b Find the motor (Pass-through (tray 4)), and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 18 Go to step 20. Go to step 19.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 19 Go to step 20. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “Motor (550-sheet tray solved.
pass‑through) removal” on page 429.

Does the problem remain?

Step 20 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print test. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-through): Paper cleared too early service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

158
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the paper or change the paper size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper tray for overfilling.

Is the paper tray overfilled?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
Check the paper condition in the tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 12. Go to step 10.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Trailing edge (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 10 Go to step 12. Go to step 11.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray solved.
trailing edge) removal” on page 433.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Go to step 15. Go to step 13.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass-through (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

159
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 13 Go to step 15. Go to step 14.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray pass- solved.
through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print test. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-through): Paper cleared too late service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the paper or change the paper size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the primary paper path for paper jams and obstructions.

Is the paper path free of jams and obstructions?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the paper jams and obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

160
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 7 Go to step 10. Go to step 8.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Trailing edge (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 8 Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray solved.
trailing edge) removal” on page 433.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 13. Go to step 11.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests
b Find the motor (Duplex/MPF), and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) removal” solved.
on page 364.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 16. Go to step 14.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass-through (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 14 Go to step 16. Go to step 15.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

161
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 15 Go to step 16. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray pass- solved.
through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 16 Go to step 19. Go to step 17.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests
b Find the motor (Pass-through (tray [x])), and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 17 Go to step 19. Go to step 18.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 18 Go to step 19. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “Motor (550-sheet tray solved.
pass‑through) removal” on page 429.

Does the problem remain?

Step 19 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print test. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (tray [x] pass-through): Tray [x] failed to pick service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

162
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the paper or change the paper size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper tray for overfilling.

Is the paper tray overfilled?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
Check the paper condition in the tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
a Check the pick rollers for proper installation.
b Fully press the pick roller assembly upward to make sure that
the mounting latches are properly engaging the slot on the
shaft.

Is the pick roller assembly properly installed?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Reinstall the pick roller assembly. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
Check the condition of the pick rollers.

Are the pick rollers free from excess wear, contamination, and
damage?
Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Replace the pick rollers. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

163
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 13 Go to step 15. Go to step 14.
Check the paper path exiting the paper tray.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Clean the paper path. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Go to step 18. Go to step 16.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Trailing edge (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 16 Go to step 18. Go to step 17.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 17 Go to step 18. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray solved.
trailing edge) removal” on page 433.

Does the problem remain?

Step 18 Go to step 21. Go to step 19.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests > Motor tests
> Pick (tray [x])
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 19 Go to step 21. Go to step 20.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 20 Go to step 21. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “550‑sheet tray paper feeder solved.
removal” on page 431.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

164
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 21 Go to step 22. The problem is
Replace the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on solved.
page 424.

Does the problem remain?

Step 22 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print test. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass‑through): Paper failed to clear service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the paper path for partially fed or jammed paper.

Is the paper path free of partially fed or jammed paper?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the partially fed or jammed paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Trailing edge (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

165
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray solved.
trailing edge) removal” on page 433.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 11. Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests
b Find the motor (Duplex/MPF), and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) removal” solved.
on page 364.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 14. Go to step 12.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass-through (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 12 Go to step 14. Go to step 13.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 13 Go to step 14. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray pass- solved.
through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 14 Go to step 17. Go to step 15.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests
b Find the motor (Pass-through (tray [x])), and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

166
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 15 Go to step 17. Go to step 16.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “Motor (550-sheet tray solved.
pass‑through) removal” on page 429.

Does the problem remain?

Step 17 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print test. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Sensors (tray [x] trailing edge and pass-through): Paper arrived too late service check
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the paper or change the paper size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the paper tray for overfilling.

Is the paper tray overfilled?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Remove the excess paper from the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

167
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
Check the paper condition in the tray.

Is the paper crumpled or damaged?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the crumpled or damaged paper. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Check the tray separator pad for proper installation and damage.

Is the separator pad properly installed and free of damage?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the separator pad. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
Check the condition of the tray pick rollers.

Are the pick rollers free from excess wear, contamination, and
damage?
Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Replace the pick rollers. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 15. Go to step 14.
Check the paper path exiting the paper tray.

Is the paper path free of fragments and contamination?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Clean the paper path. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Go to step 18. Go to step 16.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Trailing edge (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

168
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 16 Go to step 18. Go to step 17.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 17 Go to step 18. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray solved.
trailing edge) removal” on page 433.

Does the problem remain?

Step 18 Go to step 21. Go to step 19.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests > Pick (tray [x])
b Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 19 Go to step 21. Go to step 20.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 20 Go to step 21. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “550‑sheet tray paper feeder solved.
removal” on page 431.

Does the problem remain?

Step 21 Go to step 22. The problem is
Replace the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on solved.
page 424.

Does the problem remain?

Step 22 Go to step 25. Go to step 23.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pass-through (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 23 Go to step 25. Go to step 24.
Reseat the sensor cable, and then check the sensor for
misalignment and damage.

Is the sensor properly installed and free of damage?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

169
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 24 Go to step 25. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray pass- solved.
through) removal” on page 432.

Does the problem remain?

Step 25 Go to step 28. Go to step 26.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests
b Find the motor (Pass‑through (tray [x])), and then touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 26 Go to step 28. Go to step 27.
Reseat the motor cable, and then check the motor for misalignment
and damage.

Is the motor properly installed and free of damage?

Step 27 Go to step 28. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the motor. See “Motor (550-sheet tray solved.
pass‑through) removal” on page 429.

Does the problem remain?

Step 28 Contact the next The problem is
Perform a print test. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

RFID Option jam service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
Remove Tray 1 insert, and then check if you can pull the media out
of the RFID Option.

Can you remove the media from the RFID Option?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
Remove the jammed media. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
a Reinstall Tray 1 insert, and then remove Tray 3 insert. level of support. solved.
b Pull the jammed media out of the RFID Option.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

170
 5028

User attendance messages

Non‑Lexmark supply
The printer has detected a non‑Lexmark supply or part installed in the printer.
The Lexmark printer is designed to function best with genuine Lexmark supplies and parts. Use of third-party
supplies or parts may affect the performance, reliability, or life of the printer and its imaging components.
All life indicators are designed to function with Lexmark supplies and parts and may deliver unpredictable results
if third-party supplies or parts are used. Imaging component usage beyond the intended life may damage the
Lexmark printer or associated components.
Warning—Potential Damage: Use of third-party supplies or parts can affect warranty coverage. Damage
caused by the use of third-party supplies or parts may not be covered by the warranty.
If a customer accepts any and all of these risks and proceeds with the use of non-genuine supplies or parts in
the printer, then instruct the customer to press and hold X and # simultaneously from the control panel for 15
seconds. Do not perform this action yourself.
If a customer does not want to accept these risks, then remove the third-party supply or part from the printer
and install a genuine Lexmark supply or part. For more information, see
Using genuine Lexmark parts and supplies.
If the printer does not print after pressing and holding X and # simultaneously for 15 seconds, then instruct the
customer to reset the supply usage counter.
1 From the control panel, navigate to:
Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration Menu > Supply Usage And Counters
2 Select the part or supply to reset, and then select Start.
3 Read the warning message, and then select Continue.
4 Press and hold X and # simultaneously for 15 seconds to clear the message.
Note: If the customer is unable to reset the supply usage counters, then the customer should return the
item to the place of purchase.

31 user attendance errors

31 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
31.40z Smart chip communications problem. Reinstall See “Missing toner, developer, or
the missing or unresponsive black cartridge. photoconductor service check” on page 173.
31.41z Smart chip communications problem. Reinstall
the missing or unresponsive cyan cartridge.
31.42z Smart chip communications problem. Reinstall
the missing or unresponsive magenta cartridge.
31.43z Smart chip communications problem. Reinstall
the missing or unresponsive yellow cartridge.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

171
 5028

Error code Description Action

31.30' Motor (black only retract) failed to stall. Reinstall
the missing transfer module.
31.35 Analog sensor out of range. Reinstall the missing See “Waste toner bottle service check” on
waste toner bottle. page 179.
31.50z Smart chip communications problem. Reinstall See “Missing toner, developer, or
the missing or unresponsive black developer. photoconductor service check” on page 173.
31.64z Smart chip communications problem. Reinstall
the missing or unresponsive color imaging unit.
31.80' All fuser sensors are out of range. Reinstall the See “Fuser temperature error service check”
fuser. on page 212.

Z code:
• 31.xxN— Non-genuine Lexmark supply

32 user attendance errors

32 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
32.40z Cartridge compatibility problem. Replace the See “Missing toner, developer, or
unsupported black cartridge. photoconductor service check” on page 173.
32.41z Cartridge compatibility problem. Replace the
unsupported cyan cartridge.
32.42z Cartridge compatibility problem. Replace the
unsupported magenta cartridge.
32.43z Cartridge compatibility problem. Replace the
unsupported yellow cartridge.
32.50z Developer compatibility problem. Replace the
unsupported black developer.
32.64z Color imaging unit compatibility problem.
Replace the unsupported color imaging unit.
32.80' Printer and fuser ID mismatch. Replace the
unsupported fuser.

Z codes:
• 32.xxA— Cartridge fails the OEM_ID test
• 32.xxB— Cartridge is not compatible with the printer
• 32.xxC— Printer is not compatible with the cartridge
• 32.xxD— SWE supply reject ID mismatch
• 32.xxE— SWE reject cartridge married
• 32.xxF— Black developer fails the OEM_ID test
• 32.xxG— Color imaging unit fails the OEM_ID test
• 32.xxH— Black developer is not compatible with the printer

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

172
 5028

• 32.xxJ— Color imaging unit is not compatible with the printer

• 32.xxK— Printer is not compatible with the black imaging unit (developer and PCU)
• 32.xxL— Printer is not compatible with the color imaging kit (color developers, PCU, basket)
• 32.xxN— Non-genuine Lexmark supply

33 user attendance errors

33 user attendance error messages

Note: See “Non‑Lexmark supply” on page 171.

Error code Description Action

33.40z Non-Lexmark black cartridge. The smart chip See “Missing toner, developer, or
contents have been manipulated by a third party photoconductor service check” on page 173.
manufacturer.
33.41z Non-Lexmark cyan cartridge. The smart chip
contents have been manipulated by a third party
manufacturer.
33.42z Non-Lexmark magenta cartridge. The smart chip
contents have been manipulated by a third party
manufacturer.
33.43z Non-Lexmark yellow cartridge. The smart chip
contents have been manipulated by a third party
manufacturer.
33.50z Non-Lexmark black developer. The smart chip
contents have been manipulated by a third party
manufacturer.
33.64z Non-Lexmark color imaging unit. The smart chip
contents have been manipulated by a third party
manufacturer.

Z codes:
• 33.xxA— Non-genuine Lexmark supply
• 33.xxB— Supply exposed

Missing toner, developer, or photoconductor service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
a Make sure that the cartridge or photoconductor is properly solved.
installed.
b Check the error code on the display, and then verify if the
cartridge, developer, or photoconductor is supported.
c Replace the unsupported supply.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

173
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
a Remove the imaging kit, and then inspect the springs for solved.
damage or improper contact. If necessary, reposition the
springs.
b Check cables for poor connection. If necessary, reconnect the
cables.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the imaging kit. Reuse the current supplies. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the HVPS and pogo pin cables for proper connection, and solved.
reseat if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the pogo pin contacts for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check the pogo pin contacts for dust or debris.

Are the contacts free of dust or debris?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Remove the dust or debris. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Toner meter).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the TMC card. See “TMC card removal” on page 364. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

174
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

42 user attendance errors

42 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
42.xyK Printer and cartridge region mismatch. Replace See “Region mismatch service check” on
the black cartridge. page 175.
42.xyC Printer and cartridge region mismatch. Replace
the cyan cartridge.
42. xyM Printer and cartridge region mismatch. Replace
the magenta cartridge.
42. xyY Printer and cartridge region mismatch. Replace
the yellow cartridge.

xyz codes:
• x— Printer region
• y— Cartridge region
• z— Color (CMYK)
Region codes:
• 0— World Wide (WW)
• 1— North America (NA)
• 2— Europe Economic Area + extras (EEA+)
• 5— Rest of Europe, Middle East, Africa (RoEMEA)
• 7— Latin America, Asia Pacific (LAD / AP) (+Aus/ NZ)

Region mismatch service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Contact the next Go to step 2.
Check the region number of the cartridge and the printer. level of support.

Do the numbers match?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
Install the appropriate cartridge. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

175
 5028

43 user attendance errors

43 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
43.41z Cyan bottle TMC error. See “Toner meter cycle (TMC) card service
check” on page 268.
43.42z Magenta bottle TMC error.
43.43z Yellow bottle TMC error.

z codes:
• Y— First error, recoverable
• Z— Second error, non-recoverable

71 user attendance errors

71 user attendance messages

Error code Description Action
71.03 The analog line is not detected. See “Fax failure service check” on page 176.

Fax failure service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Turn off the printer, wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the solved.
printer.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
a Make sure that the telephone cable is properly connected to solved.
the line port of the printer.
b Make sure that the other end of the cable is connected to an
active analog wall jack. Contact the analog phone service
provider if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Check the line port connector pins of the fax card for corrosion and solved.
damage.
Note: The telephone cable must properly fit with the line port.

Is the fax card connector free of damage?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

176
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the firmware version.

Is the firmware updated to the latest version?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Update the firmware. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Make sure that the controller board is properly installed. Reseat all solved.
the cables on the controller board.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next Go to step 8.
Check the controller board and its connector pins for damage. level of support.

Are the controller board and its connectors free of damage?

Step 8 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

177
 5028

80 user attendance errors

80 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
80.01 The maintenance kit is nearly low. The backup See “Maintenance kit service check” on
roll or fuser page count threshold has been page 178.
reached.
80.09 The maintenance kit is nearly low. The
user‑selected EWS set point has been reached.
80.11 The maintenance kit is low. The backup roll or
fuser page count threshold has been reached.
80.19 The maintenance kit is low. The user‑selected
EWS set point has been reached.
80.21 The maintenance kit is very low. The backup roll
or fuser page count threshold has been reached.
80.29 The maintenance kit is very low. The
user‑selected EWS set point has been reached.
80.31 Replace the maintenance kit. The backup roll or
fuser page count threshold has been reached.
The fuser may continue to function beyond end
of life.
80.39 Replace the maintenance kit. The user‑selected
EWS set point has been reached. The fuser may
continue to function beyond end of life.

Maintenance kit service check

Action Yes No
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not perform this step if the Contact the next The problem is
printer is on. level of support. solved.
a Replace the required maintenance kit.
b Reset the maintenance counter. See “Resetting the
maintenance counter” on page 462.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

178
 5028

82 user attendance errors

82 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
82.11 The waste toner bottle is nearly full. The sensor See “Waste toner bottle service check” on
threshold has been reached. page 179.
82.19 The waste toner bottle is nearly full. The user-
selected EWS set point has been reached.
82.31 Replace the waste toner bottle. The sensor end
of life threshold has been reached.

Waste toner bottle service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reseat the waste toner bottle. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check if the printer is placed on a flat surface.

Is the printer placed on a flat surface?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Place the printer on a flat surface. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the waste toner bottle contacts and waste toner contact
block contacts for dust or debris.

Are the contacts free of dust or debris?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Remove the dust or debris. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Check the waste toner contact block for proper connection and level of support. solved.
damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

179
 5028

83 user attendance errors

83 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
83.01 The transfer module is nearly low. The transfer
module page count threshold has been reached.
83.09 The transfer module is nearly low. The
user‑selected EWS set point has been reached.
83.11 The transfer module is low. The transfer module
page count threshold has been reached.
83.19 The transfer module is low. The user-selected
EWS set point has been reached.
83.21 The transfer module is very low. The transfer
module page count threshold has been reached.
83.29 The transfer module is very low. The user-
selected EWS set point has been reached.
83.31 Replace the transfer module. The transfer
module page count threshold has been reached.
The transfer module may continue to function
beyond end of life.
83.39 Replace the transfer module. The user-selected
EWS set point has been reached. The transfer
module may continue to function beyond end of
life.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

180
 5028

84 user attendance errors

84 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
84.01 The imaging kit is nearly low. The See “Cartridge or photoconductor error service
photoconductor threshold has been reached. check” on page 183.
84.09 The imaging kit is nearly low. The user-selected
EWS set point has been reached.
84.11 The imaging kit is low. The photoconductor
threshold has been reached.
84.19 The imaging kit is low. The user-selected EWS
set point has been reached.
84.21 The imaging kit is very low. The photoconductor
threshold has been reached.
84.29 The imaging kit is very low. The user-selected
EWS set point has been reached.
84.31 Replace the imaging kit. The imaging kit has
exceeded its recommended life span. The
imaging kit may continue to function beyond end
of life.
84.39 Replace the imaging kit. The imaging kit has
exceeded its recommended life span. The
user‑selected EWS set point has been reached.
The imaging kit may continue to function beyond
end of life.
84.41 Replace the imaging kit to resume printing. The
photoconductor threshold for “Absolute End of
Life” has been reached.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

181
 5028

85 user attendance errors

85 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
85.01 The black imaging unit is nearly low. The See “Cartridge or photoconductor error service
photoconductor threshold has been reached. check” on page 183.
85.09 The black imaging unit is nearly low. The
user‑selected EWS set point has been reached.
85.11 The black imaging unit is low. The
photoconductor threshold has been reached.
85.19 The black imaging unit is low. The user‑selected
EWS set point has been reached.
85.21 The black imaging unit is very low. The
photoconductor threshold has been reached.
85.29 The black imaging unit is very low. The
user‑selected EWS set point has been reached.
85.31 Replace the black imaging unit. The black
imaging unit has exceeded its recommended life
span. The photoconductor threshold for “End of
Life” has been reached. The black developer
may continue to function beyond end of life.
85.39 Replace black imaging unit. The black imaging
unit has exceeded its recommended life span.
The user‑selected EWS set point has been
reached. The black developer may continue to
function beyond end of life.
85.41 Replace black imaging unit to resume printing.
The photoconductor threshold for “Absolute End
of Life” has been reached.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

182
 5028

88 user attendance errors

88 user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
88.01z The cartridge is nearly low. The TMC threshold See “Cartridge or photoconductor error service
has been reached. check” on page 183.
88.09z The cartridge is nearly low. The user‑selected
EWS set point has been reached.
88.11z The cartridge is low, and [x] estimated pages
remain. The TMC threshold has been reached.
88.19z The cartridge is low, and [x] estimated pages
remain. The user‑selected EWS set point has
been reached.
88.21z The cartridge is very low, and [x] estimated pages
remain. The TMC threshold has been reached.
88.29z The cartridge is very low, and [x] estimated pages
remain. The user‑selected EWS set point has
been reached.
88.31z The cartridge is empty. Replace the cartridge to
continue printing. The TMC threshold has been
reached.
88.38z The cartridge is empty. Replace the cartridge to
continue printing. “Secure quanta expired” was
declared.
88.39z The cartridge is empty. Replace the cartridge to
continue printing. The user‑selected EWS set
point has been reached.

Z codes:
• z— Color (CMYK)

Cartridge or photoconductor error service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
a Make sure that the cartridge or photoconductor is installed. solved.
b Check if the cartridge or photoconductor is supported, and
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

183
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
a Make sure that the cartridge or photoconductor is properly solved.
installed.
b Make sure that the cartridge or photoconductor cables are
properly connected.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Check the cartridge or photoconductor contacts for damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Check the controller board pins for damage, and replace if level of support. solved.
necessary. See “Controller board removal” on page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Non-supply user attendance errors

Non‑supply user attendance error messages

Error code Description Action
34 Short paper. See “Mismatched paper size service check” on
page 185.
35 Insufficient memory. See “Insufficient memory service check” on
page 186.
36 The resolution is reduced.
37 No memory for collation, defrag, or held jobs. See “Insufficient memory service check” on
page 186.
38 Memory is full. See “Insufficient memory service check” on
page 186.
39 Complex page. See “Complex page service check” on
page 186.
44.01 Error on every page. Printer fails to program RFID See “Error on every page service check” on
tag. page 187.
44.01 Error on some pages. Printer fails to program See “Error on some pages service check” on
RFID tag. page 189.
44.10–44.36 Error with the incoming RFID print job data See “RFID data within print job is invalid service
stream. check” on page 191.
51 Defective flash memory. See “Flash memory failure service check” on
page 193.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

184
 5028

Error code Description Action

52 Flash memory is full. See “Insufficient flash memory service check”
on page 194.
53 Unformatted flash memory. See “Flash memory failure service check” on
page 193.
54 Serial port or network error. See “Flash memory failure service check” on
page 193.
55 Unsupported option. See “Unsupported internal option service
check” on page 194
56 Parallel, serial, or USB port disabled. See “Disabled port service check” on
page 195.
57 Configuration changed – held jobs lost. ‑‑
58 Too many flash options or trays. See “Excess options service check” on
page 196.
58.xx Optional tray is defective or incorrectly installed. See “Hardware failure service check” on
page 191.
59 Incompatible option or tray. See “Incompatible hardware option service
check” on page 197.
61 Defective hard disk. See “Hard disk failure service check” on
page 197.
62 Hard disk is full. See “Hard disk failure service check” on
page 197.
63 Unformatted hard disk. Format the hard disk.
64 Unsupported hard disk format. Format the hard disk.

Mismatched paper size service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Preferences.
b Check if the paper size matches the size set on the tray guides.

Does the paper size match the size set on the tray?
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Change the paper size or adjust the size setting in the tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Check the controller board pins for damage, and replace if level of support. solved.
necessary. See “Controller board removal” on page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

185
 5028

Insufficient memory service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer, and then navigate to: solved.
Paper Menu > Print Settings > Download Target > Disk

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
If applicable, install extra memory card. solved.
If applicable, make sure that the additional memory card is properly
installed.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Check the controller board pins for damage, and replace if level of support. solved.
necessary. See “Controller board removal” on page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Complex page service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer, and then navigate to: solved.
Paper Menu > Print Settings > Download Target > Disk

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
PRINTER TESTS > Tray 1 > Single

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
If applicable, install extra memory card. solved.
If applicable, make sure that the additional memory card is properly
installed.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Check the controller board pins for damage, and replace if level of support. solved.
necessary. See “Controller board removal” on page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

186
 5028

Error on every page service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check if the media loaded has an RFID tag (A) attached or
embedded.
• Sample RFID media
Note: This image shows a typical RFID tag. The actual tag
varies in size, shape, and appearance, as well as position and
orientation on the page.

Note: This error indicates that the printer attempted to program

an RFID tag and failed to do so. To disable the printer from
programming the RFID tag, navigate to Settings > RFID, and
then set Stop on Error to YES. You can also modify by the Retry
Count setting. Navigate to Settings > RFID > Retry Count, and
then assign a value except 0.

Is the tray loaded with an RFID media?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Load the tray with an RFID media. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the RFID media is loaded in Tray or Tray 4.
Note: Because the RFID Option is installed in the Tray 2 position,
RFID media loaded in Tray 1 cannot pass through the Option and
cannot be programmed. Thus, load RFID media only into Tray 3
or Tray 4.

Is the RFID media loaded in Tray 3 or Tray 4?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

187
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Load the RFID media into Tray 3 or Tray 4. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check if the printer, driver, or job settings are selecting the tray that
holds the RFID media.

Do the settings specify Tray 3 or Tray 4?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Configure the printer, driver, or job settings to specify the tray that solved.
holds the RFID media.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
Check if the RFID media is rotated to the correct orientation for the
user’s application.
Note: The orientation of the media loaded in the tray should
match the orientation specified by the user's RFID system
design.

Is the RFID media rotated to the correct orientation?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Rotate the media to the correct orientation for the user's solved.
application.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next Go to step 10.
The RFID media could be damaged or faulty. If necessary, ask the level of support.
user to read and/or write the tags with a desktop or handheld RFID
reader.

Are the tags readable?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the RFID media. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

188
 5028

Error on some pages service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check if the media loaded has an RFID tag (A) attached or
embedded.
• Sample RFID media
Note: This image shows a typical RFID tag. The actual tag
varies in size, shape, and appearance, as well as position and
orientation on the page.

Is the tray loaded with an RFID media?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Load the tray with an RFID media. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check if the RFID media is loaded in Tray or Tray 4.
Note: Because the RFID Option is installed in the Tray 2 position,
RFID media loaded in Tray 1 cannot pass through the Option and
cannot be programmed. Thus, load RFID media only into Tray 3
or Tray 4.

Is the RFID media loaded in Tray 3 or Tray 4?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Load the RFID media into Tray 3 or Tray 4. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

189
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check if the printer, driver, or job settings are selecting the tray that
holds the RFID media.

Do the settings specify Tray 3 or Tray 4?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Configure the printer, driver, or job settings to specify the tray that solved.
holds the RFID media.
Note: This error indicates that the printer attempted to program
an RFID tag and failed to do so. To disable the printer from
programming the RFID tag, navigate to Settings > RFID, and
then set Stop on Error to YES. You can also modify by the Retry
Count setting. Navigate to Settings > RFID > Retry Count, and
then assign a value except 0.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 12.
a Check if the Retry Count setting is greater than zero.
From the home screen, navigate to:
Settings > RFID > Retry Count
b Check if the error happens every N pages.

Is the Retry Count setting greater than 0 and happens every N

pages?
Step 8 Go to step 9. Go to step 10.
Check if the RFID media is rotated to the correct orientation for the
user’s application.
Note: The orientation of the media loaded in the tray should
match the orientation specified by the user's RFID system
design.

Is the RFID media rotated to the correct orientation?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Rotate the media to the correct orientation for the user's solved.
application.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 11. Go to step 12.
Check whether the failed pages are oriented opposite the "good"
pages.
Note: Due to the way RFID media is packaged, some sheets in
the input stack may be rotated, which may cause them to fail the
program.

Are the failed pages oriented opposite the good pages?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

190
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 11 Contact the next The problem is
Make sure that all pages are in the correct and similar orientation. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the RFID media. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

RFID data within print job is invalid service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check if the RFID job data, including the RFID data, has correctly
formatted.
Note: These errors do not indicate problems with the hardware
or RFID media.

Has the RFID job data correctly formatted?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Reformat the RFID job data. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Clear any existing error code. See the RFID Programmer's Guide. level of support. solved.
Note: Each specific error code indicates a specific type of
problem with the RFID data.

Does the problem remain?

Hardware failure service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a Check if the RFID Option is installed immediately below the
base printer and in the "Tray 2" position.
b Check if there is at least one optional tray installed below the
RFID option.

Is the RFID Option positioned as Tray 2 and is there at least one

optional tray installed below it?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

191
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
a Install the RFID Option in a Tray 2 position. solved.
b Install at least one optional tray below the RFID option.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Check if there are more than two optional trays installed below the
RFID option.

Are there more than two trays installed below the RFID Option?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Remove the extra tray or trays. solved.
Note: With the RFID Option installed, the printer can only support
two more optional trays.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
a Remove Trays 3 and 4.
b Remove the RFID Option, but keep the USB cable from the RFID
Option connected to the printer.
c Reinstall Tray 3.
Note: If the 58.xx error persists, then there is a problem with
the tray.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the optional tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
Remove Tray 3, and then reinstall Tray 4.
Note: The USB cable from the RFID Option must still be
connected to the printer at this time.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the optional tray. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. Contact the next
Remove Tray 4, and then reinstall the RFID Option. level of support.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

192
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the RFID Option. level of support. solved.
• 41X1379 (low voltage, North America)
• 41X1613 (high voltage, EMEA)

Does the problem remain?

Flash memory failure service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Navigate to Settings > Print settings > Job Accounting Menu solved.
Settings > Log Near Full Level. Make sure that the value is set to
maximum.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
If applicable, make sure that the optional memory card is solved.
supported.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Check the controller board pins for damage, and replace if solved.
necessary. See “Controller board removal” on page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Make sure that the firmware version is the latest, and update if level of support. solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

193
 5028

Insufficient flash memory service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Navigate to Settings > Print settings > Utilities Menu > Format
Flash > Yes.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Navigate to Settings > Print > Job Accounting > Log Near Full solved.
Level. Make sure that the value is set to maximum.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
If applicable, make sure that the optional memory card is solved.
supported.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the controller board pins for damage, and replace if solved.
necessary. See “Controller board removal” on page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Make sure that the firmware version is the latest, and update if level of support. solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Unsupported internal option service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
If applicable, make sure that the option cards are supported. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check the controller board pins for damage.

Are the pins free of damage?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

194
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Make sure that the printer is using the latest firmware version, and level of support. solved.
update if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Disabled port service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
a Make sure that the cables connected to the ports are properly solved.
installed.
b Check the cables for damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Enter the Network/Ports menu and make sure that the applicable solved.
port settings are enabled.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
If applicable, make sure that the option card is supported. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the controller board pins for damage.

Are the pins free of damage?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Make sure that the printer is using the latest firmware version, and level of support. solved.
update if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

195
 5028

Excess options service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Perform a POR, and then resend the print job. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
If applicable, make sure that the internal option is supported. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 6. Go to step 4.
a If applicable, remove all internal options.
b Perform a POR, and then resend the print job.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check if the number of internal options installed is allowed, and solved.
then remove the excess option.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the number of input options allowed, and then remove the solved.
excess input options.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Contact the next Go to step 7.
Check the controller board pins for damage. level of support.

Are the pins free of damage?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

196
 5028

Incompatible hardware option service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
solved.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: Do not perform this step if
the printer is on.
a Reseat the hardware option cables.
b Check the cables for damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Check if the firmware version of the hardware option is supported solved.
by the engine firmware, and update the firmware if necessary.
Note: Contact the next level of support for the correct firmware
version.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Check the hardware option controller board pins for damage, and level of support. solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Hard disk failure service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Delete unnecessary files. solved.
a From the home screen, navigate to Settings > Device >
Maintenance > Out‑of‑Service Erase > Erase Hard Disk >
Sanitize all information on hard disk.
b Select Erase downloads (Erase all macros, fonts, PFOs, etc),
Erase buffered jobs, and Erase held jobs > All held jobs.
c Touch Erase.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Make sure that the printer is using the latest firmware version. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
a Make sure that the hard disk cable is properly installed. solved.
b Check the cable for damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

197
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
a Make sure that the hard disk is properly installed. solved.
b Check the hard disk for damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next Go to step 6.
Check the controller board pins for damage. level of support.

Are the pins free of damage?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Printer hardware errors

100 errors

100 error messages

Error code Description Action
100.01 The weather station data is not valid. See “Sensor (weather station) service check”
on page 199.
100.04D The printhead thermistor reading is out of range. See “Printhead service check” on page 206.
100.05A The fuser exit sensor cable is unplugged. See “Fuser sensors service check” on
page 200.
100.05B The fuser nip sensor cable is unplugged.
100.25 The transfer module thermistor reading is out of See “Transfer module thermistor service
range. check” on page 200.
100.27 The tray 1 paper exit sensor cable is unplugged. See “Tray 1 sensor (media out) cable is
unplugged service check” on page 201.
100.32 The duplex path 1 sensor cable is unplugged. See “Upper paper path sensors service
check” on page 201.
100.33 The output bin full sensor cable is unplugged.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

198
 5028

Error code Description Action

100.35 The following sensors appear to be disconnected: See “Sensor (duplex/MPF input) service
1 Sensor (MPF paper present) check” on page 203.
2 Sensor (duplex path 2)
3 Sensor (fuser buckle)
4 Sensor (narrow media)
100.36 The MPF paper present sensor is unplugged.
100.37 The duplex path 2 sensor is unplugged.
100.38 The fuser buckle sensor is unplugged.
100.39 The narrow media sensor cable is unplugged.
100.41 The following sensors are unplugged: See “Lower paper path sensors service check”
1 Sensor (MPF-pass through) on page 202.
2 Sensor (input)
3 Sensor (tray 1 pick)
100.42 The tray 1 pick sensor is unplugged.
100.43 The MPF pass‑through sensor is unplugged.
100.44 The input sensor cable is unplugged.

Sensor (weather station) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Check the sensor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the sensor. See “Sensor (weather station) removal ” on level of support. solved.
page 360.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

199
 5028

Fuser sensors service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
Check the error that appeared.

Is the error 100.4?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Check the sensor (fuser nip) for proper connection, and reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Check the sensor (fuser exit) for proper connection, and reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the cable on the JFSNS1 connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Transfer module thermistor service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Check the cable on the JTHM1 connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection, and reseat if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the sensor (TPS). See “Sensor (TPS) removal” on level of support. solved.
page 374.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

200
 5028

Tray 1 sensor (media out) cable is unplugged service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Check the cable on the JMTR1 connector on the controller board solved.
for proper connection, and reseat if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
a Remove the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on solved.
page 424.
b Check the cable on the sensor (media out), and reseat if
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on level of support. solved.
page 424.

Does the problem remain?

Upper paper path sensors service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Check the following sensors for proper connection, and reseat if solved.
necessary:
• Sensor (output)
• Sensor (bin full)

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check the sensor cables for proper connection on the sensors and
on the JDSNS1 connector on the controller board.

Are the cables properly connected at both ends?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reconnect the cables. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Check the sensors for damage, and replace if necessary. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

201
 5028

Lower paper path sensors service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check the error that appeared.

Is the error 100.41?

Step 2 Go to step 10. Go to step 3.
Check the error that appeared.

Is the error 100.44?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the cable on the JPKSNS1 connector on the controller board
for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 10.
Check the error that appeared.

Is the error 100.42 or 100.43?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check the sensor cables in the isolation unit for proper connection.

Are the cables properly connected?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Reconnect the cables. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the green, yellow, and blue cables connecting the JPKSNS1 solved.
connector to the blue and green cables on the isolation unit for
proper connection and damage. Replace the cables if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on level of support. solved.
page 422.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

202
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Check the red cables connecting the JPKSNS1 connector to the solved.
sensor (input) for proper connection and damage, and replace if
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the sensor (input). See “Sensor (input) removal” on level of support. solved.
page 390.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (duplex/MPF input) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 5.
Check the error that appeared.

Is the error 100.35?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
a Remove the cable cover from the front door.
b Check if the cable is properly connected to the door and to the
JMSNS1 connector on the controller board.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the cable. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the following sensors for proper connection, and reseat if solved.
necessary:
• Sensor (MPF empty)
• Sensor (duplex path 1)
• Sensor (fuser buckle)
• Sensor (narrow media)

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

203
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Check the sensors for damage, and replace if necessary. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

102 errors

102 error messages

Error code Description Action
102.20 Tray 2 product ID is invalid. See “Invalid input option type or ID is detected
service check” on page 204.
102.21 Tray 2 board ID is invalid.
102.22 Tray 2 type is invalid.
102.30 Tray 3 product ID is invalid.
102.31 Tray 3 board ID is invalid.
102.32 Tray 3 type is invalid.
102.40 Tray 4 product ID is invalid.
102.41 Tray 4 board ID is invalid.
102.42 Tray 4 type is invalid.

Invalid input option type or ID is detected service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
a Make sure that the latest firmware is installed. solved.
b Make sure that the options configuration is supported. See the
Printer, Option, and Stand Compatibility Guide.
c Reset the printer.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Reseat the interface cable, and then check the cable for damage.

Is the cable free of damage?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the cable. See “550-sheet tray interface cable removal” solved.
on page 436.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

204
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the printer interface cable and adjacent options for damage.

Are the cable and options free of damage?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the cable and options. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the input option controller board. See “550-sheet tray solved.
controller board assembly removal” on page 435.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Reset the printer. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

205
 5028

110 errors

110 error messages

Error code Description Action
110.20 The printhead error was detected before the See “Printhead service check” on page 206.
motor was turned on.
110.21 The printhead power was off when the laser servo
started.
110.31 The printhead error (no first Hysnc) was detected.
110.32 The printhead error (lost first Hysnc) was detected.
110.33 The printhead error (lost first Hysnc) was detected
during servo.
110.34 The printhead error (mirror motor lost lock) was
detected.
110.35 The printhead error (mirror motor no first lock) was
detected.
110.36 The printhead error (mirror motor never stabilized)
was detected.
110.41 The printhead NVRAM read failure occurred.
110.70 The printhead NVRAM values were incorrect.
110.71 The printhead timing measurement error was
detected.
110.90 The video cable was unplugged.
110.91 The printhead timing reading error was detected.
110.92 The printhead NVRAM checksum mismatch
occurred.

Printhead service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Perform a POR. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check the cables on the printhead and on the JMIRR1 and JPH1
connectors on the controller board for proper connection.

Are the cables properly connected?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

206
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reconnect the cables. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the printhead cable for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

120 errors

120 error messages

Error code Description Action
120.80 The motor (fuser) did not turn on. See “Motor (fuser) service check” on
page 208.
120.81 The motor (fuser) did not turn off.
120.82 The motor (fuser) speed did not ramp up to the
required level.
120.83 The motor (fuser) stalled.
120.84 The motor (fuser) ran too slow.
120.85 The motor (fuser) ran too fast.
120.86 The motor (fuser) did not run at the correct timing.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

207
 5028

Motor (fuser) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Check the fuser for damage or life expiration, and replace if
necessary. See “Fuser removal” on page 382.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the motor cable on the JFUSED1 connector on the controller
board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the cable for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Remove the fuser, and then manually turn the fuser drive gear.

Does the gear freely turn?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the fuser drive gear. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the motor (fuser). See “Motor (fuser) removal” on solved.
page 367.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

208
 5028

121 errors

121 error messages

Error code Description Action
121.00 Fuser failed to reach the temperature during See “Fuser temperature error service check”
warm‑up. on page 212.
121.01 There was an attempt to heat fuser, but it was not
installed.
121.02 Fuser went over the required temperature during
EWC/line voltage detection.
121.03 Fuser hardware and driver mismatch.
121.04 There was an attempt to heat fuser, but fuser relay
was open and fuser PIC microcontroller did not
report an error or did not respond.
121.05 There was an attempt to heat fuser, but fuser relay
was open and fuser PIC microcontroller reported
an error.
121.06 Fuser power is at 100% but did not reach the
required temperature.
121.08 Fuser did not reach the required temperature while
the page is in the fuser.
121.09 Fuser did not reach the required temperature for
motors.
Note: Not applicable to standby mode.
121.10 Fuser did not reach the required temperature
during start of EWC/line voltage detection.
121.11 Fuser reached the required temperature during
final EWC/line voltage detection too late.
121.12 Fuser did not reach the required temperature
during final EWC/line voltage detection.
121.13 Fuser reached the required temperature during
final EWC/line voltage detection too fast.
121.19 Fuser high power trace reached the required
temperature during final EWC/line voltage
detection too fast.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

209
 5028

Error code Description Action

121.20 Fuser did not reach the required temperature See “Fuser temperature error service check”
during steady state control. on page 212.
121.21 Fuser low power trace heating rate exceeded error
threshold.
121.22 Open fuser relay was detected.
121.23 Fuser reached the required temperature during
final EWC/line voltage detection too late.
121.24 Fuser did not reach the required temperature
during final EWC/line voltage detection.
121.25 Control did not roll over to steady state control after
line voltage detection.
121.26 Fuser did not reach the required temperature
during warm up.
121.28 Fuser did not reach the required temperature
during EP warm up.
121.31 Fuser too hot.
121.32 Fuser did not reach the required temperature at
100% power.
121.33 Fuser did not reach the required temperature while
the page is in the fuser.
121.34 Fuser did not reach the required temperature
during steady state control.
121.35 Fuser too warm to power up and execute EWC/line
voltage detection after a wrong fuser was installed.
121.36 Open fuser relay was detected in very cold or
unknown ambient temperature.
121.37 Fuser heated too fast during final EWC/lline voltage
detection.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

210
 5028

Error code Description Action

121.41 Fuser mechanism did not detect the expected cam See “Fuser temperature error service check”
sensor signal. on page 212.
121.42 Fuser gate time is increasingly out of range.
121.48 Fuser type does not match the fuser driver.
121.50 Fuser went over the required temperature during
global over temperature check.
121.51 Fuser secondary heater is too hot.
121.52 Fuser main heater thermistor temperature is out of
range.
121.53 Fuser main heater thermistor temperature change
rate is out of range.
121.54 Fuser secondary heater thermistor temperature is
out of range.
121.55 Fuser secondary heater thermistor temperature
change rate is out of range.
121.56 Fuser middle heater thermistor temperature is out
of range.
121.57 Fuser middle heater thermistor temperature
change rate is out of range.
121.58 Fuser edge thermistor temperature is out of range.
121.59 Fuser edge thermistor temperature change rate is
out of range.

Error code Description Action

121.60 Contact belt thermistor temperature is out of range. See “Fuser temperature error service check”
on page 212.
121.61 Contact belt thermistor temperature change rate is
out of range.
121.62 Non‑contact belt thermistor temperature is out of
range.
121.63 Non‑contact belt thermistor temperature change
rate is out of range.
121.67 Fuser narrow media backup roll thermistor
temperature change rate is out of range.
121.71 Open fuser main heater thermistor was detected.
121.72 Open fuser secondary heater thermistor was
detected.
121.73 Open fuser middle heater thermistor was detected.
121.74 Open fuser edge thermistor was detected.
121.76 Open contact belt thermistor was detected.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

211
 5028

Error code Description Action

121.81 Open fuser backup roll thermistor was detected. See “Fuser temperature error service check”
on page 212.
121.82 Open fuser second backup roll thermistor was
detected.
121.83 Open fuser narrow media backup roll thermistor
was detected.
121.84 Non‑contact sensor (BUR) is missing.
121.86 Fuser backup roll thermistor temperature is out of
range.
121.87 Fuser backup roll thermistor temperature change
rate is out of range.
121.88 Fuser second backup roll thermistor temperature is
out of range.
121.89 Fuser second backup roll thermistor temperature
change rate is out of range.
121.90 Fuser non‑contact backup roll thermistor
temperature is out of range.
121.91 Fuser non‑contact backup roll thermistor
temperature change rate is out of range.

Fuser temperature error service check

1 Make sure that the printer is placed in a location with the following temperature and humidity:
• 60°F to 90°F temperature range
• 8% to 80% relative humidity
2 If the printer must be placed in a below freezing environment, then do the following:
a Remove the fuser, and then allow it to slowly warm above freezing temperature.
b Reinstall the fuser, and then turn on the printer.
c Increase the timeout value for sleep mode to 114. From the home screen, touch Settings > Device
> Power Management > Timeouts > Sleep Mode.
Note: 114 minutes is the maximum acceptable timeout value.
3 Make sure the wall outlet where the printer is connected provides >95% of rated voltage when printer
is in "Ready State" ( >109 VAC U.S., >218 VAC for HV Geos, >95 VAC for Japan).
Notes:
• Do not use this product with extension cords, multioutlet power strips, multioutlet extenders, or
UPS devices. The power capacity of these types of accessories can be easily overloaded by a
laser printer. This can result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer performance.
• Power strips and uninterrupted power supplies can cause a low amperage condition to occur
within the printer, which in turn may trigger a false fuser error.
• Make sure that the printer is plugged into an appropriate rate and properly grounded electrical
out let or supported Inline Surge Protector.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

212
 5028

4 Perform a POR.
5 Make sure that the correct voltage is supplied to the fuser from the power supply. For more information,
see the Wiring diagram and “LVPS removal” on page 354.
6 Make sure that the connections between the controller board and the fuser are properly connected.
7 Check the fuser for damage, contamination, and improper installation. For more information, see “Fuser
removal” on page 382.

Most likely parts to replace

• Fuser
– For the part number, go to “Fuser” on page 473.
– For the removal procedure, go to “Fuser removal” on page 382.
• Power supply
– For the part number, go to “Electrical” on page 485.
– For the removal procedure, go to “LVPS removal” on page 354.

126-127 errors

126 and 127 error messages

Error code Description Action
126.06 LVPS 25V line error was detected. See “LVPS service check” on page 213.
126.07 LVPS 5V rail was down during POR.
126.10 No line frequency was detected.
126.11 Line frequency has gone outside the operating
range.
127.01 HVPS primary power supply was not detected. See “HVPS service check” on page 214.
127.02 HVPS secondary power supply was not detected.

LVPS service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check the LVPS cable on the JLVPS connector on the controller
board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

213
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the cable for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the LVPS. See “LVPS removal” on page 354. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

HVPS service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check the HVPS cable on the JHVPS connector on the controller
board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the cable for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the HVPS. See “HVPS removal” on page 368. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

214
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

128 errors

128 error message

Error code Description Action
128.00 TPS communications error See “TPS communications service check” on
page 215.

TPS communications service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Check the TPS cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check the cable on the JTPSAA1 connector on the controller board
and sensor for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the sensor (TPS). See “Sensor (TPS) removal” on solved.
page 374.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

215
 5028

142 errors

142 error messages

Error code Description Action
142.80 The motor (CM developer) did not turn on. See “Motor (CM developer) service check” on
page 216.
142.81 The motor (CM developer) did not turn off.
142.82 The motor (CM developer) speed did not ramp up
to the required level.
142.83 The motor (CM developer) stalled.
142.84 The motor (CM developer) ran too slow.
142.85 The motor (CM developer) ran too fast.
142.86 The motor (CM developer) did not run at the
correct timing.

Motor (CM developer) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 6.
a Remove the imaging kit, and then remove the transfer module.
See “Transfer module removal” on page 383.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > CM
developer
c Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Manually turn the drive gears.

Do the black developer and transfer module drive gears freely

turn?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the motor (EP drive). See “Motor (EP drive) removal” on solved.
page 345.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

216
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Check the imaging kit components and transfer module for level of support. solved.
damage or life expiration, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check the cables on the motor and on the JCARTP and JCARTS
connectors on the controller board for proper connection.

Are the cables properly connected at both ends?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Reconnect the cables. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the cables for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the motor (CM developer). See “Motor (EP drive) solved.
removal” on page 345.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

217
 5028

144 errors

144 error messages

Error code Description Action
144.80 The motor (Y developer) did not turn on. See “Motor (Y developer) service check” on
page 218.
144.81 The motor (Y developer) did not turn off.
144.82 The motor (Y developer) speed did not ramp up to
the required level.
144.83 The motor (Y developer) stalled.
144.84 The motor (Y developer) ran too slow.
144.85 The motor (Y developer) ran too fast.
144.86 The motor (Y developer) did not run at the correct
timing.

Motor (Y developer) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 6.
a Remove the imaging kit, and then remove the transfer module.
See “Transfer module removal” on page 383.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Y developer
c Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Manually turn the drive gears.

Do the black developer and transfer module drive gears freely

turn?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the motor (EP drive). See “Motor (EP drive) removal” on solved.
page 345.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

218
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Check the imaging kit components and transfer module for level of support. solved.
damage or life expiration, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check the cables on the motor and on the JCARTP and JCARTS
connectors on the controller board for proper connection.

Are the cables properly connected at both ends?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Reconnect the cables. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the cables for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the motor (Y developer). See “Motor (EP drive) removal” solved.
on page 345.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

219
 5028

145 errors

145 error messages

Error code Description Action
145.80 The motor (BOR) did not turn on. See “Motor (BOR) service check” on
page 220.
145.81 The motor (BOR) did not turn off.
145.82 The motor (BOR) speed did not ramp up to the
required level.
145.83 The motor (BOR) stalled.
145.84 The motor (BOR) ran too slow.
145.85 The motor (BOR) ran too fast.
145.86 The motor (BOR) did not run at the correct timing.

Motor (BOR) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 5.
a Remove the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal”
on page 383.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Black only
retract
c Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 3 Contact the next Go to step 4.
Manually turn the BOR gear on the transfer module. level of support.

Does the gear freely turn?

Step 4 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal” on solved.
page 383.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

220
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the cable on the motor and on the JBOR1 connector on the
controller board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the cable for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the motor. See “Motor (black only retract) removal” on solved.
page 358.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

147 errors

147 error messages

Error code Description Action
147.80 The motor (deskew) did not turn on. See “Motor (deskew) service check” on
page 222.
147.81 The motor (deskew) did not turn off.
147.82 The motor (deskew) speed did not ramp up to the
required level.
147.83 The motor (deskew) stalled.
147.84 The motor (deskew) ran too slow.
147.85 The motor (deskew) ran too fast.
147.86 The motor (deskew) did not run at the correct
timing.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

221
 5028

Motor (deskew) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 5.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Deskew
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Turn the aligner and registration rollers.

Is there binding or uneven movement when turning the rollers?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Check the aligner roller gears for damage, and replace if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the cable on the motor and on the JMTR1 connector on the
controller board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the cable for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Replace the motor. See “Motor (deskew) removal” on page 348. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

222
 5028

149 errors

149 error messages

Error code Description Action
149.80 The motor (output) did not turn on. See “Motor (output) service check” on
page 223.
149.81 The motor (output) did not turn off.
149.82 The motor (output) speed did not ramp up to the
required level.
149.83 The motor (output) stalled.
149.84 The motor (output) ran too slow.
149.85 The motor (output) ran too fast.
149.86 The motor (output) did not run at the correct
timing.

Motor (output) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Check the cable on the motor (output) and on the JOUTDC solved.
connector on the controller board for proper connection and
damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the motor. See “Motor (output) removal” on page 346. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

223
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

150 and 160 errors

150 and 160 error messages

Error code Description Action
150.80 The motor (duplex/MPF) did not turn on. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) service check” on
page 225.
160.80 The motor (duplex/MPF) did not turn on.
150.81 The motor (duplex/MPF) did not turn off.
160.81 The motor (duplex/MPF) did not turn off.
150.82 The motor (duplex/MPF) speed did not ramp up to
the required level.
160.82 The motor (duplex/MPF) speed did not ramp up to
the required level.
150.83 The motor (duplex/MPF) stalled.
160.83 The motor (duplex/MPF) stalled.
150.84 The motor (duplex/MPF) ran too slow.
160.84 The motor (duplex/MPF) ran too slow.
150.85 The motor (duplex/MPF) ran too fast.
150.86 The motor (duplex/MPF) did not run at the correct
timing.
160.86 The motor (duplex/MPF) did not run at the correct
timing.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

224
 5028

Motor (duplex/MPF) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 5.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests >
Duplex/MPF
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Open the front door, and then manually turn the duplex/MPF drive
gears.

Is there binding in the gears?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the motor. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) removal” on solved.
page 364.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

225
 5028

151 errors

151 error messages

Error code Description Action
151.80 The motor (K developer) did not turn on. See “Motor (K developer) service check” on
page 226.
151.81 The motor (K developer) did not turn off.
151.82 The motor (K developer) speed did not ramp up to
the required level.
151.83 The motor (K developer) stalled.
151.84 The motor (K developer) ran too slow.
151.85 The motor (K developer) ran too fast.
151.86 The motor (K developer) did not run at the correct
timing.

Motor (K developer) service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 6.
a Remove the imaging kit, and then remove the transfer module.
See “Transfer module removal” on page 383.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > K developer
c Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Manually turn the drive gears.

Do the black developer and transfer module drive gears freely

turn?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the motor (EP drive). See “Motor (EP drive) removal” on solved.
page 345.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

226
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Check the imaging kit components and transfer module for level of support. solved.
damage or life expiration, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check the cable on the motor and on the JCARTK connector on
the controller board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Check the cable for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the motor (K developer). See “Motor (EP drive) removal” solved.
on page 345.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

227
 5028

153 errors

153 error messages

Error code Description Action
153.80 The isolation unit did not turn on. See “Isolation unit service check” on
page 228.
153.81 The isolation unit did not turn off.
153.82 The isolation unit speed did not ramp up to the
required level.
153.83 The isolation unit stalled.
153.84 The isolation unit ran too slow.
153.85 The isolation unit ran too fast.
153.86 The isolation unit did not run at the correct timing.

Isolation unit service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 5.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Isolation
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
Manually turn the isolation unit input rollers.

Is there binding or uneven movement when turning the rollers?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Replace the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on solved.
page 422.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Check the cable on the motor and on the JMTR1 connector on the
controller board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

228
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the cable for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

161-164 errors

161 error messages

Error code Description Action
161.80 The motor (tray 1 pick) did not turn on. See “Motor (tray 1 pick) lifting error service
check” on page 231.
161.81 The motor (tray 1 pick) did not turn off.
161.82 The motor (tray 1 pick) speed did not ramp up to
the required level.
161.83 The motor (tray 1 pick) stalled.
161.84 The motor (tray 1 pick) ran too slow.
161.85 The motor (tray 1 pick) ran too fast.
161.86 The motor (tray 1 pick) did not run at the correct
timing.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

229
 5028

162 error messages

Error code Description Action
162.80 The motor (tray 2 pick) did not turn on. See “Tray pick roller assembly and lift motor
service check” on page 232.
162.81 The motor (tray 2 pick) did not turn off.
162.82 The motor (tray 2 pick) speed did not ramp up to
the required level.
162.83 The motor (tray 2 pick) stalled.
162.84 The motor (tray 2 pick) ran too slow.
162.85 The motor (tray 2 pick) ran too fast.
162.86 The motor (tray 2 pick) did not run at the correct
timing.

163 and 164 error messages

Error code Description Action
163.80 The motor (tray 3 pick) did not turn on. See “Tray pick roller assembly and lift motor
service check” on page 232.
163.81 The motor (tray 3 pick) did not turn off.
163.82 The motor (tray 3 pick) speed did not ramp up to
the required level.
163.83 The motor (tray 3 pick) stalled.
163.84 The motor (tray 3 pick) ran too slow.
163.85 The motor (tray 3 pick) ran too fast.
163.86 The motor (tray 3 pick) did not run at the correct
timing.
164.80 The motor (tray 4 pick) did not turn on.
164.81 The motor (tray 4 pick) did not turn off.
164.82 The motor (tray 4 pick) speed did not ramp up to
the required level.
164.83 The motor (tray 4 pick) stalled.
164.84 The motor (tray 4 pick) ran too slow.
164.85 The motor (tray 4 pick) ran too fast.
164.86 The motor (tray 4 pick) did not run at the correct
timing.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

230
 5028

Motor (tray 1 pick) lifting error service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Make sure that the tray insert is properly seated or fully inserted. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 8. Go to step 4.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pick roller index (tray 1)).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the cable that connects the sensor (tray 1 pick roller index)
to the controller board.

Are both ends of the cable properly seated?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reseat the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. Go to step 12.
Check the sensor cable for damage.

Is the cable free of damage?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray index) removal” solved.
on page 439.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
Check the cable that connects the motor (tray 1 pick) to the
controller board.

Are both ends of the cable properly seated?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Reseat the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

231
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 10 Go to step 13. Go to step 11.
Check the motor (tray 1 pick) for proper operation and noise.
a Remove the tray insert.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests > Pick (tray
1)
c Select Pick (tray 1) lifting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run or does it sound normal?

Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
Check the motor cable for damage.

Is the cable free of damage?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Replace the paper feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on solved.
page 424.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Contact the next The problem is
Reset the printer. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Tray pick roller assembly and lift motor service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check the pick roller for misalignment and damage.

Is the pick roller properly installed and free of damage?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Reinstall or replace the pick roller. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the cable for socket "INDEX/PAP OUT/PICK MTR" on the
controller board for misalignment and damage.

Is the cable properly seated and free of damage?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Reseat or replace the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

232
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on solved.
page 424.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

233
 5028

166-168 errors

166–168 error messages

166.80 The motor (tray 2 pass-through) did not turn on. See “Motor (tray [x] transport) failure service
check” on page 235.
166.81 The motor (tray 2 pass-through) did not turn off.
166.82 The motor (tray 2 pass-through) speed did not
ramp up to the required level.
166.83 The motor (tray 2 pass-through) stalled.
166.84 The motor (tray 2 pass-through) ran too slow.
166.85 The motor (tray 2 pass-through) ran too fast.
166.86 The motor (tray 2 pass-through) did not run at the
correct timing.
167.80 The motor (tray 3 pass-through) did not turn on.
167.81 The motor (tray 3 pass-through) did not turn off.
167.82 The motor (tray 3 pass-through) speed did not
ramp up to the required level.
167.83 The motor (tray 3 pass-through) stalled.
167.84 The motor (tray 3 pass-through) ran too slow.
167.85 The motor (tray 3 pass-through) ran too fast.
167.86 The motor (tray 3 pass-through) did not run at the
correct timing.
168.80 The motor (tray 4 pass-through) did not turn on.
168.81 The motor (tray 4 pass-through) did not turn off.
168.82 The motor (tray 4 pass-through) speed did not
ramp up to the required level.
168.83 The motor (tray 4 pass-through) stalled.
168.84 The motor (tray 4 pass-through) ran too slow.
168.85 The motor (tray 4 pass-through) ran too fast.
168.86 The motor (tray 4 pass-through) did not run at the
correct timing.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

234
 5028

Motor (tray [x] transport) failure service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check the connections between the motor (tray [x] transport) and
controller board.

Is the motor properly connected?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reseat the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the motor (tray [x] transport) cable for damage.

Is the cable free of damage?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the motor (tray [x] transport). solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

235
 5028

17y errors

17y error messages

Error code Description Action
171.82 The main fan speed did not ramp up to the See “Main fan service check” on page 237.
required level.
171.83 The main fan stalled.
171.84 The main fan ran too slow.
171.85 The main fan ran too fast.
172.82 The LVPS fuser fan speed did not ramp up to the See “LVPS fuser fan service check” on
required level. page 236.
172.83 The LVPS fuser fan stalled.
172.84 The LVPS fuser fan ran too slow.
172.85 The LVPS fuser fan ran too fast.

LVPS fuser fan service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check the fuser fan area for obstructions.

Is the fan area free from obstructions?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Remove the obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the cable on the JFAN1 connector on the controller board
for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the fuser fan. See “Fuser fan removal” on page 348. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

236
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Main fan service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check the main fan area for obstructions.

Is the fan area free from obstructions?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Remove the obstructions. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Check the cable on the JFAN2 connector on the controller board
for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the main fan. See “Main fan removal” on page 350. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

237
 5028

621 errors

621 error messages

Error code Description Action
621.01 The printer registers a 621.01 fuser error which See “Fuser temperature error service check”
is due to the temperature not being reached on page 212.
during the printing process.

647 errors

647 error messages

Error code Description Action
647.80 The motor (deskew) did not turn on. See “Motor (deskew) service check” on
page 222.
647.81 The motor (deskew) did not turn off.
647.82 The motor (deskew) speed did not ramp up to the
required level.
647.83 The motor (deskew) stalled.
647.84 The motor (deskew) ran too slow.
647.85 The motor (deskew) ran too fast.
647.86 The motor (deskew) did not run at the correct
timing.

649 errors

649 error messages

Error code Description Action
649.80 The motor (redrive) did not turn on. See “Motor (output) service check” on
page 223.
649.81 The motor (redrive) did not turn off.
649.82 The motor (redrive) speed did not ramp up to the
required level.
649.83 The motor (redrive) stalled.
649.84 The motor (redrive) ran too slow.
649.85 The motor (redrive) ran too fast.
649.86 The motor (redrive) did not run at the correct
timing.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

238
 5028

650 errors

650 error messages

Error code Description Action
650.80 The motor (duplex/MPF) did not turn on. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) service check” on
page 225.
650.81 The motor (duplex/MPF) did not turn off.
650.82 The motor (duplex/MPF) speed did not ramp up to
the required level.
650.83 The motor (duplex/MPF) stalled.
650.84 The motor (duplex/MPF) ran too slow.
650.85 The motor (duplex/MPF) ran too fast.
650.86 The motor (duplex/MPF) did not run at the correct
timing.

653 errors

653 error messages

Error code Description Action
653.80 The motor (ISO) did not turn on. See “Isolation unit service check” on
page 228.
653.81 The motor (ISO) did not turn off.
653.82 The motor (ISO) speed did not ramp up to the
required level.
653.83 The motor (ISO) stalled.
653.84 The motor (ISO) ran too slow.
653.85 The motor (ISO) ran too fast.
653.86 The motor (ISO) did not run at the correct timing.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

239
 5028

660 errors

660 error messages

Error code Description Action
660.80 The motor (MPF) did not turn on. See “Motor (duplex/MPF) service check” on
page 225.
660.81 The motor (MPF) did not turn off.
660.82 The motor (MPF) speed did not ramp up to the
required level.
660.83 The motor (MPF) stalled.
660.84 The motor (MPF) ran too slow.
660.85 The motor (MPF) ran too fast.
660.86 The motor (MPF) did not run at the correct timing.

661-668 errors

661–668 error messages

Error code Description Action
661.13 The tray 1 lift plate failed to lift. See “Motor (tray 1 pick) lifting error service
check” on page 231.
662.23 The tray 2 lift plate failed to lift. See “Motor (option tray pick) lifting error
service check” on page 240.
663.33 The tray 3 lift plate failed to lift.
664.43 The tray 4 lift plate failed to lift.
666.83 The motor (tray 2 pass-through) stalled. See “Motor (tray [x] pass‑through) stalled
service check” on page 242.
666.84 The motor (tray 2 pass-through) did not reach the
required speed.
667.83 The motor (tray 3 pass-through) stalled.
668.83 The motor (tray 4 pass-through) stalled.

Motor (option tray pick) lifting error service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Make sure that the tray insert is properly seated or fully inserted. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

240
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 8. Go to step 4.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Pick roller index (tray [x])).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the cable that connects the sensor (tray [x] pick roller index)
to the controller board.

Are both ends of the cable properly seated?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reseat the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. Go to step 12.
Check the sensor cable for damage.

Is the cable free of damage?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the sensor. See “Sensor (550-sheet tray index) removal” solved.
on page 439.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
Check the cable that connects the motor (tray [x] pick) to the
controller board.

Are both ends of the cable properly seated?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Reseat the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 13. Go to step 11.
Check the motor (tray [x] pick) for proper operation and noise.
a Remove the tray insert.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests > Pick (tray [x])
c Select Pick (tray [x]) lifting, and then touch Start.

Does the motor run or does it sound normal?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

241
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
Check the motor cable for damage.

Is the cable free of damage?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Replace the paper feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on solved.
page 424.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Contact the next The problem is
Reset the printer. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Motor (tray [x] pass‑through) stalled service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 4. Go to step 2.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests >
Pass‑through (tray [x])
b Touch Start.

Does the motor run?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Check the motor cable for proper connection, and reseat if solved.
necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the motor. See “Motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through) solved.
removal” on page 429.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next Go to step 5.
Check the motor for noise. level of support.

Does the motor sound abnormal or do the gears make a grinding

sound?
Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Perform a print job. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

242
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “550-sheet tray controller level of support. solved.
board assembly removal” on page 435.

Does the problem remain?

Procedure before starting the 9yy service checks

Retrieve certain information that helps your next level of support in diagnosing the problem before replacing
the controller board.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not replace the controller board unless instructed by your next level of
support.
1 Collect the history information and firmware logs (Fwdebug and logs.tar.gz) from the SE menu.
2 Collect the settings from the Menu Settings Page.
3 Collect information from the user.
Note: Not all of the items are retrievable from the printer that you are working on.

A. Collecting the history information from the SE menu

Note: Make sure that your printer is connected to a network or to a print server.
1 Open a web browser, type http://printer_IP_address/se, and then press Enter.
Notes:
• printer_IP_address is the TCP/IP address of the printer.
• se is required to access the printer diagnostic information.
2 Click History Information, copy all information, and then save it as a text file.
3 Email the text file to your next level of support.

B. Collecting the firmware logs (Fwdebug and logs.tar.gz) from the SE menu
Notes:
• Make sure that your printer is connected to a network or to a print server.
• Some printers are designed to restart automatically after a 9yy error. On these printers, you can retrieve
the secondary crash code information using the SE menu.
1 Open a web browser, type http://printer_IP_address/se, and then press Enter.
2 Click Logs Gzip Compressed.
Note: A logs.tar.gz file is saved to the Downloads folder. The file may take several minutes to save. You
may rename the file if a logs.tar.gz already exists in the Downloads folder.
3 Email the logs to your next level of support.
Note: To download the FWdebug log to a flash drive, see “General SE” on page 296.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

243
 5028

C. Collecting the settings from the Menu Settings Page

Note: The Menu Settings Page is different for each printer. For more information, see the User’s Guide. Your
next level of support will tell you which page they want to see.

Copying the Menu Settings Page from the Embedded Web Server (EWS)
Note: Make sure that your printer is connected to a network or to a print server.
1 Open a web browser, type http://printer_IP_address, and then press Enter.
2 Click Settings, and then select one of the settings pages from the links shown on the page.
3 Copy all the information, and then save it as a text file.
4 Email the text file to your next level of support.

Printing the Menu Settings Page

1 From the home screen, navigate to:
Reports > Menu Settings Page
2 Print the Menu Settings Page, and then email a scanned copy of the page to your next level of support.

D. Collecting information from the user

Ask the user for information about the following:
• Print job being run
• Operating system being used
• Print driver being used
• Other information on what was happening when the 9yy error occurred

900 errors

900 error messages

Error code Description Action
900.xx Unrecoverable RIP software See “900 error service check” on page 244.
error/illegal trap.

900 error service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 4. Go to step 2.
a Perform a POR.
b Check if a 900.xx error code appears on the display.

Does a 900.xx error code appear?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

244
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Check if another type of error code appears instead of the 900.xx
error code.

Does a different error code appear?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
See the error code and its service instructions in the printer Service solved.
Manual.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 12. Go to step 5.
a Turn off the printer.
b At the rear of the printer, disconnect the network cable, USB
cable, and fax line.
c Turn on the printer.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 12. Go to step 6.
a From the control panel, navigate to the Reports menu.
b Select Device Statistics and Device Settings.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. Go to step 8.
Check if the printer has a scanner.

Does the printer have a scanner?

Step 7 Go to step 12. Go to step 8.
Using the scanner, perform a one-page copy job in color.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 9. Go to step 10.
a Turn off the printer.
b At the rear of the printer, connect the network cable, USB cable,
and fax line.
c Turn on the printer.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 10. Contact the next
a Start the printer in Invalid engine mode. See “Entering Invalid level of support.
engine mode” on page 296.
b Check if an Invalid Engine Code message appears.

Does an Invalid Engine Code message appear?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

245
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 10 Go to step 11. Contact the next
Using the Device Settings report that is printed in step 5, check if level of support.
the firmware level is older than the latest available version.

Is the firmware version older, and does the customer agree to

update the firmware?
Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Update the firmware to the latest version. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
a Turn off the printer. solved.
b Reseat all FFC type cables on the controller board, and then
make sure that the cables are properly connected.
c Make sure that all the cables on the controller board and
scanner are properly connected.
d Turn on the printer.
e From the control panel, navigate to the Reports menu, and then
select Device Statistics and Device Settings.
f For MFPs, perform a one-page copy and scan job in color.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 14. Go to step 17.
Check if a hard disk is installed.

Is a hard disk installed?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
a Check for buffered print jobs, and then delete them. See “Hard solved.
disk failure service check” on page 197.
b Perform a POR.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Go to step 17. Go to step 16.
a Turn off the printer.
b Uninstall the hard disk.
c Perform a POR.

Does the problem remain?

Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
Replace the hard disk. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

246
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 17 Go to step 18. Go to step 21.
Check if the printer has any of the following components installed:
• Memory options
• Fax card
• Modem
• Wireless and network option cards

Is any of the components installed?

Step 18 Go to step 21. Go to step 19.
a Turn off the printer.
b Remove all the installed components.
c Turn on the printer.

Does the problem remain?

Step 19 Go to step 20. The problem is
a Turn off the printer. solved.
b Install the following components one at a time:
• Memory options
• Fax card
• Modem
• Wireless and network option cards
Note: Make sure to perform a POR after installing each
component.

Does the problem remain?

Step 20 Go to step 21. The problem is
a Turn off the printer. solved.
b Replace the components that caused the error.
c Turn on the printer.

Does the problem remain?

Step 21 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

247
 5028

91y errors

91y error messages

Error code Description Action
910.xx General engine software error. See “91x.xx (910.xx‑919.xx) Engine
software service check” on page 248.
911.xx
912.xx
913.xx General engine software error. See “913.xx error code check” on
page 249.
914.xx General engine software error. See “91x.xx (910.xx‑919.xx) Engine
software service check” on page 248.
915.xx
916.xx
917.xx
918.xx
919.xx

91x.xx (910.xx‑919.xx) Engine software service check

Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
a Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board
shield removal” on page 404.
b Check the cables on the controller board for proper
connection.

Are the cables properly connected?

Step 2 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reconnect the cables on the controller board. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. Go to step 6.
Remove all supplies, and then reset the printer.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

248
 5028

Actions Yes No
Step 5 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the imaging unit. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check if a 31.xx error appears? solved.

Did a 31.xx error appear?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the supplies. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Contact the next Go to step 9.
Check the continuity of the supplies and imaging unit cables. level of support.

Do the cables have continuity?

Step 9 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the defective cable. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

913.xx error code check

Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a Turn the printer off, and remove the controller board shield. See
“Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
b Check the cable connections. See “Controller board removal”
on page 405 for proper disconnecting and connecting of
cables from controller board.

Are all cable connections secure?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
a Reconnect any loose connections. solved.
b Print multiple print tests.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the fuser drive motor. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

249
 5028

Actions Yes No
Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

938 errors

938 error messages

Error code Description Action
938.01 The board level was not obtained. See “Controller board removal” on
page 405.
938.02 Timed out while waiting for the bullet serial
data to be updated.
938.03 The NVM_OK was not received from the NV2
server for a successfully submitted request.
938.04 An over temperature condition is detected.

95y errors

95y error messages

Error code Description Action
950.xx There is a mismatch between controller Go to “NVRAM mismatch failure service
EEPROM and mirror. check” on page 251.
• 950.00 through 950.29 codes: mismatch
between controller and mirror
• 950.30 through 950.60 codes: mismatch
between secure and controller
950.10 An NVRAM mismatch error occurred.
951.xx Error NV part on system board. Go to “Controller board removal” on
page 405.
952.xx A recoverable MVRAM Cyclic Redundancy Performing a POR will clear this error.
Check (CRC) error occurred. n is the offset at
which the error occurred.
953.xx NVRAM chip failure with mirror. Go to “Control panel front cover removal”
1 POR the printer. on page 329.
2 If the problem persists, replace the UICC
card.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

250
 5028

Error code Description Action

953.99 A control panel NVRAM error occurred. Go to “NVRAM mismatch failure service
check” on page 251.
954.xx The NVRAM chip failure with controller part.
955.xx The Code ROM or NAND flash failed the
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) check or the
NAND experienced an uncorrectable multi-
bit failure. <loc> indicates the source of the
failure and has one of the following values:
• CRC Failure: The source is a failing
package indicated by Pn where n is the
package number. This error could occur
on a controller with ROM or NAND flash
and could occur as a result of the CRC
check done when the machine is
powered on. The range of package
numbers is from 0 to 15.
• Error Correction Code (ECC) Failure: The
source is a failing page indicated by Bn
where “n” is the page number. This error
occurs only if a multi-bit failure is detected
during the ECC execution. Single bit
failures will be corrected automatically
and will not result in a service error. The
range of page numbers is from 0 to 1023.
956.xx Controller board failure. Processor failure.
Check on .02 for fan error.
957.xx Controller board failure. ASIC failure.
958.xx Printer has performed more than 100 “shift
and reflash” operations as a result of ECC bit
corrections.
959.xx Controller verification failure of system boot Go to “Invalid firmware/controller board
code. service check” on page 253.
959.0x System hardware failure. Go to “Controller board removal” on
page 405.

NVRAM mismatch failure service check

Warning—Potential Damage: To avoid NVRAM mismatch issues, replace only one of the following
components at a time:
• Control panel
• Controller board

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

251
 5028

To replace a component and to test whether the problem is resolved:

1 Replace the affected component.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not perform a Power‑On Reset (POR) until the problem is resolved. If a
POR is performed at this point, then the replacement part can no longer be used in another printer and
must be returned to the manufacturer.
2 Enter the Diagnostics menu. The Diagnostics menu allows you to use temporarily the replacement part.
Warning—Potential Damage: Some printers perform automatically a POR if the Diagnostics menu is not
opened within five seconds. If a POR is performed at this point, then the replacement part can no longer
be used in another printer and must be returned to the manufacturer.
3 Use the Diagnostics menu to test the replacement part. Perform a feed test to check if the problem is
resolved.
• If the problem is not resolved—Turn off the printer, and then install the old part.
• If the problem is resolved—Perform a POR.
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 4.
Check if the control panel was recently replaced.

Was the control panel recently replaced?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Replace the current control panel with the original control panel. solved.
See “Control panel front cover removal” on page 329.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the original control panel with a new control panel. level of support. solved.
Note: Make sure that the new control panel is not previously
installed from another printer.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 5. Contact the next
Check if the controller board was recently replaced. level of support.

Was the controller board recently replaced?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Replace the current controller board with the original controller solved.
board. See “Controller board removal” on page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

252
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the original controller board with a new controller board. level of support. solved.
Note: Make sure that the new controller board is not previously
installed from another printer.

Does the problem remain?

Invalid firmware/controller board service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Update the firmware. solved.
Note: Contact the next level of support for the correct firmware
level.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

96y errors

96y error messages

Error code Description Action
960.xx RAM memory error: RAM soldered on the See “Controller board removal” on
board is bad. page 405.
961.xx RAM memory error: slot 1 RAM is bad. See “Memory failure service check” on
page 254.
964.xx Download emulation cyclic redundancy See “Download emulation cyclic
check (CRC) failure has occurred. A redundancy service check” on page
checksum failure detected in the emulation 254.
header or emulation file.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

253
 5028

Memory failure service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
Check the memory module on the controller board for proper
installation and damage, and reseat if necessary.

Is the memory module properly installed and free of damage?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the memory module. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Download emulation cyclic redundancy service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Disable the download emulation, and then program the download solved.
emulation into the firmware card again.

Does the error remain?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the firmware card and download the emulation to the new level of support. solved.
card.

Does the error remain?

97y errors

97y error messages

Error code Description Action
975.xx Network error—Unrecognizable network Replace the standard network card, or the
975.xx port. card in the specified slot.

976.xx Unrecoverable software or error in the See “Standard network/network card

network or network card [x]. error service check” on page 255.
978.xx Bad checksum while programming the See “Standard network/network card
standard network or network card [x] port. programming error service check” on
page 255.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

254
 5028

Error code Description Action

979.xx Flash parts failed while programming the See “Standard network/network card
standard network or network card [x] port. error service check” on page 255.

Standard network/network card error service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
Check if the network card is installed.

Is the network card installed?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
Make sure that the network card is properly installed. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Standard network/network card programming error service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Make sure that you downloaded the code in binary mode and not solved.
in ASCII, and then reprogram the network card.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Check if the network card is installed.

Is the network card installed?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Make sure that the network card is properly installed. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

255
 5028

980-984 errors

980–984 error messages

Error code Description Action
980.xx Engine experiencing unreliable See “Options communication error
communication with the specified device. service check” on page 258.
Note: <device> can be one of the following:
• Tray 2
• Tray 3
• Tray 4
981.xx Engine protocol violation detected by the
specified device.
Note: <device> can be one of the following:
• Tray 2
• Tray 3
• Tray 4
982.xx Communications error detected by the
specified device.
Note: <device> can be one of the following:
• Tray 2
• Tray 3
• Tray 4
983.xx Invalid command received by the specified
device.
Note: <device> can be one of the following:
• Tray 2
• Tray 3
• Tray 4
984.xx Invalid command parameter received by the
specified device.
Note: <device> can be one of the following:
• Tray 2
• Tray 3
• Tray 4

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

256
 5028

985 errors

985 error messages

Error code Description Action
985.02–985.03 Communications problem between the base See “RFID Option communication error
printer and the RFID Option. service check” on page 257.
985.04–985.07 Connections problem between the base printer See “RFID Option connection error service
and the RFID Option, or a hardware problem check” on page 257.
within the RFID Option.

RFID Option communication error service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Contact the next Go to step 2.
Check if the USB cable from the RFID Option is plugged into the level of support.
USB Host Port on the back of the printer.

Is the RFID Option cable plugged into the USB Host Port?
Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
a Turn off the printer. level of support. solved.
b Plug the RFID Option cable into the USB Host Port.
c Turn on the printer.

Does the problem remain?

RFID Option connection error service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Make sure that the RFID Option cable is plugged into the USB Host solved.
Port on the back of the printer.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Make sure that the RFID Option is installed immediately below the solved.
base printer and above one or two optional trays.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Turn off the printer, and then turn it on. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

257
 5028

99y errors

99y error messages

Error code Description Action
990.xx An equipment check condition occurred, but See “Options communication error
the exact component failure was not service check” on page 258.
determined.
991.xx An equipment check condition occurred in
the controller card.
992.xx General software error.

Options communication error service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
a Check if the firmware is updated, and then update the firmware solved.
if necessary.
b Make sure that the printer supports the option. See the Printer,
Option, and Stand Compatibility Guide.
c Make sure that the option is properly attached to the printer or
adjacent option.
d Reset the printer.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Reseat the printer interface cable on the printer controller board. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. Contact the next
Do the following to each option: level of support
a Reinstall the option.
b Print a test page, and then check if the option is defective.

Are all options properly working?

Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Reseat the option interface cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Check the option interface cable for damage.

Is the cable free of damage?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

258
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Replace the option interface cable. See “550-sheet tray interface solved.
cable removal” on page 436.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the option controller board. See “550-sheet tray level of support solved.
controller board assembly removal” on page 435.

Does the problem remain?

Other symptoms

Base printer symptoms

Symptom Action
Printer has no power. See “Dead machine service check” on page 263.
Control panel not functioning. See “Control panel service check” on page 259.
False values for the front door appear on the See “Interlock switch service check” on page 261.
display.
NFC communications failure. See “Mobile solutions module NFC service check” on page 264.
Toner out displays. See “Toner meter cycle (TMC) card service check” on page 268.
Printer not communicating with host (USB). See “USB service check” on page 269.
Printer not communicating with host See “Network service check” on page 265.
(network).
Paper jam in the output bin. See “Sensor (output bin full) static jam service check” on page
102.

Control panel service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Check the blue LED on the control panel.

Is the LED on?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

259
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 4. Go to step 9.
Check the Ethernet and controller board LEDs on the control panel.

Are the LEDs on?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the ribbon cable connection on the control panel and
controller board.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the cable for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the control panel cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 12. The problem is
Replace the control panel. See “Control panel front cover solved.
removal” on page 329.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 12. Go to step 10.
Disconnect the LVPS cable from the controller board, and then
measure the voltages of the red and orange wires.

Is the reading on the red wire +6.5 V, and the orange wire +25 V?
Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Replace the LVPS cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Replace the LVPS. See “LVPS removal” on page 354. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

260
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 12 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Interlock switch service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 The problem is Go to step 2.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: solved.
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Door interlock).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Check the sensor cable for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Remove the motor cover, and then check the interlock cable relay
for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check the front door interlock switch actuator for damage.

Is the actuator free of damage?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the duplex outer guide. See “Duplex outer guide solved.
removal” on page 338.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

261
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
Check the toner door interlock switch actuator for damage.

Is the actuator free of damage?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the toner door. See “Toner door removal” on page 325. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Replace the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on solved.
page 322.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Sensor (narrow media) and sensor (fuser buckle) service check

Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Check the sensor (narrow media) and sensor (fuser buckle) for solved.
proper connection and damage, and replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Fuser buckle) and sensor (Narrow media).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Check the sensor cables for proper connection and damage, and solved.
replace if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the sensors. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

262
 5028

Dead machine service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check the AC line for proper voltage.

Does the AC line have proper voltage?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Use an electrical outlet that has proper voltage. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Check the power cord for damage, and replace if necessary. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the cable on the LVPS and on the JLVPS connector on the
controller board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected at both ends?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check the cable for continuity.

Does the cable have continuity?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Replace the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
Measure the values of pin 4, 6, 8, and 11 to 26 of the JLVPS
connector on the controller board. See “Controller board
connectors” on page 442.

Are the values approximately correct?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Replace the LVPS. See “LVPS removal” on page 354. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

263
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 10 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Mobile solutions module NFC service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check if the control panel is functioning properly.

Is the control panel functioning properly?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Replace the control panel. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
Verify if the mobile device is an Android device that supports NFC
and can read passive NFC tags.

Does the device support NFC and can it read passive NFC tags?
Step 4 Go to step 5. The problem is
Use a mobile device that supports NFC. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 5 Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
Make sure that the latest version of the Lexmark Mobile Printing
application is installed on the Android device.

Is the latest version of the application installed?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Install the latest version of the Lexmark Mobile Printing application solved.
on the mobile device.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
Check if the printer has a wireless ISP installed and if it is
functioning properly.

Is the wireless ISP installed and functioning properly?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

264
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Install or reinstall the wireless ISP in the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Verify if WiFi Direct is enabled in the printer.

Is WiFi Direct enabled?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Enable WiFi direct in the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 13. Go to step 12.
Verify that the NFC tap sticker is in the proper place on the control
panel.

Is the NFC tap sticker properly located on the control panel?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Using a template, reposition the tap sticker. solved.
Note: The sticker should be placed over the NFC antenna on the
mobile solutions module.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 15. Go to step 14.
Check if the mobile solutions module is properly installed on the
control panel assembly.

Is the mobile solutions module properly installed?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Reinstall the mobile solutions module on the control panel solved.
assembly.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Contact the next The problem is
Install a new NFC card. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Network service check

Notes:
• Before starting this service check, print out the network setup page. From the home screen, touch
Settings > Reports > Network > Network Setup Page.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

265
 5028

• Consult the network administrator to verify that the physical and wireless network settings displayed
on the network settings page for the device are properly configured.
• If a wireless network is used, then verify that the printer is in range of the host computer or wireless
access point, and there is no electronic interference.
• Have the network administrator verify that the device is using the correct SSID, and wireless security
protocols.
• For more network troubleshooting information, consult the Lexmark Network Setup Guide.
Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
If the printer is physically connected to the network, make sure that solved.
the Ethernet cable is properly connected on both ends.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
If the network is wireless, check the online status of the printer
under Printers and Faxes on the host computer. Delete all print jobs
in the print queue.

Is the printer online and in Ready state?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Change the printer status to online. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Go to step 9. Go to step 5.
Check the IP address displayed on the network settings page.

Does it match the IP address in the port of the drivers using the
printer?
Step 5 Go to step 6. Go to step 8.
Note: A printer should use a static IP address on a network.

Does the LAN use DHCP?

Step 6 Go to step 7. Go to step 8.
Check the first two segments of the IP address.

Does the IP address start with 169.254?

Step 7 Go to step 9. The problem is
Reset the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

266
 5028

Actions Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 9. The problem is
Reset the address on the printer to match the IP address on the solved.
driver.

Does the problem remain?

Step 9 Go to step 11. Go to step 10.
Have the network administrator check if the printer and computer
IP address have identical subnet addresses.

Are the subnet addresses the same?

Step 10 Go to step 11. The problem is
Using the subnet address supplied by the network administrator, solved.
assign a unique IP address to the printer.
Note: The printer IP address should match the IP address on the
print driver.

Does the problem remain?

Step 11 Go to step 12. Go to step 15.

Is the printer physically connected (Ethernet cable) to the network?

Step 12 Go to step 13. The problem is
Try using a different Ethernet cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 13 Go to step 14. Contact the network
Have the network administrator check the network drop for activity. administrator.

Is the network drop functioning properly?

Step 14 Go to step 15. The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Step 15 Go to step 17. Go to step 16.

Is the printer on the same wireless network as the other devices?

Step 16 Go to step 17. The problem is
Assign the correct wireless network to the printer. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

267
 5028

Actions Yes No
Step 17 Go to step 18. Contact the network
administrator.
Are the other devices on the wireless network communicating
properly?
Step 18 Go to step 19. The problem is
Make sure that the wireless card on the controller board is properly solved.
installed.

Does the problem remain?

Step 19 Go to step 20. The problem is
If there is an attached antenna, check it for damage, and replace solved.
if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 20 Go to step 21. The problem is
Make sure that the antenna is properly connected to the wireless solved.
card.

Does the problem remain?

Step 21 Go to step 22. The problem is
Replace the wireless card. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 22 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Toner meter cycle (TMC) card service check

Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Sensor tests
b Find the sensor (Toner meter).

Does the sensor status change while toggling the sensor?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Replace the toner cartridge. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

268
 5028

Actions Yes No
Step 3 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the TMC card. See “TMC card removal” on page 364. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

USB service check

Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. Properly connect the
Is the USB cable properly connected to the printer and host PC? cable at both ends.

Step 2 Issue fixed. Go to step 3.

Try a different USB cable.

Does this fix the issue?

Step 3 Replace the There is an issue
Connect a different device to the USB cable. controller board. See with the host
“Controller board machine.
removal” on
Did the host PC see the device?
page 405.

Control panel USB cable service check

Actions Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
a Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board
shield removal” on page 404.
b Check the USB cable on the JPFUSB1 connector on the
controller board for proper connection.

Is the cable properly connected?

Step 2 Go to step 3. The problem is
Reconnect the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Replace the cable. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on level of support. solved.
page 405.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

269
 5028

Toner patch sensing service check

Pre‑check procedure
1 Open and close the toner door a few times to clean the sensor (TPS) lenses.
2 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust
3 On the AA adjustment row, touch Start.
Note: This triggers the auto align routine which performs the color alignment error corrections (0.42
mm, 0.84 mm, and 3 mm range).
Note: If the AA adjustment is successful, an AA adjustment passed message appears on the
screen. If an AA adjustment passed message does not appear, skip the next pre-check step,
and then go directly to step 4 in the service check.
4 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust > Full calibration
Note: This triggers the auto align routine (0.42 mm range only).
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Print solved.
Quality Pages.
b On the Device information section of the print quality test page,
check the CalSet values of the following:
• C Developer operating point
• C Laser operating point
• C Linearization stat
• M Developer operating point
• M Laser operating point
• M Linearization stat
• Y Developer operating point
• Y Laser operating point
• Y Linearization stat
• K Developer operating point
• K Laser operating point
• K Linearization stat

Are the values 0?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Perform the blank or white pages service check. See “Blank or
white pages check” on page 48.

Was an issue found and resolved?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

270
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Perform the auto alignment service check. See “Auto alignment solved.
service check” on page 272.

Does the problem remain?

Step 4 The problem is Go to step 5.
a Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to: solved.
Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust
b On the sensor gain characterization row, touch Start.
c On the sensor gain verification row, touch Start.
d On the sensor gain verification section of the test page, check
the average signal values of the patch number.

Are the values within the requirement?

Step 5 Go to step 8. Go to step 6.
a Remove the imaging kit.
b Move the TPS wiper mechanism lever up and down.

Does the wiper mechanism properly move?

Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
a Reinstall, repair, or replace the TPS sled and wiper mechanism. solved.
b Perform the auto alignment service check. See “Auto
alignment service check” on page 272.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Check the cable on the sensor (TPS) and on the JTPSAA1 solved.
connector on the controller board for proper connection, and
reseat if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 8 The problem is Contact the next
a Replace the sensor (TPS). See “Sensor (TPS) removal” on solved. level of support.
page 374.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust
c On the sensor gain characterization row, touch Start.
d On the sensor gain verification row, touch Start.
e On the sensor gain verification section of the test page, check
the average signal values of the patch number.

Are the values within the requirement?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

271
 5028

Auto alignment service check

Pre‑check procedure
1 Open and close the toner door a few times to clean the sensor (TPS) lenses.
2 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust
3 On the AA adjustment row, touch Start.
Note: This triggers the auto align routine which performs the color alignment error corrections (0.42
mm, 0.84 mm, and 3 mm range).
Note: If the AA adjustment is successful, an AA adjustment passed message appears on the
screen. If an AA adjustment passed message does not appear, skip the next pre-check step,
and then go directly to step 3 in the service check.
4 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust > Full calibration
Note: This triggers the auto align routine (0.42 mm range only).
Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
a From the home screen, touch Settings > Reports > Print solved.
Quality Pages.
b On the CalSet section of the test page, check the color
alignment stat value.

Is the value 0?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

272
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 2 The problem is Go to step 3.
a Perform the blank or white pages service check or missing solved.
color service check. See “Blank or white pages check” on
page 48 or “Missing color check” on page 65.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust
c On the sensor gain characterization row, touch Start.
d On the sensor gain verification row, touch Start.
e Check the graph in the printout.
This sample graph shows good values:

Note: The normal range of the sensor voltage is 1.5–2.0 volts.

Does the graph show good values?

Step 3 Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
a Remove the imaging kit.
b Move the TPS wiper mechanism lever up and down.

Does the wiper mechanism properly move?

Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check the TPS sled and TPS wiper mechanism for proper
installation.

Are the TPS sled and TPS wiper mechanism properly installed?
Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Reinstall, repair, or replace the TPS sled and TPS wiper mechanism. solved.
See “TPS sled removal” on page 376 and “TPS wiper
mechanism removal” on page 379.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

273
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 6 Go to step 7. The problem is
Check the cables on the sensor (auto alignment) and on the solved.
JTPSAA1 connector on the controller board for proper connection,
and reseat if necessary.

Does the problem remain?

Step 7 The problem is Contact the next
a Replace the sensor (TPS). See “Sensor (TPS) removal” on solved. level of support.
page 374.
b Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust
c On the sensor gain characterization row, touch Start.
d On the sensor gain verification row, touch Start.
e Check the graph in the printout.
This sample graph shows good values:

Note: The normal range of the sensor voltage is 1.5–2.0 volts.

Does the graph show good values?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

274
 5028

Printer fails to program RFID tags service check

Note: This applies only to a printer that has an RFID Option installed.

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
a From the home screen, navigate to: solved.
Settings > RFID
b Check the values of the following settings:
• Stop on Error
• Mark on Error
• Retry Count
c If the values of the settings match any of the following
combinations, then modify the settings.

Stop on Error Mark on Error Retry Count

NO NO 0
NO NO N>0

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
Check whether the actual behavior matches the intended behavior
for the RFID menu settings. See “Behavioral issues (without error
codes) of printers with RFID Option” on page 278.

Does the behavior match the intended behavior for the RFID menu
settings?
Step 3 Go to step 4. The problem is
Make sure that the print job stream actually includes RFID content. solved.
To check whether the print job includes RFID content:
a Load plain paper (non-RFID) into the tray.
b From the home screen, navigate to Settings > RFID, and then
make sure that Stop on Error is set to ON and Retry Count is
set to 0.
c Resend the print job.
Note: If the job prints without error, then there is no RFID
content in the job.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

275
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 4 Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
Check if the media loaded has an RFID tag (A) attached or
embedded.
• Sample RFID media
Note: This image shows a typical RFID tag. The actual tag
varies in size, shape, and appearance, as well as position and
orientation on the page.

Is the tray loaded with an RFID media?

Step 5 Go to step 6. The problem is
Load the tray with RFID media. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Step 6 Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
Check if the RFID media is loaded in Tray 3 or Tray 4.
Note: Because the RFID Option is installed in the Tray 2 position,
RFID media loaded in Tray 1 cannot pass through the Option and
cannot be programmed. Thus, load RFID media only into Tray 3
or Tray 4.

Is the RFID media loaded in Tray 3 or Tray 4?

Step 7 Go to step 8. The problem is
Load the RFID media into Tray 3 or Tray 4. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

276
 5028

Action Yes No
Step 8 Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
Check if the printer, driver, or job settings are selecting the tray that
holds the RFID media.

Do the settings specify Tray 3 or Tray 4?

Step 9 Go to step 10. The problem is
Configure the printer, driver, or job settings to specify the tray that solved.
holds the RFID media.

Does the problem remain?

Step 10 Go to step 12. Go to step 11.
Check if the RFID media is rotated to the correct orientation for the
user’s application.
Note: The orientation of the media loaded in the tray should
match the orientation specified by the user's RFID system
design.

Is the RFID media rotated to the correct orientation?

Step 11 Go to step 12. The problem is
Rotate the media to the correct orientation for the user's solved.
application.

Does the problem remain?

Step 12 Contact the next Go to step 13.
The RFID media could be damaged or faulty. If necessary, ask the level of support.
user to read and/or write the tags with a desktop or handheld RFID
reader.

Are the tags readable?

Step 13 Contact the next The problem is
Replace the RFID media. level of support. solved.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

277
 5028

Behavioral issues (without error codes) of printers with RFID Option

The following table details the actual behavior of the printer to every possible RFID setting combinations. To
access the RFID menu:
1 From the home screen, touch Settings.

2 Select RFID, and then configure the settings.

Note: If the printer continues to behave inconsistently with the menu settings as indicated below, this may
indicate a hardware problem. Contact the next level of support.

Setting combination
Actual behavior
Stop on Error Mark on Error Retry Count
Yes Yes 0 (Default) All failed pages will be marked and a 44.01 error
will be posted.
Yes No 0 44.01 error will be posted on all failed pages.
No Yes 0 Failed pages will be marked, but no 44.01 error will be
posted.
Yes No Any number greater Failed page will be reprinted up to N times before 44.01
than 0 error is posted. Failed pages will not be marked.
Yes Yes Any number greater Failed pages will be reprinted up to N times. Each failed
than 0 page will be marked. After N retries, 44.01 error will be
posted.
No Yes Any number greater Failed pages will be reprinted up to N times. Each failed
than 0 page will be marked. After N retries, the printer will move
to the next page in the job. 44.01 error will not be posted.
No No 0 There will be no indication of failed pages.
Notes:
• N is any number greater than 0 as specified in the Retry Count setting.
• We do not recommend using the last two combination of settings. These settings allow unprogrammed or
failed tags into the output with no indication of failure.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

278
 5028

Setting combination
Actual behavior
Stop on Error Mark on Error Retry Count
No No Any number greater A failed page will be reprinted up to N times. Failed pages
than 0 will not be marked. The printer will resume printing with
next page with no error indication after N retries.
Notes:
• N is any number greater than 0 as specified in the Retry Count setting.
• We do not recommend using the last two combination of settings. These settings allow unprogrammed or
failed tags into the output with no indication of failure.

The printer runs slow service check

Action Yes No
Step 1 Go to step 2. The problem is
Make sure that the paper setting on the printer matches the paper solved.
used.

Does the problem remain?

Step 2 Contact the next The problem is
a Enter the Configuration menu, and then navigate to: level of support. solved.
Device Operations > Automatic Media Type Detection
b Select Off.

Does the problem remain?

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

279
 5028

280
 5028

Service menus
Understanding the printer control panel

Using the control panel

# Use the To
1 Display • View the printer messages and supply status.
• Set up and operate the printer.
2 Home button Go to the home screen.
3 Keypad Enter numbers or symbols in an input field.
4 Power button • Turn on or turn off the printer.
Note: To turn off the printer, press and hold the power button for five
seconds.
• Set the printer to Sleep or Hibernate mode.
• Wake the printer from Sleep or Hibernate mode.
5 Stop or Cancel button Stop the current job.
6 Indicator light Check the status of the printer.
7 Volume buttons Adjust the volume of the headset or speaker.
8 Headset or speaker port Attach a headset or speaker.
9 Backspace button Move the cursor backward and delete a character in an input field.

Service menus
281
 5028

Understanding the status of the power button and indicator light

Indicator light Printer status
Off The printer is off or in Hibernate mode.
Blue The printer is ready or processing data.
Red The printer requires user intervention.

Power button light Printer status

Off The printer is off, ready, or processing data.
Solid amber The printer is in sleep mode.
Blinking amber The printer is in hibernate mode.

Using the home screen

When the printer is turned on, the display shows the home screen. Use the home screen buttons and icons to
initiate an action.
Note: Your home screen may vary depending on your home screen customization settings, administrative
setup, and active embedded solutions.

# Touch To
1 Status/Supplies • Show a printer warning or error message whenever the printer requires intervention
to continue processing.
• View more information on the printer warning or message, and on how to clear it.
Note: You can also access this setting by touching the top section of the home
screen.
2 Job Queue Show all the current print jobs.
Note: You can also access this setting by touching the top section of the home
screen.

Service menus
282
 5028

# Touch To
3 Change Language Change the language on the printer display.
4 Settings Access the printer menus.
5 USB Drive View, select, or print photos and documents from a flash drive.
6 Held Jobs Show all the current held print jobs.

These settings may also appear on the home screen

Touch To
Bookmarks Access bookmarks.
App Profiles Access application profiles.
Lock Device Prevent users from accessing any printer functions from the home screen.

Menus list
Device Print Paper Network/Ports USB
Drive
Preferences Layout Tray Configuration Network Overview Flash
Notifications Setup Media Configuration Wireless Drive
Print
Group Lists Quality Bin Configuration AirPrint
Alert Types Job Accounting Ethernet
Anti‑Spam Logic Description Image TCP/IP
Suppressing Duplicate Alerts XPS IPv6
Power Management PDF SNMP
Information Sent to Lexmark HTML 802.1x
Accessibility PostScript IPSec
Restore Factory Defaults PCL LPD Configuration
Maintenance PPDS HTTP/FTP Settings
Remote Operator Panel ThinPrint
Visible Home Screen Icons USB
Site Map Parallel [x]
Update Firmware Serial
About This Printer Wi‑Fi Direct

Service menus
283
 5028

Security Option Card Menu Reports Help

Login Methods Note: This setting appears Menu Settings Page Print All Guides
Certificate Management only when an optional card is Print Quality Pages Color Quality Guide
installed.
Schedule USB Devices Device Connection Guide
Security Audit Log Print Information Guide
Login Restrictions Shortcuts Media Guide
Confidential Print Setup Network Moving Guide
Disk Encryption Print Quality Guide
Erase Temporary Data Files Supplies Guide
Solutions LDAP Settings
Miscellaneous

Configuring the door interlock bypass jumpers

Note: The interlock bypass jumpers are only used with the following motors:
• Motor (fuser)
• Motor (K developer)
• Motor (transfer module)
• Motor (duplex/MPF)
The controller board has two door interlock bypass jumpers. These jumpers allow you to remove the motor
cover and open the toner door to see the motors in operation while being tested in diagnostics mode. The
JMTREN1 jumper connector allows you to bypass the interlock switches, and test the motor (fuser) and motor
(K developer/transfer module). The JMTREN2 jumper connector allows you to bypass the interlock switches,
and test the motor (duplex/MPF).
Note: If the jumpers are not set to the bypass position, and a motor test is performed while the toner door is
open, then a 1yy.80 error occurs.

Service menus
284
 5028

The following are the jumper configurations:

Interlock bypass disabled Interlock bypass enabled

(default)

Interlock bypass disabled Interlock bypass enabled

(default)

To set the jumpers:

1 Turn off the printer.
2 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
3 Remove the inner controller board shield. See “Inner controller board shield removal” on page 405.
4 Locate the jumper connectors on the controller board.
5 Move the jumper of the motor being tested to the bypass position.
6 Press and hold the 3 and 6 buttons while turning on the printer to enter the Diagnostics menu.
7 Touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests.
8 Select a motor, and then touch Start.
9 After the test, turn off the printer, and then move the jumpers back to the default position.
Note: If the jumpers are not moved to the default position, then a false door open message appears
on the screen.

Service menus
285
 5028

Diagnostics menu

Entering the Diagnostics menu

The Diagnostics menu contains tests that are used to help isolate issues with the printer. To access some of
these tests, avoid POST tests that run at POR. Some POST tests can generate errors that prevent a diagnostic
test from running.
To access the Diagnostics menu from the home screen, press * * 3 6 on the control panel.
For 2‑line control panels, press the left arrow button twice, press OK, and then press the right arrow button.

Event Log

Display Log
This setting displays the panel text that appears when the event occurs.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Event Log > Display Log

Print Log
This setting lists an extended version of the various printer events.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Event Log > Print Log
2 Touch Start.
Note: The events that appear in the report vary depending on the operational history of the printer.

Print Log Summary

This setting lists a brief summary of the various printer events.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Event Log > Print Log Summary
2 Touch Start.
Note: The events that appear in the report vary depending on the operational history of the printer.

Mark Log
This setting allows you to create a service, maintenance, or custom log entry. Each log entry is added in the
printer event log.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Event Log > Mark Log
2 Select a log that you want to create, and then touch Start.

Service menus
286
 5028

Reports

Device Settings
This report lists all the current printer settings.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Reports > Device Settings

Installed Licenses
This setting lists all the installed licenses and their feature data.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Reports > Installed Licenses

Advanced Print Quality Samples

This setting prints a list of the printer settings and sample pages to check print quality.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Advanced Print Quality Samples > Advanced Print Quality Samples

Input tray quick print

This setting lets you print a single or continuous Quick Test page in either duplex or simplex mode.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Input tray quick print.
2 Select where you want to print the pages from.
3 Select whether to print a single or continuous test page, and then touch Start.

Printer Setup

Printed page count (mono)

This setting displays the amount of pages printed in mono.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer Setup.
2 View the printed page count for mono.

Printed page count (color)

This setting displays the amount of pages printed in color.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer Setup.
2 View the printed page count for color.

Service menus
287
 5028

Permanent page count

This setting displays the total number of pages printed in mono and color. After all the print tests are completed,
this value resets to zero.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer Setup.
2 View the permanent page count.

Processor ID
This setting indicates the ID of the processor on the controller board.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer Setup.
2 View the processor ID.

Serial number
This setting displays a read-only value of the serial number.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer Setup.
2 View the serial number.

Model name
This setting displays the model name of the printer.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer Setup.
2 View the model name.

Engine setting [x]

Warning—Potential Damage: Do not change this setting without specific instructions from the next level of
support.
This setting allows you to select a printer engine setting. Possible values are 0–255. 0 is the default.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer Setup > Engine setting [x]
2 Select a setting, enter a value, and then touch OK.

EP setup
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not change this setting without specific instructions from the next level of
support.
This setting allows you to adjust the EP setup of the printer.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer Setup > EP setup
2 Select a setting.

Service menus
288
 5028

Printer diagnostics and adjustments

Sensor tests
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments.
2 From the Sensor tests section, touch Start.
A dialog listing the sensor tests appears.
3 Find, and then manually toggle the sensor.
Notes:
• The sensor status on the screen toggles between 1 and 0 when the sensor is properly working.
• If a sensor test fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed sensor. Further troubleshooting may be
required. Check the boards and cables for possible issues.

Motor tests
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Motor tests
2 Select a motor, and then touch Start.

Notes:
• If the motor is activated, then it is properly working.
• Some motors require automatic deactivation in order to avoid secondary issues such as possible
damage and contamination.
• Some tests require a special action to activate a motor such as removing a major component.
• If the motor fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed motor. Further troubleshooting may be
required. Check the boards and cables for possible issues.

Registration adjust
This setting lets you adjust the skew, margins, or perform a Quick Test. For more information, see “Registration
adjustment” on page 310.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust
2 Select a setting to adjust.

Memory tests
This setting lets you test or flash the printer memory or test or format the printer hard disk.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Memory tests
2 Select a setting.

Service menus
289
 5028

Color alignment adjust

This setting allows you to adjust the color alignments and to print or reset the default settings.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust
2 Select a setting.

Supply reset
The setting resets the ITM counter values to zero.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Supply reset
2 Select a setting, and then touch Start.

Add-on cards tests

This setting allows you to test the add-on cards installed on the printer.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Add‑on cards tests
2 Select a card.

Printhead diagnostics
This setting allows you to test the printhead.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Printhead diagnostics
2 Select a test, and then touch Start.

Weather station
This setting lets you view the temperature of the weather station sensor.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments.
2 From the Weather station section, touch Start.

Fuser temperature
This setting lets you view the fuser temperature.
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Printer diagnostics & adjustments.
2 From the Fuser temperature section, touch Start.

Service menus
290
 5028

Additional input tray diagnostics

Sensor tests
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then touch Additional input tray diagnostics.
2 From the Sensor tests section, touch Start.
A dialog listing the sensor tests appears.
3 Find, and then manually toggle the sensor.
Notes:
• The sensor status on the screen toggles between 1 and 0 when the sensor is properly working.
• If a sensor test fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed sensor. Further troubleshooting may be
required. Check the boards and cables for possible issues.

Motor tests
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Additional input tray diagnostics > Motor tests
2 Select a motor, and then touch Start.
Notes:
• If the motor is activated, then it is properly working.
• Some motors require automatic deactivation in order to avoid secondary issues such as possible
damage and contamination.
• Some tests require a special action to activate a motor such as removing a major component.
• If the motor fails, the test failure may not indicate a failed motor. Further troubleshooting may be
required. Check the boards and cables for possible issues.

Configuration Menu
Menu item Description
USB Configuration Configure the USB settings.
USB PnP
1*
2
USB Scan to Local
Off
On*
USB Speed
Full
Auto*
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Service menus
291
 5028

Menu item Description

Tray Configuration Set the printer to detect the size of the paper loaded in the tray.
Size Sensing Note: This menu item appears only in trays with size‑sensing
Tray [x] Sensing mechanism.
Tray Configuration Set the printer to link the trays that have the same paper type
Tray Linking and paper size settings.
Automatic*
Off
Tray Configuration Set the printer to display the Tray Insert message after the
Tray Insert Message Delay user has inserted a tray.
Off*
On
Tray Configuration Specify the page orientation when loading A5 paper size.
A5 Loading
Short Edge
Long Edge*
Tray Configuration Set the paper source that the user will fill when a prompt
Paper Prompts appears to load paper or envelope.
Auto* Note: For Multipurpose Feeder to appear, set Configure MP
Multipurpose Feeder to Cassette from the Paper menu.
Manual Paper
Envelope Prompts
Auto*
Multipurpose Feeder
Manual Paper
Tray Configuration Set the printer to resolve paper- or envelope-related change
Action for Prompts prompts.
Prompt user*
Continue
Use current
Reports Print reports about printer menu settings, status, and event
Menu Settings Page logs.
Event Log
Event Log Summary
Health Check Statistics
Supply Usage And Counters Reset the supply page counter or view the total printed pages.
Clear Supply Usage History
Reset [color] Cartridge Counter
Reset [color] Imaging Unit Counter
Reset [color] Developer Unit Counter
Reset Color Imaging Kit Counter
Tiered Coverage Ranges
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Service menus
292
 5028

Menu item Description

Clear all remotely‑installed messages Delete all logs created during remote installation.
Printer Emulations Set the printer to use the PPDS data stream.
PPDS Emulation
Off*
On
Print Configuration Print color content in grayscale.
Black Only Mode
Off*
On
Print Configuration Enhance the printed output to correct misregistration in the
Color Trapping printer.
Off
1
2*
3
4
5
Print Configuration Adjust the value of the high frequency screens used for font
Font Sharpening data.
0–150 (24*)
Print Configuration Adjust the toner density when printing documents.
Print Density
0–5 (3*)
Print Configuration Reduce the amount of noise that the printer makes when
Quiet Mode printing.
Off*
On
Device Operations Set the printer to show the control panel menus.
Panel Menus
Off
On*
Device Operations Set the printer to operate in a special mode, in which it attempts
Safe Mode to continue offering as much functionality as possible, despite
Off* known issues.
On
Device Operations Erase all custom messages.
Clear Custom Status
Device Operations Show existing error messages on the display when the printer
Automatically Display Error Screens returns to an active state.
Off
On*
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Service menus
293
 5028

Menu item Description

Device Operations Set the printer to run its wipers and clean the sensing and laser
Clean sensing and laser optics optics.
Note: This setting is available only in some printer models.
Device Operations Set the printer to put down the correct amount of toner to
Calibration frequency preference maintain color consistency.
Disabled*
Fewest color adjustments
Fewer color adjustments
Normal
Better color accuracy
Best color accuracy
Device Operations Set the printer to detect the paper type being loaded.
Automatic Media Type Detection
Off
On*
Device Operations Set supply levels.
Custom Supply Levels
Off*
On
Toner patch sensor setup Set the printer to put down the correct amount of toner to
Calibration frequency preference maintain color consistency.

Toner patch sensor setup Run the full color calibration.

Full calibration
Toner patch sensor setup Print a diagnostic page that contains toner patch sensor
Print TPS information page calibration.

App Configuration Enable the Lexmark Embedded Solutions (LES) applications.

LES Applications Note: This setting does not affect built‑in applications.
Off
On*
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Entering Recovery mode

This mode allows the printer to boot from a secondary set of instructions and flash firmware code. While in this
mode, you can only flash firmware code through a USB cable directly connected to a PC.
Depending on your printer model, do any of the following:

For LED display

1 Turn off the printer.
2 Open the front door.

Service menus
294
 5028

3 Press and hold the Stop button.

4 Turn on the printer.
5 When all the icons flash, release the button.

For 2‑line display

1 Turn off the printer.
2 Press and hold the OK and Back buttons.
3 Turn on the printer.
4 When the display shows the following icon, release the buttons.

For 2.4-, 4.3-, 7-, and 10-inch displays with number pads
1 Turn off the printer.
2 Press and hold the 2, 7, and 8 buttons.
3 Turn on the printer.
4 When the display shows the following icon, release the buttons.

For 2.8‑, 4.3‑, 7‑, and 10‑inch displays without number pads
1 Turn off the printer.
2 Open tray 1.
Note: Make sure that paper is loaded in the tray.

Service menus
295
 5028

3 Turn on the printer.

4 When an ellipses appears on the upper‑left corner of the display, close tray 1.
Note: If tray 1 is not closed, then the printer boots normally.

Service Engineer menu

Entering Invalid engine mode

This mode allows the printer to load the correct firmware code.
1 Turn off the printer.
2 From the control panel, press and hold the 3, 4, and 6 while turning on the printer.
3 Release the buttons after 10 seconds.

Entering the Service Engineer (SE) menu

To access the Service Engineer (SE) menu:
1 Turn on the printer.
2 When the home screen appears, press * * 411 on the control panel.
For 2‑line control panels, press the right arrow button twice, press OK, and then press the left arrow button.

General SE
This setting allows you to save a log file to a USB drive.
Enter the Service Engineer (SE) menu, and then navigate to:
General SE > Capture Logs to USB Drive

Network SE
Enter the Service Engineer (SE) menu, and then touch Network SE.
Note: Use these settings as directed by the next level of support.

Top level menu Intermediate menu

Print SE Menus Print SE Menus
History • Print History
• Mark History
MAC • Set Card Speed
• LAA
• Keep Alive
NPAP Print Alerts

Service menus
296
 5028

Top level menu Intermediate menu

TCP/IP • netstat
• arp
• Allow SNMP Set
• MTU
• Meditech Mode
• RAW LPR Mode
Wireless Enable Wi‑Fi Direct Sigma Control Agent
Ping Test • Ping
• Ping6
Other Actions • ifconfig
• IPtables [Firewall Dump]
• IP6tables [Firewall Dump]
• IPsec Dump

Service menus
297
 5028

298
 5028

Parts removal
Important removal information

Removal precautions
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: The low-voltage power supply (LVPS) and the high-voltage power supply
(HVPS) may have residual voltage present. To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not touch their circuit
components or the solder side of the board. Only handle them by their outer edges or metal housing.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: This product uses an electronic power switch. It does not physically
disconnect the input AC voltage. To avoid the risk of electrical shock, always remove the power cord
from the printer when removal of the input AC voltage is required.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: To avoid the risk of electrical shock and to prevent damage to the printer,
remove the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all connections to any external devices
before you connect or disconnect any cable, electronic board, or assembly.
CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a hot
component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
CAUTION—PINCH HAZARD: To avoid the risk of a pinch injury, use caution in areas marked with this
label. Pinch injuries may occur around moving parts, such as gears, doors, trays, and covers.

Précautions de retrait
ATTENTION—RISQUE D'ELECTROCUTION : Une tension résiduelle peut être présente dans le bloc
d'alimentation basse tension (LVPS) et le bloc d'alimentation haute tension (HVPS). Pour éviter tout
risque d'électrocution, ne touchez pas les composants du circuit ou le côté soudure de la carte. Tenez-
les uniquement par leurs extrémités ou le boîtier en métal.
ATTENTION—RISQUE D'ELECTROCUTION : Ce produit utilise un commutateur d'alimentation
électronique. Il ne déconnecte pas physiquement la tension d'alimentation CA. Pour éviter tout risque
d'électrocution, débranchez toujours le cordon d'alimentation de l'imprimante lorsque vous devez
déconnecter la tension d'alimentation CA.
ATTENTION—RISQUE D'ELECTROCUTION : Pour éviter tout risque d'électrocution et éviter
d'endommager l'imprimante, débranchez le cordon d'alimentation de la prise électrique et déconnectez
toute connexion à tout périphérique externe avant de brancher ou débrancher des câbles ou circuits et
assemblages électroniques.
ATTENTION—SURFACE CHAUDE : L'intérieur de l'imprimante risque d'être brûlant. pour réduire le
risque de brûlure, laissez la surface ou le composant refroidir avant d'y toucher.
ATTENTION : RISQUE DE PINCEMENT : Pour éviter tout risque de blessure par pincement, agissez
avec précaution au niveau des zones signalées par cette étiquette. Les blessures par pincement
peuvent se produire autour des pièces mobiles telles que les engrenages, portes, tiroirs et capots.

Parts removal
299
 5028

Precauciones durante la extracción

PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE DESCARGAS ELÉCTRICAS: La fuente de alimentación de bajo voltaje
(LVPS) y la fuente de alimentación de alto voltaje (HVPS) pueden presentar voltaje residual. Para evitar
el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, no toque los componentes del circuito ni el lateral soldado de la placa.
Manipule solo los bordes exteriores o la carcasa metálica.
PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE DESCARGAS ELÉCTRICAS: Este producto utiliza un interruptor de
corriente electrónico. No desconecta físicamente la entrada de voltaje de CA. Para evitar el riesgo de
descarga eléctrica, desenchufe siempre el cable de alimentación de la impresora cuando sea necesario
retirar la entrada de voltaje de CA.
PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE DESCARGAS ELÉCTRICAS: Para evitar el riesgo de descargas eléctricas y
daños en la impresora, retire el cable de alimentación de la toma eléctrica y desconecte todas las
conexiones a dispositivos externos antes de conectar o desconectar cualquier cable, placa electrónica
o conjunto.
PRECAUCIÓN: SUPERFICIE CALIENTE: El interior de la impresora podría estar caliente. Para evitar el
riesgo de heridas producidas por el contacto con un componente caliente, deje que la superficie se
enfríe antes de tocarlo.
PRECAUCIÓN: PELIGRO DE ATRAPAMIENTO: Para evitar el riesgo de lesión por atrapamiento, preste
atención en las áreas marcadas con esta etiqueta. Las lesiones por atrapamiento se pueden producir en
torno a partes móviles, tales como engranajes, puertas, bandejas y cubiertas.

Vorsichtsmaßnahmen bei der Demontage

VORSICHT – STROMSCHLAGGEFAHR: Im Niederspannungsnetzteil (LVPS) und Hochspannungsnetzteil
(HVPS) liegt unter Umständen Restspannung vor. Um das Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags zu
vermeiden, berühren Sie keine umliegenden Bauteile oder die Lötseite der Platine. Fassen Sie sie nur
an den Außenkanten oder am Metallgehäuse an.
VORSICHT – STROMSCHLAGGEFAHR: Dieses Produkt verwendet einen elektronischen
Leistungsschalter. Er trennt die Eingangswechselspannung nicht physikalisch. Um das Risiko eines
elektrischen Schlags zu vermeiden, ziehen Sie stets das Netzkabel vom Drucker ab, wenn eine
Abtrennung der Eingangswechselspannung erforderlich ist.
VORSICHT – STROMSCHLAGGEFAHR: Um das Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags und Schäden am
Drucker zu vermeiden, ziehen Sie das Netzkabel aus der Steckdose und trennen Sie alle Verbindungen
zu jeglichen externen Geräten, bevor Sie Kabel, Elektronikplatinen oder Baugruppen einstecken oder
abziehen.
VORSICHT – HEISSE OBERFLÄCHE: Das Innere des Druckers kann sehr heiß sein. Vermeiden Sie
Verletzungen, indem Sie heiße Komponenten stets abkühlen lassen, bevor Sie ihre Oberfläche
berühren.
VORSICHT – QUETSCHGEFAHR: Um das Risiko einer Quetschung zu vermeiden, gehen Sie in
Bereichen, die mit diesem Etikett gekennzeichnet sind, mit Vorsicht vor. Quetschungen können im
Bereich von beweglichen Komponenten auftreten, wie z. B. Zahnrädern, Klappen, Fächern und
Abdeckungen.

Parts removal
300
 5028

Handling ESD‑sensitive parts

To prevent damage to the electrostatic discharge (ESD)-sensitive parts in the printer, do the following:
• Turn off the printer before removing logic boards.
• Keep the parts in their original packing material until you are ready to install them into the printer.
• Make the least-possible movements with your body to prevent an increase of static electricity from clothing
fibers, carpets, and furniture.
• Use the ESD wrist strap. Connect the wrist band to the system ground point. This action discharges any
static electricity in your body to the printer.
• Hold the parts by their edge connector shroud. Do not touch its pins. If you are removing a pluggable module,
then use the correct tool.
• If possible, keep all parts in a grounded metal cabinet.
• Do not place the parts on the printer cover or on a metal table. If you need to put down the parts, then put
them in their packing material.
• Prevent parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel. Cover the printer when you are not
working on it.
• Be careful while working with the parts when cold-weather heating is used. Low humidity increases static
electricity.

Critical information for controller board or control panel replacement

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: The lithium battery in this product is not intended to be replaced.
There is a danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Do not recharge, disassemble,
or incinerate a lithium battery. Discard used lithium batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions
and local regulations.
ATTENTION—RISQUE DE BLESSURE : La batterie lithium de ce produit n'est pas destinée à être
remplacée. Il existe un risque d'explosion si une batterie lithium est placée de façon incorrecte. Ne
rechargez pas, ne démontez pas et n’incinérez pas une batterie lithium. Mettez les batteries lithium
usagées au rebut selon les instructions du fabricant et les réglementations locales.
PRECAUCIÓN: POSIBLES DAÑOS PERSONALES: La batería de litio de este producto no debe
reemplazarse. Existe riesgo de explosión si se sustituye incorrectamente una batería de litio. No
recargue, desmonte ni incinere una batería de litio. Deseche las baterías de litio según las instrucciones
del fabricante y las normativas locales.
VORSICHT – MÖGLICHE VERLETZUNGSGEFAHR Die Lithiumbatterie in diesem Produkt darf nicht
ausgetauscht werden. Wird eine Lithiumbatterie nicht ordnungsgemäß ausgetauscht, besteht
Explosionsgefahr. Lithiumbatterien dürfen auf keinen Fall wieder aufgeladen, auseinander genommen
oder verbrannt werden. Befolgen Sie zum Entsorgen verbrauchter Lithiumbatterien die Anweisungen
des Herstellers und die örtlichen Bestimmungen.
Warning—Potential Damage: Observe all precautions when handling ESD sensitive parts. See “Handling
ESD‑sensitive parts” on page 301.
Warning—Potential Damage: Carefully remove cables and connectors. Make sure they are not damaged.
Note: Some models have eSF solutions, it is recommended to back up the eSF solutions and settings before
replacing the controller board. See “Backing up eSF solutions and settings” on page 307.

Parts removal
301
 5028

Warning—Potential Damage: To avoid damaging the part or experience NVRAM mismatch issues, replace
only one of the following components at a time:
• Control panel
• Controller board
To replace a component and to test whether the problem is resolved:
1 Replace the affected component.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not perform a Power-On Reset (POR) until the problem is resolved. If a
POR is performed at this point, then the replacement part can no longer be used in another printer and
must be returned to the manufacturer.
2 Enter the Diagnostics Menu. The Diagnostics Menu allows you to temporarily use the replacement part.
Warning—Potential Damage:  Some printers will perform a POR automatically if the Diagnostics Menu is
not opened within five seconds. If a POR is performed at this point, then the replacement part can no
longer be used in another printer and must be returned to the manufacturer.
3 Use the Diagnostics Menu to test the replacement part. Do a feed test to check if the problem is resolved.
• If the problem is not resolved—Turn off the printer, and then reinstall the old part.
• If the problem is resolved—Perform a POR.
• If NVRAM error occurs during the replacement, go to “NVRAM mismatch failure service check” on
page 251

Restoring the printer configuration

Restore the printer to its correct configuration to complete the replacement service. Use the Service Restore
Tool to download the software bundle, and then flash the printer settings and embedded solutions.
Note: If you do not have access to Service Restore Tool, then contact your next level of support.
Note: The software bundle contains the latest version of the firmware, applications, and software licenses
from the Lexmark CFM and Package Builder. The printer firmware may be at a different level from what is
used before replacement of the part.

Using the Service Restore Tool

1 Go to https://cdp.lexmark.com/service-restore-tool/ to access the tool.
2 Log in using your Lexmark or partner login.
If your login fails, then contact your next level of support.

Parts removal
302
 5028

3 Enter the printer serial number, and then submit the information.

Note: Make sure that the serial number that appears on the verification screen is correct.

4 Save the zip file.

Note: Make sure that the serial number in the zip file matches the serial number of the printer being
restored.

Parts removal
303
 5028

5 Extract the contents of the zip file, open the Readme file, and then follow the instructions in the file.
Notes:
• Perform the install instructions on the Readme file in the exact order shown. Restart the printer only if
the file says so.
• For more information on how to flash the downloaded files, see “Updating the printer firmware ” on
page 306.
• To load the zip files that are extracted from the Service Restore Tool, see “Restoring solutions,
licenses, and configuration settings” on page 305.

6 If the printer had eSF apps previously installed, then confirm from the customer if all the eSF apps have
been installed after performing the installation instructions in the Readme file.

Notes:
• If you are unable to access the administrative menus to verify that the printer is restored, then ask the
customer for access rights.

Parts removal
304
 5028

• If a 10.00 error appears after you restart the printer, then contact the next level of support.

Restoring solutions, licenses, and configuration settings

To load the zip files that are extracted from the Service Restore Tool, do the following:
1 Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address.

2 Click Import Configuration, and then click Browse.

Parts removal
305
 5028

3 Navigate to the folder where the zip files are extracted from the Service Restore Tool.

4 Select the file to import, and then click Import.

5 Repeat step 2 through step 4 for the other files that are included in the extracted zip file.

Updating the printer firmware

Warning—Potential Damage: Before updating the printer firmware, ask the next level of support for the
correct code. Using an incorrect code level may damage the printer.
The printer must be in ready state in order to update the firmware.

Using a flash drive

This option is available only in printer models with front USB port.
Make sure to enable the Enable Drive and Update Code settings. You can find the settings in the Flash drive
menu under the Settings menu.
1 Insert the flash drive.
The display lists the files on the thumbdrive.
2 Select the file that you need to flash.
Note: Do not turn off the printer while the update is going on.

Parts removal
306
 5028

Using a network computer

Using the File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
Make sure that the printer is in ready state before flashing.
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Obtain the IP address:
• From the home screen
• From the TCP/IP section of the Network/Ports menu
3 From the command prompt of a network computer, open an FTP session to the printer IP address.
4 Use a PUT command to place the firmware file on the printer.
The printer performs a POR sequence and terminates the FTP session.
5 Repeat step 2 through to step 4 for the other files.

Using the Embedded Web Server

Make sure that the printer is in ready state before flashing.
1 Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address.
2 From the home page, navigate to Configuration > Update Firmware.
3 Select the file to use.
The printer performs a POR sequence and terminates the FTP session.
4 Repeat step 2 through to step 4 for the other files.

Backing up eSF solutions and settings

Note: Export the eSF solutions and settings from the printer before replacing the controller board.

Exporting eSF solutions and settings file

1 Reset the printer into Invalid engine mode. See “Entering Invalid engine mode” on page 296.
2 Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address.
Note: If the web page cannot be accessed or an error occurs when starting the printer into Invalid engine
mode, then data backup is not an option. Inform the customer that the data cannot be saved.
3 Click Apps, click Export Configuration, and then select one of the options in the dropdown menu.
4 Click Export.
Note: The size limit of the export file is 128 KB.

Disconnecting ribbon cables

Warning—Potential Damage: The ribbon cable and its socket may get damaged if it is not properly
disconnected. When disconnecting the cable, hold its connector and press its tab before unplugging it.

Parts removal
307
 5028

Adjustments

Printhead alignment adjustment

Printhead misalignment may cause crooked or skewed print. Perform this procedure after replacing the
printhead or if there are skewed print issues.

Checking the test page for alignment

1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust > Quick test
2 Check the test page.
The following test page result shows a properly aligned printhead:

Parts removal
308
 5028

Aligning a printhead skewed in the counterclockwise direction

In most cases, the printhead is skewed counterclockwise, as shown in the following test page result.

1 Remove the top cover. See “Top cover removal” on page 316.
2 Loosen the three screws.

Parts removal
309
 5028

3 Adjust the printhead until the bottom left corner of the printhead touches the alignment pin (A).

A
4 Print another test page, and then check if the printhead is aligned.
5 Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the printhead is aligned.
6 Tighten the three screws.

Registration adjustment
Image misalignments can occur after printhead replacement. Perform this procedure to correct the position of
the image relative to the paper edges.
Note: You cannot perform mechanical registration or skew adjustments on this printhead.
Before performing the procedure, make sure that the tray guides are properly set and the paper settings on
the printer match the paper size loaded in the tray.

Parts removal
310
 5028

Adjusting the skew

The skew adjustment changes the angle of the horizontal lines so that the lines can be aligned with the leading
edge of the page. As the skew setting is changed, the top line on the test page stays in place at the left end,
while its right end tilts up or down. All horizontal lines on the page will tilt at that same angle while the vertical
lines will remain vertical. Changing the skew setting moves the right edge of the page up and down, and
changes the angle of the top and bottom lines. If the skew is properly adjusted, the horizontal lines at the top
of the page will be parallel to the leading edge of the page.
To check for skew:
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust
2 Select Quick Test, and then press OK or touch Start.
The printer prints a test page.

Normal Skewed

Note: If there is no skew on the page, go to Adjusting the margins. See “Adjusting the margins” on
page 312.
To adjust the skew:
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust > Skew
2 Specify the value. The value range is from -100 to 100.
Notes:
• For 2‑line LCD screens, use the left or right arrow buttons to increase or decrease the value.
• Raising the value of the skew rotates the horizontal lines clockwise. The left end of the line remains in
the same place and the right end moves downward.

Parts removal
311
 5028

• Decreasing the value of the skew rotates the horizontal lines counterclockwise. The left end of the
line remains in the same place and the right end moves upward.
3 Select OK.
4 Print a Quick test page to verify the change.
5 Repeat steps 1 to 4 until the horizontal line is properly aligned with the leading edge of the page.
6 Check for proper margin alignment. See “Adjusting the margins” on page 312.

Adjusting the margins

To check for proper margin alignment:
1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust
2 Select Quick Test, and then press OK or touch Start.
The printer prints a test page.
3 Check the top and bottom margins of the test page for proper alignment.

To adjust the margins:

1 Refer to the test page, and then check the arrows along the margins.
Notes:
• The arrows should be completely visible along the edges.
• The tip of the arrows should point to the edges of the paper.
2 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust
3 Select the field of the margin to adjust.
4 Specify value. The value range is from -80 to 80.
Notes:
• For 2‑line LCD screens, use the left or right arrow buttons to increase or decrease the value.
• Raising the value of the top margin setting pushes the top edge of the image downward.
• Raising the value of the bottom margin setting pushes the bottom edge of the image upward.
• Raising the value of the left margin setting pushes the left margin to the right.
• Raising the value of the right margin setting pushes the right margin to the left.

Parts removal
312
 5028

5 Select OK.
6 Print a Quick test page to verify the change.
7 Repeat step 3 through to step 6 until the margins are properly adjusted.
8 Check for proper color alignment. See “Adjusting the color alignment” on page 313.

Adjusting the color alignment

1 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust
On the AA Adjustment row, press OK or touch Start.
Note: The Color alignment procedure is performed on the cyan, magenta, and yellow colors.
2 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust > Cyan > Quick test
Check the alignment markings on the test page generated. Follow the instructions on the test page to correct
the color misalignment.
3 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust > Yellow > Quick test
Check the alignment markings on the test page generated. Follow the instructions on the test page to correct
the color misalignment.
4 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Color alignment adjust > Magenta > Quick test
Check the alignment markings on the test page generated. Follow the instructions on the test page to correct
the color misalignment.
5 If color misalignment still occurs, then repeat step 1 through to step 4.

Removal procedures
Keep the following tips in mind as you replace parts:
• Some removal procedures require removing cable ties. You must replace cable ties during reassembly to
avoid pinching wires, obstructing the paper path, or restricting mechanical movement.
• Remove the toner cartridges, imaging unit, and media tray before removing other printer parts. The imaging
unit should be carefully set on a clean, smooth, and flat surface. It should also be protected from light while
out of the device.
• Disconnect all external cables from the printer to prevent possible damage during service.
• Unless otherwise stated, reinstall the parts in reverse order of removal.
• When reinstalling a part held with several screws, start all screws before the final tightening.

Parts removal
313
 5028

Cover removals

Front cover removal

1 Open the front door, and then disconnect the two straps (A).
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: Make sure that the front door has support after the straps are
removed to avoid damage.

Parts removal
314
 5028

2 Remove the screw (B) securing the ground cables.

3 Remove the two screws (C).

Parts removal
315
 5028

4 Disconnect the cable (D), and then remove the screw (E).

5 Remove the straps from the duplex outer guide.

6 Remove the front cover from the duplex outer guide. See “Duplex outer guide removal” on page 338.

Top cover removal

1 Open the toner door cover.
2 Remove the two screws (A) on the upper-left corner of the printer.

Parts removal
316
 5028

3 Remove the two screws (B) on the top of the printer.

Parts removal
317
 5028

4 Remove the screw (C) from the rear side of the printer.

5 Remove the screw (D) on the output bin.

Parts removal
318
 5028

6 Disconnect the sensor cable (E), and then remove the cover.

Left cover removal

Note: When reinstalling the left cover, be careful to avoid damage to the output motor with the tab at the top
of the cover. Also, avoid hitting the BOR retract motor with the round standoff on the inside of the cover.
1 Open the front door.
2 Remove the two screws (A) on the front of the cover.

Parts removal
319
 5028

3 Remove the three screws (B) on the left side of the cover.

Parts removal
320
 5028

4 Remove the three screws (C) on the rear of the cover, and then remove the cover.

Right cover removal

1 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
2 Remove the waste toner bottle.

Parts removal
321
 5028

3 Remove the five screws (A).

A
4 Remove the right cover from the printer.
5 Remove the right cover from the imaging unit cover. See “Imaging unit cover removal” on page 373.

Motor cover removal

1 Open the toner door.
2 Open the imaging unit cover.

Parts removal
322
 5028

3 Remove the three screws (A).

Parts removal
323
 5028

4 Open the front cover, and then remove the screw (B) from the front of the cover.

5 Disconnect the cable (C), and then remove the cover.

Parts removal
324
 5028

Toner door removal

1 Open the toner door, and then remove the two outer screws (A) from the door bracket.

Parts removal
325
 5028

2 Remove the two inner screws (B) from the door bracket.

3 Gently pull the toner door away from the bracket to remove.

Parts removal
326
 5028

Toner door mount bracket removal

1 Remove the toner door. See “Toner door removal” on page 325.
2 Remove the six screws (A), and then remove the bracket.

Parts removal
327
 5028

Toner door mount removal

1 Remove the toner door. See “Toner door removal” on page 325.
2 Unhook the spring (A), and then remove the two screws (B) on the rear side.

3 Unhook the spring (C), and then remove the two screws (D) on the front.

4 Remove the toner door mount from the printer.

Parts removal
328
 5028

Control panel removals

Control panel front cover removal

Critical information for controller board or control panel replacement
Warning—Potential Damage: Replace only one of the following components at a time:
• Control panel
• Controller board
To replace a component and to test whether the problem is resolved:
1 Replace the affected component.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not perform a Power-On Reset (POR) until the problem is resolved. If a
POR is performed at this point, then the replacement part can no longer be used in another printer and
must be returned to the manufacturer.
2 Enter the Diagnostics Menu. The Diagnostics Menu allows you to temporarily use the replacement part.
Warning—Potential Damage:  Some printers will perform a POR automatically if the Diagnostics Menu is
not opened within five seconds. If a POR is performed at this point, then the replacement part can no
longer be used in another printer and must be returned to the manufacturer.
3 Use the Diagnostics Menu to test the replacement part. Do a feed test to check if the problem is resolved.
• If the problem is not resolved—Turn off the printer, and then reinstall the old part.
• If the problem is resolved—Perform a POR.
• If NVRAM error occurs during the replacement, go to “NVRAM mismatch failure service check” on
page 251

Removal procedure
1 Remove the bezel. See “Bezel removal” on page 332.
2 Remove the number pad cover. See “Number pad cover removal” on page 333.

Parts removal
329
 5028

3 Remove the five screws (A).

4 Release the three tabs (B) securing the control panel front cover.

Parts removal
330
 5028

5 Disconnect the two cables (C).

Warning—Potential Damage: Do not yank the ribbon cable. See “Disconnecting ribbon cables” on
page 307.

6 Remove the four screws (D), and then remove the control panel.

Parts removal
331
 5028

Bezel removal
1 Carefully pull to detach the bezel.

2 Remove the bezel.

Parts removal
332
 5028

Number pad cover removal

1 Remove the bezel. See “Bezel removal” on page 332.
2 Remove the number pad cover.

Control panel arms removal

Note: The control panel arms are two separate FRUs. This procedure shows how to remove both arms.
1 Remove the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382.
2 Remove the redrive guide. See “Redrive guide removal” on page 402.
3 Remove the control panel base cover. See “Control panel base cover removal” on page 336.

Parts removal
333
 5028

4 Disconnect the cable (A), and then remove the two screws (B).

5 Remove the arm, and then route the cables (C) out of the right arm.

Parts removal
334
 5028

6 Remove the left arm (D) from the mounting pin.

7 Carefully remove the ribbon cable (E), and then route the control panel cable (F) and headphone cable (G)
out of the arm.

Speaker removal
1 Remove the bezel. See “Bezel removal” on page 332.
2 Remove the number pad cover. See “Number pad cover removal” on page 333.

Parts removal
335
 5028

3 Disconnect the speaker cable (A), remove the two screws (B), and then remove the speaker.

Control panel base cover removal

1 Remove the bezel. See “Bezel removal” on page 332.
2 Remove the number pad cover. See “Number pad cover removal” on page 333.
3 Remove the control panel front cover. See “Control panel front cover removal” on page 329.
4 Disconnect the speaker cable (A) and sensor cable (B), and then remove the two screws (C).

Parts removal
336
 5028

5 Remove the headphone port (D).

Parts removal
337
 5028

6 Remove the four screws (E), and then remove the cover.

Duplex removals

Duplex outer guide removal

1 Remove the front cover. See “Front cover removal” on page 314.
2 Remove the pivot shaft. See “Pivot shaft removal” on page 340.
3 Remove the duplex inner guide. See “Duplex inner guide removal” on page 340.

Parts removal
338
 5028

4 Remove the ten screws (A).

5 Remove the tray indicator (B), and then remove the duplex outer guide.

Parts removal
339
 5028

Duplex inner guide removal

1 Remove the front cover. See “Front cover removal” on page 314.
2 Remove the pivot shaft. See “Pivot shaft removal” on page 340.
3 Release the latch (A), and then slide the guide to remove.

Pivot shaft removal

1 Remove the front cover. See “Front cover removal” on page 314.
2 Remove the two E-clips (A), and then remove the shaft (B).

B A

Parts removal
340
 5028

Tensioner belt removal

1 Remove the front cover. See “Front cover removal” on page 314.
2 Remove the duplex inner guide. See “Duplex inner guide removal” on page 340.
3 Remove the pivot shaft. See “Pivot shaft removal” on page 340.
4 Remove the six screws (A), and then remove the cover.

A
5 Remove the belt.

Note: Pay attention to the belt path before removing the belt.

Parts removal
341
 5028

Sensor (duplex) removal

1 Remove the front cover. See “Front cover removal” on page 314.
2 Remove the duplex inner guide. See “Duplex inner guide removal” on page 340.
3 Remove the pivot shaft. See “Pivot shaft removal” on page 340.
4 Remove the six screws (A).

Parts removal
342
 5028

5 Disconnect the sensor cable (B), and then remove the sensor (C).

Sensors (fuser buckle and narrow media) removal

1 Open the front cover.
2 Remove the screw (A).

Parts removal
343
 5028

3 Slide the paper guide to the right to remove.

4 Disconnect the sensor cable (B), remove the screw (C), and then remove the sensors.
Note: The left sensor is the sensor (fuser buckle). The right sensor is the sensor (narrow media).

Parts removal
344
 5028

Left removals

Motor (EP drive) removal

This removal shows how to remove all three motors. The motors can be replaced individually.
1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 On each of the motor, disconnect the motor cable (A), remove the four screws (B), and then remove the
motor.

Parts removal
345
 5028

Power cable removal

1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 Disconnect the power cable from the LVPS.
3 Remove the two screws (A).

4 Remove the cable from the cable ties (B).

5 Disconnect the cable from the LVPS.

Motor (output) removal

1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 Remove the top cover. See “Top cover removal” on page 316.

Parts removal
346
 5028

3 Disconnect the motor cable (A).

4 Remove the three screws (B), and then remove the motor.

Parts removal
347
 5028

Motor (deskew) removal

1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 Disconnect the motor cable (A).

3 Remove the two screws (B), and then remove the motor.

Fuser fan removal

1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
3 Remove the inner controller board shield. See “Inner controller board shield removal” on page 405.

Parts removal
348
 5028

4 Disconnect the fuser fan cable (A) from the controller board.

A
5 Remove the two screws (B).

Parts removal
349
 5028

6 Route the fuser fan cable out of the retainers (C), and then remove the fan.

Main fan removal

1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
3 Remove the inner controller board shield. See “Inner controller board shield removal” on page 405.
4 Disconnect the main fan cable (A) from the controller board.

Parts removal
350
 5028

5 Remove the two screws (B), and then route the fan cable through the hole in the frame to remove the fan.

EP gear box removal

1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 Route the cable out of the guides (A).

Parts removal
351
 5028

3 Disconnect the three motor cables (B).

4 Route the motor cables out of the guides (C) from under the gear box.

Parts removal
352
 5028

5 Remove the two screws (D) from under the gear box.

Parts removal
353
 5028

6 Remove the two screws (E) from the top-left and top-right corners of the EP drive, and then remove the gear
box.

LVPS removal
Note: For a video demonstration, see LVPS removal.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: The LVPS may have residual voltage present. To avoid the risk of
electrical shock, do not touch its circuit components. Only handle it by its outer edges.
1 Open the front door.
2 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.

Parts removal
354
 5028

3 Disconnect the cable (A) from the LVPS.

Parts removal
355
 5028

4 Remove the seven screws (B).

5 Disconnect the two cables (C), and then remove the LVPS.

Parts removal
356
 5028

LVPS cage removal

Note: This is not a FRU.
1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 Remove the LVPS. See “LVPS removal” on page 354.
3 Remove the two screws (A) from the right side of the cage.

Parts removal
357
 5028

4 Remove the five screws (B) from the inside of the cage, and then remove the cage.

Motor (black only retract) removal

1 Remove the front cover. See“Front cover removal” on page 314.
2 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
3 Remove the LVPS. See “LVPS removal” on page 354.
4 Remove the LVPS cage. See “LVPS cage removal” on page 357.
5 Remove the EP gear box. See “EP gear box removal” on page 351.

Parts removal
358
 5028

6 Disconnect the black only retract motor cable (A).

7 Remove the two screws (B).

Parts removal
359
 5028

8 Remove the two screws (C), and then remove the motor.

Right removals

Sensor (weather station) removal

1 Remove the waste toner bottle.
2 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
3 Remove the right cover. See “Right cover removal” on page 321.

Parts removal
360
 5028

4 Remove the screw (A), disconnect the cable (B), and then remove the sensor.

Sensor (paper size) removal

1 Remove the waste toner bottle.
2 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
3 Remove the right cover. See “Right cover removal” on page 321.
4 Remove the three screws (A).

Parts removal
361
 5028

5 Pull the mounting assembly away from the printer.

6 Disconnect the sensor cable (B).

Parts removal
362
 5028

7 Release the two tabs (C) from the mounting assembly, and then remove the sensor.

Sensor (waste toner contact) removal

1 Remove the waste toner bottle.
2 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
3 Remove the sensor (paper size). See “Sensor (paper size) removal” on page 361.
4 Disconnect the waste toner bottle contact cable (A) from the controller board.

5 Route the cable through the printer, and then remove the sensor contact assembly.

Parts removal
363
 5028

TMC card removal

1 Remove the imaging unit.
2 Remove the two screws (A) securing the TMC cover.

3 Disconnect the cable (B), and then remove the TMC card from the cover.

Motor (duplex/MPF) removal

1 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
2 Remove the right cover. See “Right cover removal” on page 321.

Parts removal
364
 5028

3 Disconnect the cable (A).

Parts removal
365
 5028

4 Remove the four screws (B), and then remove the motor.

Parts removal
366
 5028

Motor (fuser) removal

1 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
2 Disconnect the motor cable (A).

Parts removal
367
 5028

3 Remove the four screws (B), and then remove the motor.

HVPS removal
Note: For a video demonstration, see HVPS removal.
1 Remove the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal” on page 383.
2 Remove the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on page 405.
3 Remove the retainer (A).

Parts removal
368
 5028

4 Disconnect the cable (B).

5 Remove the screw (C) securing the HVPS.

Parts removal
369
 5028

6 Press the three toner contacts (D) from inside the printer, and then remove the power supply.

Installation notes:
• Make sure that the transfer module guide rail does not block the three toner contacts.
• Make sure that the three toner contacts freely move and are fully extended.

Parts removal
370
 5028

• Make sure that the index pin (A) behind the transfer module retract arm is properly aligned.

Sensor (MPF paper present) removal

1 Remove the waste toner bottle.
2 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
3 Remove the right cover. See “Right cover removal” on page 321.

Parts removal
371
 5028

4 Pull the sensor out of the printer.

5 Disconnect the sensor cable (A), and then remove the sensor.

Parts removal
372
 5028

Waste toner bottle idler gear removal

1 Remove the waste toner bottle.
2 Remove the gear.

Imaging unit cover removal

1 Remove the waste toner bottle.
2 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
3 Remove the right cover. See “Right cover removal” on page 321.
4 Remove the four screws (A) securing the imaging unit cover hinges to the front of the right cover.

Parts removal
373
 5028

5 Remove the two screws (B) securing the hinges to the rear of the right cover.

Sensor (TPS) removal

Note: For a video demonstration, see Sensor (TPS) removal.
1 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
2 Remove the inner controller board shield. See “Inner controller board shield removal” on page 405.
3 Remove the TPS sled. See “TPS sled removal” on page 376.
4 Disconnect the thermistor cable (A) from the controller board.

Parts removal
374
 5028

5 Remove the two screws (B).

B
6 Carefully pull the sensor while guiding the black thermistor cable through the hole at the rear of the printer.
7 Disconnect the three cables (C) from the sensor.
Warning—Potential Damage: Press the tab on the white cable while disconnecting it to avoid damage.

Installation note: Remove the protective tape covering the sensor lenses before installing the sensor
assembly.

Parts removal
375
 5028

Installation notes:
a After routing the thermistor cable through the hole at the rear of the printer, make sure that the sensor is
placed behind the transfer module retract mechanism to avoid interference with the transfer module retract.

b After installing the sensor to the printer, restart the printer to test the cable connections to the sensor. A
128.xx error indicates a bad connection at the sensor.
c Perform the TPS sensor characterization.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer Diagnostics > Printer Setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust > Sensor Gain Characterization
d Perform the TPS sensor calibration.
Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer Diagnostics > Printer Setup > EP setup > Toner patch sensor adjust > Full Calibration

TPS sled removal

Note: This is not a FRU.
1 Remove the interlocks (A).

A
2 Disconnect the two springs (B) from the TPS sled.

Parts removal
376
 5028

3 Remove the two screws (C), and then remove the sled.

Toner cartridge contacts removal

1 Remove the imaging unit.
2 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
3 Disconnect the toner cartridge contacts cable (A) from the controller board.

Parts removal
377
 5028

4 Remove the screw (B), and then push the tab (C) to the right.

5 Push the cartridge contacts assembly into the printer.

6 Remove the cable from the retainer clips, and then remove the cartridge contacts.

Parts removal
378
 5028

TPS wiper mechanism removal

1 Remove the waste toner bottle.
2 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
3 Remove the right cover. See “Right cover removal” on page 321.
4 Remove the three screws (A).

Parts removal
379
 5028

5 Unhook the spring (B) from the sled, and the remove the cord (C) from the pulley.

6 Remove the clip (D).

Parts removal
380
 5028

7 Slide the shaft out, and then remove the TPS wiper.

TPS wiper removal

1 Remove the TPS sled. See “TPS sled removal” on page 376.
2 Remove the three wipers (A) from the sled.

Parts removal
381
 5028

Front removals

Fuser removal
1 Open the front cover.
2 Raise the redrive guide.

3 Turn the fuser lock counterclockwise.

Parts removal
382
 5028

4 Remove the fuser.

Transfer module removal

1 Open the toner door.
2 Open the imaging unit cover.
3 Remove the waste toner bottle.
4 Unlock the transfer module.

Parts removal
383
 5028

5 Remove the imaging kit.

1
3

6 Open the front cover.

7 Remove the transfer module.

Installation note: Make sure to reset the transfer module maintenance counter after replacing the transfer
module. See “Resetting the maintenance counter” on page 462.

Parts removal
384
 5028

Transfer module guide rail removal

1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 Remove the LVPS. See “LVPS removal” on page 354.
3 Remove the screw (A).

A
4 Remove the LVPS cage. See “LVPS cage removal” on page 357.
5 Remove the EP gear box. See “EP gear box removal” on page 351.
6 Remove the two screws (B).

Parts removal
385
 5028

7 Remove the two screws (C), to release the ITU ground spring.

C
8 Lift the rail, and then move it slightly to the right.

Parts removal
386
 5028

9 Gently twist the rail to release the two tabs (D) from the frame, and then remove it.

Installation notes:
a Make sure that ITM dog bone retract (A) and the spring (B) on the new rail are securely attached.

A B

Parts removal
387
 5028

b When reinstalling the EP gear box, carefully insert the ITM drive shaft through the left side of the frame
and rail to avoid damaging the ITM dog bone retract.
c Make sure that the tabs (C) are properly inserted into the frame.

d Make sure to place the rail below the thermistor wire tie (D).

Parts removal
388
 5028

e Make sure that the three HVPS contacts (E) move freely and are fully extended.

Sensor (media type) removal

Note: The sensor (media type) and its cable are not used on printers with serial number 75288250F2P4Z or
greater.
1 Remove the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal” on page 383.
2 Open the front door.
3 Remove the screw (A).

Parts removal
389
 5028

4 Disconnect the sensor cable (B), and then remove the sensor.

Sensor (input) removal

1 Remove the transfer module. See “Transfer module removal” on page 383.
2 Open the front door.
3 Remove the sensor (media type). See “Sensor (media type) removal” on page 389.
4 Remove the screw (A).

Parts removal
390
 5028

5 Disconnect the sensor cable (B), and then remove the sensor.

Deskew rollers removal

Note: There are two types of deskew rollers used on this printer. The solid rubber roll use C-clips to fasten
the deskew roller. Printers using the segmented rubber roller use E-clips to fasten the deskew roller. The
parts are not interchangeable. Use both rollers when replacing this part.
1 Open the front door.
2 Remove the right cover. See “Right cover removal” on page 321.
3 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
4 Remove the LVPS cage. See “LVPS cage removal” on page 357.
5 Remove the sensor (media type). See “Sensor (media type) removal” on page 389.
6 Remove the sensor (input). See “Sensor (input) removal” on page 390.

Parts removal
391
 5028

7 On the right side of the printer, remove the gear (A), and then remove the screw (B).

8 Remove the C‑clip (C), and then remove the spacer.

Warning—Potential Damage: Be careful not to over extend the clip when removing or installing to avoid
damage.

Parts removal
392
 5028

9 Remove the bracket (D), and then unhook the spring (E).

10 Remove the spacer (F).

Parts removal
393
 5028

11 Remove the screw (G), and then remove the guide (H).

12 Remove the C‑clip (J), and then remove the bushing.

Parts removal
394
 5028

13 Remove the C‑clip (K), and then remove the spacer.

K
14 Remove the spring (L), and then remove the spacer (M).

L M

Parts removal
395
 5028

15 Remove the screw (N), and then remove the guide (P).

P N

16 Remove the C‑clip (Q), and then remove the bushing.

Q
17 Slide the front deskew roller to the right to remove.
Note: Be careful not to drop or lose the washer on the left side of the shaft.

Parts removal
396
 5028

Parts removal
397
 5028

18 Slide the rear deskew roller to the right to remove.

Diverter removal
1 Remove the bezel. See “Bezel removal” on page 332.
2 Remove the number pad cover. See “Number pad cover removal” on page 333.
3 Remove the control panel front cover. See “Control panel front cover removal” on page 329.

Parts removal
398
 5028

4 Disconnect the speaker cable (A) and sensor cable (B), and then remove the two screws (C).

5 Remove the headphone port (D).

Parts removal
399
 5028

6 Remove the four screws (E).

7 Route the control panel cables, speaker cable, and redrive sensor cable through the tub.

Parts removal
400
 5028

8 Remove the three screws (F), and then remove the diverter.

Installation note: Make sure that the headphone cable is routed properly through its cable guide.

Parts removal
401
 5028

Redrive guide removal

1 Remove the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382.
2 Remove the four screws (A).

3 Hold the redrive deflector up, and then remove the redrive guide.

Sensor (redrive) removal

1 Remove the bezel. See “Bezel removal” on page 332.
2 Remove the number pad cover. See “Number pad cover removal” on page 333.
3 Remove the control panel front cover. See “Control panel front cover removal” on page 329.

Parts removal
402
 5028

4 Remove the screw (A).

5 Remove the retainer (B), and then remove the sensor from the bracket.

Installation note: Use the retainer of the old sensor when installing the new sensor.

Parts removal
403
 5028

Rear removals

Controller board shield removal

Note: This is not a FRU.
1 Remove the eight screws (A).

A
2 Remove the controller board shield.

Parts removal
404
 5028

Inner controller board shield removal

Note: This is not a FRU.
1 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
2 Remove the four screws (A), and then remove the inner controller board shield.

Controller board removal

Critical information for controller board or control panel replacement
Warning—Potential Damage: Replace only one of the following components at a time:
• Control panel
• Controller board
To replace a component and to test whether the problem is resolved:
1 Replace the affected component.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not perform a Power-On Reset (POR) until the problem is resolved. If a
POR is performed at this point, then the replacement part can no longer be used in another printer and
must be returned to the manufacturer.
2 Enter the Diagnostics Menu. The Diagnostics Menu allows you to temporarily use the replacement part.
Warning—Potential Damage:  Some printers will perform a POR automatically if the Diagnostics Menu is
not opened within five seconds. If a POR is performed at this point, then the replacement part can no
longer be used in another printer and must be returned to the manufacturer.

Parts removal
405
 5028

3 Use the Diagnostics Menu to test the replacement part. Do a feed test to check if the problem is resolved.
• If the problem is not resolved—Turn off the printer, and then reinstall the old part.
• If the problem is resolved—Perform a POR.
• If NVRAM error occurs during the replacement, go to “NVRAM mismatch failure service check” on
page 251
Warning—Potential Damage: The controller board may contain a secure element SIM card that must be
transferred from the old controller board to the new controller board. This SIM card contains software and
security settings that are unique to the printer. See “Secure element SIM card removal” on page 408.

Removal procedure
1 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
2 Remove the inner controller board shield. See “Inner controller board shield removal” on page 405.
3 Remove all option cards from the controller board.
4 Disconnect all the cables from the controller board.
Warning—Potential Damage: When removing the TPS cable from JTPSAA1 connector, gently pry the
cable connector from the controller board connector. Do not pull the cable by the wires.
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not yank the ribbon cables. See “Disconnecting ribbon cables” on
page 307.
5 Using a hex wrench or pliers, remove the four hex standoffs (A).

Parts removal
406
 5028

6 Remove the five screws (B), and then remove the controller board.

B
Installation note: After the new controller board is installed, perform printer configuration restoration. See
“Restoring the printer configuration” on page 302.

TPS cables removal

1 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
2 Remove the inner controller board shield. See “Inner controller board shield removal” on page 405.
3 Remove the controller board. See “Controller board removal” on page 405.
4 Disconnect the three cables (A) from the sensor.
Warning—Potential Damage: Be careful when disconnecting the cables. Press the tab on the white cable
while disconnecting to avoid damage.

Parts removal
407
 5028

5 Remove the cables.

Secure element SIM card removal

Warning—Potential Damage: The controller board may contain a secure element SIM card that must be
transferred from the old controller board to the new controller board. This SIM card contains software and
security settings that are unique to the printer.
1 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
2 Slide the SIM card cover to unlock the SIM card holder.

Parts removal
408
 5028

3 Open the SIM card holder.

4 Remove the SIM card.

Top removals

Printhead removal
Note: For a video demonstration, see Printhead removal.
Note: Some printers might not have a printhead stop installed on the front left corner of the printhead. Make
sure that the stop is installed before removing the printhead.
1 Remove the top cover. See “Top cover removal” on page 316.
2 Check the front left corner of the printhead if a printhead stop is installed. If the stop installed, then proceed
to step 5. If the stop is not installed, then proceed to the next step.
3 Unpack the printhead stop and screw.

Parts removal
409
 5028

4 Place the stop (A) next to the printhead, and then fasten the stop with the screw (B).

5 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
6 Disconnect the ribbon cable (C) and printhead cable (D).
Warning—Potential Damage: Do not yank the ribbon cable. See “Disconnecting ribbon cables” on
page 307.

D C

Parts removal
410
 5028

7 Gently pull the ribbon cable to create some slack, and then pull the tab (E) to slide the toroid out of the
retainer.

8 Pull the ribbon cable (F) through the retainer.

Parts removal
411
 5028

9 Remove the screw (G) from the printhead.

10 Remove the rear right screw (H) from the printhead.

Parts removal
412
 5028

11 Remove the rear left screw (J) from the printhead.

Installation Notes:
1 When installing the printhead, replace the screws but do not tighten them right away. After installing the
screws, turn the printhead clockwise until it stops.
2 Enter the Diagnostics menu, and then navigate to:
Printer diagnostics & adjustments > Registration adjust > Quick test
3 If the printhead needs alignment, perform a printhead alignment adjust. See “Printhead alignment
adjustment” on page 308.
4 Tighten the screws.
5 Perform a color alignment adjust. See “Color alignment adjust” on page 290.

Developer hold down removal

1 Remove the top cover. See “Top cover removal” on page 316.
2 Remove the controller board shield. See “Controller board shield removal” on page 404.
3 Remove the printhead. See “Printhead removal” on page 409.

Parts removal
413
 5028

4 Pull the bell crank and spring off the mounting pin.

5 Pull the bell crank (B) and spring (C) off the mounting pin.

Output roll removal

1 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.
2 Remove the fuser. See “Fuser removal” on page 382.
3 Remove the redrive guide. See “Redrive guide removal” on page 402.
4 Remove the motor (output). See “Motor (output) removal” on page 346.

Parts removal
414
 5028

5 Remove the screw (A), and then remove the cable guide (B).

B A
6 Remove the e-clip (C), and then remove the gear.

Parts removal
415
 5028

7 Remove the e-clip (D) from inside the frame.

D
8 Slide the output shaft to the left, and then remove from the printer.

Parts removal
416
 5028

9 Remove the e-clip (E).

E
Note: Use the e-clips and bushings on the new shaft.

Output bin exit cover removal

1 Remove the top cover. See “Top cover removal” on page 316.
2 Disengage the tab (A), and then remove the cable from the tabs.

Parts removal
417
 5028

3 Remove the cover.

Output bin flag removal

1 Remove the top cover. See “Top cover removal” on page 316.
2 Remove the output bin exit cover. See “Output bin exit cover removal” on page 417.
3 Slide the flag to the left to remove.

Bottom removals

Front cover hinges removal

Warning—Potential Damage: Remove the waste toner bottle and imaging kit first before removing the
hinges. Failure to do this can lead to toner spillage and damage to the printer.

Parts removal
418
 5028

Note: This procedure is applicable to the left and right front cover hinges.
1 Remove the front cover. See “Front cover removal” on page 314.
2 Place the printer on its side.
3 Remove the three screws (A) securing the hinge, and then remove the hinge.

Tray rail removal

1 Remove the motor cover. See “Motor cover removal” on page 322.
2 Remove the waste toner bottle.
3 Remove the right cover. See “Right cover removal” on page 321.
4 Remove the left cover. See “Left cover removal” on page 319.

Parts removal
419
 5028

5 Pull the tab (A) on the rail.

6 Hold the tab in place, and then slide the rail toward the front of the printer to remove.

Parts removal
420
 5028

7 Disconnect the spring (B) from the rail.

Aligner idler gears removal

1 Remove the imaging kit.
2 Remove the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on page 424.
3 Remove the isolation unit. See “Isolation unit removal” on page 422.
4 Remove the E‑clip (A), and then remove the outer gear (B).

Installation note: Use the washer in the new gear.

Parts removal
421
 5028

5 Remove the E‑clip (C), and then remove the inner gear (D).

Installation note: Use the washer in the new gear.

Isolation unit removal

Note: For a video demonstration, see Isolation unit removal.
Warning—Potential Damage: Remove the waste toner bottle and imaging kit first before removing the
isolation unit. Failure to do this can lead to toner spillage and damage to the printer.
1 Remove the imaging unit.
2 Remove the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on page 424.

Parts removal
422
 5028

3 Remove the three screws (A) securing the isolation unit.

4 Remove the biasing screw (B).

Parts removal
423
 5028

Installation note: Make sure to replace this screw first before replacing the three screws to secure the
unit.
5 Disconnect the motor cable (C) and sensor cable (D).

6 Tilt the right portion of the isolation unit to the front, and then remove the unit.

7 Route the isolation unit cables out of the printer.

Media feeder removal

Note: For a video demonstration, see Media feeder removal.
Warning—Potential Damage: Remove the waste toner bottle and imaging kit first before removing the
media feeder. Failure to do this can lead to toner spillage and damage to the printer.
1 Remove the imaging unit.
2 Place printer on its back, and then disconnect the cables.
3 Remove the pick roller assembly.

Parts removal
424
 5028

4 Remove the four screws (A), and then remove the media feeder.

Paper out actuator spring removal

1 Remove the media feeder. See “Media feeder removal” on page 424.
2 Pay attention to the position of the paper out actuator spring (A).

Parts removal
425
 5028

3 Move the actuator to the right, and then release it.

4 Remove the actuator.

Parts removal
426
 5028

5 Remove the spring.

Installation note: When installing the spring, make sure to install it as shown in step 2.

Parts removal
427
 5028

550-sheet tray removals

550-sheet tray right cover removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the three screws (A).

3 Remove the right cover.

Parts removal
428
 5028

Motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through) removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the three screws (A).

3 Remove the right cover.

4 Remove the motor cover.

2 1

Parts removal
429
 5028

5 Remove the two screws (B).

B
6 Disconnect the cable (C).

C
7 Remove the motor.

Parts removal
430
 5028

550‑sheet tray paper feeder removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the four screws (A), and then release the two latches (B).

Parts removal
431
 5028

3 Disconnect the cable (C).

C
4 Remove the paper feeder.

Sensor (550-sheet tray pass-through) removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the screw (A), and then disconnect the cable (B).

A B
3 Remove the sensor.

Parts removal
432
 5028

Sensor (550-sheet tray trailing edge) removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the pick roller.
3 Remove the screw (A), and then disconnect the cable (B).

B A
4 Remove the sensor.

Sensor (550-sheet tray paper size) removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the right cover. See “550-sheet tray right cover removal” on page 428.

Parts removal
433
 5028

3 Release the latch (A), and then remove the sensor cover.

A
4 Release the two latches (B).

Parts removal
434
 5028

5 Disconnect the cable (C), and then remove the sensor.

550-sheet tray controller board assembly removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the right cover. See “550-sheet tray right cover removal” on page 428.
3 Disconnect all cables from the assembly, and then remove the two screws (A).

4 Remove the controller board assembly.

Parts removal
435
 5028

550-sheet tray interface cable removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the right cover. See “550-sheet tray right cover removal” on page 428.
3 Disconnect the two cables (A), and then remove the screws (B).

B A

4 Squeeze, and then push the latches into the tray base to release the cable.

Parts removal
436
 5028

5 Squeeze, and then push the latches into the tray base to release the cable.

550-sheet tray empty sensor actuator removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Turn over the tray base.
3 Remove the pick roller.
4 Pull out the actuator to release, and then remove the actuator.

Installation note: Make sure that the actuator is properly installed as shown.

Parts removal
437
 5028

Sensor (550-sheet tray empty) removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the paper feeder. See “550-sheet tray right cover removal” on page 428.
3 Disconnect the cable (A), and then remove the sensor.

Parts removal
438
 5028

Sensor (550-sheet tray index) removal

1 Remove the tray insert.
2 Remove the paper feeder. See “550-sheet tray right cover removal” on page 428.
3 Remove the screw (A).

4 Disconnect the two cables (B), and then cut the zip tie (C).

B C

Parts removal
439
 5028

5 Squeeze, and then push the latches into the tray base to release the cable.

6 Remove the sensor.

Parts removal
440
 5028

Component locations
Printer configurations
CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD: Installing one or more options on your printer or MFP may require a
caster base, furniture, or other feature to prevent instability causing possible injury. For more information
on supported configurations, see www.lexmark.com/multifunctionprinters.
CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD: To reduce the risk of equipment instability, load each tray separately.
Keep all other trays closed until needed.
You can configure your printer by adding three optional 550‑sheet trays.

1 Standard bin
2 650-sheet duo tray
3 Optional 550‑sheet trays
4 Control panel

Component locations
441
 5028

Controller board connectors

JSPKR1 JCVR1
JUIPWR1

JCTM1 JDSNS1 JMIRR1

JPHONE2 JPH1
JLCD1
JFPUSB1
JFSNS

JFAN2

JFAN1

JFUSED1

JETH1

JOUTDC1

JBUSB1 JBOR1

JLVPS1
JUSB1

JCARTP1

JVIPER1

JISP1 JCARTS1

JCARTK1

JTPSAA1
JWTH1 JSC1 JPKSNS1 JSP1
JWT1 JMSNS1 JPSZ1 JBOPT1 JMTR1 JHVPS1

JSHUT1 JTHM1

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JFSNS1 Fuser / LVPS 1 GND
2 S_FBR1_IN
3 S_FBR2_IN
4 S_FBLT_SNS
5 S_FHE1_IN
6 S_FHE2_IN
7 S_FHE3_IN
8 VS10_FNP
9 S_FNP_IN
10 GND
11 VS10_FXP
12 S_FX_IN
13 GD_FUSER_ID
14 GND
JFAN1 Fuser / LVPS 1 FAN1_FG_IN
2 GND
3 V25_FAN_OUT
JFAN2 Fuser / LVPS 1 GND
2 +25V_FAN
3 FAN2_FG_IN
4 GR_FAN2_PWM

Component locations
442
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JFUSED Fuser motor 1 HALLF_A_IN
2 HALLF_B_IN
3 HALLF_C_IN
4 FG_F_IN
5 GND
6 +5V_SW
7 V45_FUSER_W
8 V45_FUSER_V
9 V45_FUSER_U
JOUTDC1 Output motor 1 VS10_OUT_LED
2 S_OUT_ENC
3 GND
4 V30_OUT_MT-
5 V30_OUT_MT+
JBOR Black only retract 1 VS10_BOR_LED
2 S_BOR_ENC
3 GND
4 V30_BOR_MT-
5 V30_BOR_MT+
6 GND

Component locations
443
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JLVPS1 LVPS 1 PS_ZERO_X
2 PS_HEAT2_ON
3 PS_HEAT1_ON
4 GND
5 V15_RELAY_DRIVE
6 GND
7 PS_25V_ON
8 GND
9 PS_PM_TX
10 PS_PM_RX
11 +6.5V
12 GND
13 +6.5V
14 GND
15 +25V_RAW
16 GND
17 +25V_RAW
18 GND
19 +25V_RAW
20 GND
21 +25V_RAW
22 GND
23 +25V_RAW
24 GND
25 +25V_RAW
26 GND
JCARTP1 CM cartridge motor 1 V45_CM_CART_W
2 V45_CM_CART_V
3 V45_CM_CART_U
4 V45_Y_CART_W
5 V45_Y_CART_V
6 V45_Y_CART_U

Component locations
444
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JCARTS1 Y cartridge motor 1 CM_FG
2 CM_HALL_U
3 +5V_SW
4 CM_HALL_V
5 GND
6 CM_HALL_W
7 GND
8 Y_HALL_U
9 +5V_SW
10 Y_HALL_V
11 Y_FG
12 Y_HALL_W
JCARTK1 K cartridge motor 1 K_HALL_U
2 K_HALL_V
3 K_HALL_W
4 K_FG
5 GND
6 +5V_SW
7 V45_K_CART_W
8 V45_K_CART_V
9 V45_K_CART_U

Component locations
445
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JHVPS1 HVPS 1 +5V_HVPS_REF
2 GND
3 M_DEV_PWM_OUT
4 K_DEV_PWM_OUT
5 C_DEV_PWM_OUT
6 CMY_CHG_PWM_OUT
7 Y_DEV_PWM_OUT
8 K_CHG_PWM_OUT
9 K_TX_PWM_OUT
10 CMY_TX_PWM_OUT
11 ITM_TX_PWM_OUT
12 GND
13 CMY_SRVO_OUT
14 K_SRVO_OUT
15 ITM_SRVO_OUT
16 GD_HVPS_ID
17 V_25V_HVPS
18 GND

Component locations
446
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JMTR1 Isolation unit motor and pick motor and 1 VS10_BA_LED
sensors
2 V30_BA+
3 S_BA_ENC
4 V30_BA-
5 GND
6 GND
7 VS10_ISO_LED
8 V30_ISO-
9 S_ISO_ENC
10 V30_ISO+
11 VS10_MPF_LED
12 S_MPF_ENC
13 GND
14 V40_MPF+D
15 V40_MPF-M
16 VS10_PE_LED
17 S_PE_ENC
18 GND
19 V40_PE-M
20 V40_PE+D
21 VS10_ELEV
22 S_ELEV_IN
23 GND
24 VS10_EMP
25 S_T1_EMP
26 GND
JTHM1 Thermistor 1 S_TT_IN
2 GND

Component locations
447
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JTPSAA1 TPS and auto align sensors 1 VS10_TPS1_VDD
2 TPS1_DIFF
3 TPS1_SPEC
4 GND
5 TPS1_SPEC_G
6 TPS1_LED_G
7 I2C_DATA_TPS
8 I2C_CLK_TPS
9 VS10_TPS1_VDD
10 GND
11 AA1_ADC
12 AA1_PWM
13 VS10_TPS1_VDD
14 GND
15 AA2_ADC
16 AA2_PWM
JSHUT1 Media sensor 1 VS10_SHTR
Note: This sensor and its cable are not 2 S_SHTR
used on printers with serial number
75288250F2P4Z or greater. 3 GND

JPKSNS1 Isolation unit sensors 1 VS10_S1

2 S_S1_IN
3 GND
4 VS10_S1_ALT
5 S_S1_ALT_IN
6 GND
7 VS10_BAN
8 S_BAN_IN
9 GND
10 VS10_S2
11 S_S2_IN
12 GND

Component locations
448
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JSC1 Imaging 1 V_FUSE_5V
2 I2CDATA_AR_R
3 I2CCLK_AR_R
4 GND
JBOPT1 Option trays 1 VS45_INOPT_PWR
2 GND
3 GND
4 S1_OPTION
5 RXD_PTR_IN
6 BUMPA_ENC_OPT
7 GND
8 TXD_PTR_BTM_OUT
JPSZ1 Paper size sensor 1 PSIZE0
2 PSIZE1
3 PSIZE2
4 PSIZE3
5 GND
JMSNS1 MFP paper present sensor, bubble / 1 VS10_MPP
narrow media sensors, and duplex
2 VS10_MPM
staging sensor
3 S_MPP_IN
4 GND
5 VS10_DSS
6 S_DSS_IN
7 GND
8 VS10_BBS
9 S_BBS_IN
10 GND
11 VS10_TRAY_NMS
12 S_TRAY_NMS
13 GND
14 GND
JWTH1 Weather station ‑‑ ‑‑

Component locations
449
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JWT1 Waste toner 1 SENSE
2 WT_VREF
3 VAC
4 GND
JISP1 ISP connector 1 GND
2 USBOUT+
3 USBOUT-
4 GND
5 USB_HD1_D+
6 USB_HD1_D-
7 GND
8 +3.3V
9 ISP_RST_R
10 +5V_RIP
11 I2C_DAT_ISP_L
12 +5V_RIP
13 I2C_CLK_ISP_L
14 +5V_RIP
J61 Hard drive
JCTM1 TMC 1 +5V_SW
2 -CART_METER_C_IN
3 -CART_METER_M_IN
4 -CART_METER_Y_IN
5 -CART_METER_K_IN
6 GND
JSNS1 Bin full / duplex entry sensor
JMIRR1 Mirror motor 1 MM_REF_CLKC
2 MM_LOCK_IN
3 MM_START_OUT
4 GND
5 V25_MM_25V
JPFUSB1 USB port

Component locations
450
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JLCD1 LCD display 1 LED_DRV_YLW2
2 +5VL
3 GSPI_TXD
4 MIR_SPI_CS
5 PWR_BUTTON_R2
6 NC_SPICS_EXPN1
7 NC_SPICS_EXPN2
8 GSPI_RXD
9 V15_UI
10 GSPI_CLK_UIC
11 GND
12 I2CDATA_PANEL
13 I2CCLK_PANEL
14 V15_UI
15 UIPIN24
16 OP_IRQ_R2-
17 GND
18 LVDS_UI_D3R+
19 LVDS_UI_D3R-
20 V15_UI
21 LVDS_UI_CLK_L+
22 LVDS_UI_CLK_L-
23 GND
24 LVDS_UI_D2R+
25 LVDS_UI_D2R-
26 V15_UI
27 LVDS_UI_D1R+
28 LVDS_UI_D1R-
29 GND
30 LVDS_UI_D0R+
31 LVDS_UI_D0R-
32 V15_UI
MTG1 GND
MTG2 GND

Component locations
451
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JUIPWR1 NFC 1 V15_UI
2 V15_UI
3 GND
4 GND
JSPKR1 Speaker 1 SPEAKER1
2 SPEAKER2
JPHONE2 Headphone jack 1 HEADPHONE_DET
2 HPL_C
3 HPR_C
4 GND
JCVR1 Interlock switches 1 +25V_RAW
2 +25V_HVPS

Component locations
452
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JPH1 Printhead 1 LADJ_D4_OUT
2 I2CDATA_PH
3 GND
4 I2CCLK_PH
5 GND
6 SHADE_Y_R2
7 LADJ_D2_OUT
8 SHADE_C_R2
9 LENA_CMY-_OUT
10 LPOW_Y_OUT
11 GND
12 LPOW_C_OUT
13 BOOST_OUT
14 SHADE_M_R2
15 LADJ_D1_OUT
16 SHADE_K_R2
17 GND
18 LPOW_M_OUT
19 GND
20 LPOW_K_OUT
21 LENA_K-_OUT
22 PH_THERM_ADC
23 GND
24 HSYNC_IN
25 GND
26 YDATA2-
27 YDATA2+
28 GND
29 YDATA1-
30 YDATA1+

Component locations
453
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

JPH1 Printhead 31 GND
32 MDATA2-
33 MDATA2+
34 GND
35 MDATA1-
36 MDATA1+
37 GND
38 CDATA2-
39 CDATA2+
40 GND
41 CDATA1-
42 CDATA1+
43 GND
44 KDATA2-
45 KDATA2+
46 GND
47 KDATA1-
48 KDATA1+
49 GND
50 LADJ_D3_OUT
MTG1 GND
MTG2 GND

LVPS controller board connectors

CN 1
CN 201
AC 1

Component locations
454
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

CN201 Controller board 1 +25V
2 GND
3 +25V
4 GND
5 +25V
6 GND
7 +25V
8 GND
9 +25V
10 GND
11 +25V
12 GND
13 +25V
14 GND
15 +25V
16 GND
17 GND
18 GND
19 Zero_Cross
20 Heat_On2
21 Heat_On1
22 Main_On_Off
23 Tx_PwrMtr
24 Relay_Drive
25 Ground
26 +6.5V
27 +6.5V
28 +6.5V
29 Rx_PwrMtr
30 Heat_On3
CN1 Fuser 1 AC Common
2 AC Out 3
3 AC Out 2
4 AC Out 1

Component locations
455
 5028

Connector Connects to Pin no. Signal

AC1 AC line in 1 Phase
2 Neutral

Motor locations

10
9

8
1

5 2
3
4

Part Description
1 Motor (fuser)
2 Motor (duplex/MPF)
3 Motor (isolation)
4 Motor (pick/elevator)
5 Motor (deskew)
6 Motor (BOR)
7 Motor (K developer)
Motor (transfer module)

Component locations
456
 5028

Part Description
8 Motor (CM developer)
9 Motor (Y developer)
10 Motor (output)

Sensor locations

13

12

11
1

9 2

10
5

3A
8
4 3B

Component locations
457
 5028

Part Description
1 Sensor (TPS)
2 Sensor (weather station)
3A Sensor (media out)
3B Sensor (pick roller index)
4 Sensor (MPF paper present)
5 Sensor (input)
6 Sensor (tray 1 pick)
7 Sensor (MPF pass‑through)
8 Sensor (duplex path 2)
9 Sensor (narrow media)
10 Sensor (fuser buckle)
11 sensor (fuser exit)
12 sensor (duplex path 1)
13 sensor (bin full)

Component locations
458
 5028

Maintenance
Inspection guide
The purpose of this Inspection guide is to aid you in identifying the intervals, based on page count, at which
parts must be Inspected (for visible physical damage), cleaned, or replaced.
If any unsafe conditions exist, find out how serious the hazard could be and if you can continue before you
correct the hazard.
As you service the machine, check for the following:
• Damaged, missing, or altered parts, especially in the area of the On/Off switch and the power supply
• Damaged, missing, or altered covers, especially in the area of the top cover and the power supply cover
• Possible safety exposure from any non-Lexmark attachments
Use the following tables to determine when specified parts should be Inspected:
Lexmark CS720, CS725, and Every service Every 150K Notes
C4150 call
Media tray - All
Media tray side guides Inspect Check for correct positioning
Media tray length guides Inspect Check for correct positioning
Transfer module (ITM) Inspect Replace Ensure correct installation
Fuser Inspect Replace Ensure correct installation
Media feeders - All
Media tray pick tires Inspect and clean if needed Clean with a damp cloth
MPF pick tires Inspect and clean if needed Clean with a damp cloth
Paper path
Duplex path rollers Inspect • Check for media fragments and tears
• Check for excessive toner build‑up on white
rollers
• Clean with damp cloth if needed
Miscellaneous
Toner spillage Clean Use a toner vacuum and cloth to remove all toner
spillage from the printer

Scheduled maintenance

Maintenance kits
The printer may stop printing when the fuser rated life is reached. After 150K printed pages (sides) a
maintenance kit may be required. The correct fuser maintenance kit must be installed for the type of fuser that
is installed in the printer. See “Identifying the type of fuser used in the printer” on page 462.

Maintenance
459
 5028

The following table shows the error codes that indicate that the fuser is nearing its end of life, and that a
maintenance kit is required:

Error code Description

80.0x The maintenance kit is nearly low.
80.1x The maintenance kit is low.
80.2x The maintenance kit is very low. Only 2000 estimated pages remain.
80.3x The maintenance kit is low. 0 estimated pages remain.
80.4x The maintenance kit is very low. 0 estimated pages remain.

The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the following part numbers:
Part number and kit Contents Maintenance Action
interval
41X0552—Fuser maintenance kit, type • 41X0251—Fuser (100V) 150K Reset the fuser
02, 100V • 41X0956—Pick roller maintenance
counter after
• 41X0374—Separator pad replacing the
fuser
maintenance
kit. See
“Resetting the
maintenance
counter” on
page 462.
41X0554—Fuser maintenance kit, type • 41X0252—Fuser (110V) 150K Reset the fuser
00, 110–120V • 41X0956—Pick roller maintenance
counter after
• 41X0374—Separator pad replacing the
fuser
maintenance
kit. See
“Resetting the
maintenance
counter” on
page 462.
41X0556—Fuser maintenance kit, type • 41X0253—Fuser (220V) 150K Reset the fuser
01, 220–240V • 41X0956—Pick roller maintenance
counter after
• 41X0374—Separator pad replacing the
fuser
maintenance
kit. See
“Resetting the
maintenance
counter” on
page 462.

Maintenance
460
 5028

Part number and kit Contents Maintenance Action

interval
40X9929—Transfer module ‑‑ 150K Reset the ITM
maintenance
counter after
replacing the
transfer
module. See
“Resetting the
maintenance
counter” on
page 462.

When performing the scheduled maintenance procedure, the following areas should be cleaned of media dust
and toner contamination:
• Trays
• PC cartridge area
• Developer housings area
• Transfer roll area
• Duplex area
• Standard bin
• Bridge unit area (if equipped)
• Finisher media bins (if equipped)

Maintenance
461
 5028

Identifying the type of fuser used in the printer

1 Open the front cover.
2 Locate the identification number on the fuser.

Resetting the maintenance counter

Fuser reset
1 From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration menu > Supply usage and
counters.
2 Select Fuser Reset.

ITM reset
1 From the home screen, touch Settings > Device > Maintenance > Configuration menu > Supply usage and
counters.
2 Select ITM Reset.

Maintenance
462
 5028

Cleaning the printer

Cleaning the printer

CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the
printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before
proceeding.

Notes:
• Perform this task after every few months.
• Damage to the printer caused by improper handling is not covered by the printer warranty.
1 Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
2 Remove paper from the standard bin and multipurpose feeder.
3 Remove any dust, lint, and pieces of paper around the printer using a soft brush or vacuum.
4 Wipe the outside of the printer with a damp, soft, lint‑free cloth.
Notes:
• Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the finish of the printer.
• Make sure that all areas of the printer are dry after cleaning.
5 Connect the power cord, and then turn on the printer.

Cleaning the printhead lenses

1 Remove the waste toner bottle.
2 Remove the imaging kit.
3 Using a lint-free cloth, wipe the printhead lenses (A).

Maintenance
463
 5028

Cleaning the main tray duplex turnaround

1 Remove the two screws (A).

A
2 Open the turnaround cover.

3 Remove the debris in the duplex turnaround area.

4 Close the cover, and then replace the screws.

Maintenance
464
 5028

465
 5028

Parts catalog
Legend
The following column headings are used in the parts catalog:

• Asm‑index—Identifies the item in the illustration

• P/N—Identifies the part number of a FRU
• Units/mach—Refers to the number of units in a printer
• Units/opt—Refers to the number of units in an option
• Units/FRU—Refers to the number of units in a FRU
• Description—A brief description of the part
The following abbreviations are used in the parts catalog:
• NS (not shown) in the Asm‑index column indicates that the part is procurable but is not shown in the
illustration.
• PP (parts packet) in the Description column indicates that the part is contained in a parts packet.

Parts catalog
466
 5028

Assembly 1: Covers 1

2 3

16

15

4 5

13 14
12

6
17
11
17 8
17 17
10
9 7

Parts catalog
467
 5028

Assembly 1: Covers 1
Asm-index P/N Units/opt Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0773 1 1 Output bin exit cover “Output bin exit cover removal” on
page 417
2 41X0772 1 1 Output bin flag “Output bin flag removal” on
page 418
3 41X0410 1 1 Bin extender --
4 41X0424 1 1 Rear handle cover --
5 41X0408 1 1 Rear tray cover --
6 41X0419 1 1 Right cover “Right cover removal” on page 321
7 41X0403 1 1 Imaging unit cover “Imaging unit cover removal” on
page 373
8 41X0686 1 1 TPS wiper mechanism “TPS wiper mechanism removal” on
page 379
9 41X0421 1 1 Motor cover “Motor cover removal” on page 322
10 41X0401 1 1 Tray indicator cover --
11 41X0567 2 1 Front cover hinges “Front cover hinges removal” on
page 418
12 41X0560 1 1 Front door bracket --
13 41X0411 1 1 Front cover “Front cover removal” on page 314
14 41X0380 2 1 Front door strap --
15 41X0570 1 1 Sensor (bin full) --
16 41X0409 1 1 Top cover “Top cover removal” on page 316
17 41X2032 4 1 Rubber feet ‑‑
NS 41X0448 1 1 Sensor (interlock --
assembly)

Parts catalog
468
 5028

Assembly 2: Covers 2

2
3

Parts catalog
469
 5028

Assembly 2: Covers 2
Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0414 1 1 Toner door “Toner door removal” on page 325
2 41X0558 1 2 Toner door mount “Toner door mount bracket removal” on
bracket page 327
3 41X0415 1 1 Toner door mount “Toner door mount removal” on
page 328
4 41X0412 1 1 Left cover “Left cover removal” on page 319

Parts catalog
470
 5028

Assembly 3: Control panel

1

8
9

10

Parts catalog
471
 5028

Assembly 3: Control panel

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0416 1 1 Control panel front “Control panel front cover removal”
cover on page 329
2 41X0871 1 1 Bezel (CS720) “Bezel removal” on page 332
2 41X2062 1 1 Bezel (CS727) “Bezel removal” on page 332
2 41X0872 1 1 Bezel (CS725) “Bezel removal” on page 332
2 41X2063 1 1 Bezel (CS728) “Bezel removal” on page 332
2 41X0873 1 1 Bezel (C4150) “Bezel removal” on page 332
3 41X0422 1 1 Number pad cover “Number pad cover removal” on
page 333
4 41X0050 1 1 4.3‑in. control panel “Control panel front cover removal”
on page 329
5 41X0191 1 1 Button kit, 4.3‑inch ‑‑
control panel
6 41X0399 1 1 Speaker “Speaker removal” on page 335
7 41X0423 1 1 Control panel base “Control panel base cover removal” on
cover page 336
8 41X0561 1 1 Left control panel arm “Control panel arms removal” on
page 333
9 41X0441 1 1 Control panel USB cable --
10 41X0562 1 1 Right control panel arm “Control panel arms removal” on
page 333

Parts catalog
472
 5028

Assembly 4: Fuser

Parts catalog
473
 5028

Assembly 4: Fuser
Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0251 1 1 CS72x fuser type 02, 100V “Fuser removal” on page 382
1 41X0252 1 1 CS72x fuser type 00, 110-120V “Fuser removal” on page 382
1 41X0253 1 1 CS72x fuser type 01, 220-240V “Fuser removal” on page 382
2 41X1083 1 1 Sensor (fuser nip) ‑‑

Parts catalog
474
 5028

Assembly 5: Transfer module

Parts catalog
475
 5028

Assembly 5: Transfer module

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 40X9929 1 1 Transfer module “Transfer module removal” on
page 383
2 41X0683 1 1 Transfer module guide “Transfer module guide rail removal”
rail on page 385

Parts catalog
476
 5028

Assembly 6: Paper feed

2
4
3
5

6
8
7

Parts catalog
477
 5028

Assembly 6: Paper feed

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 40X7911 1 1 Sensor (paper size) “Sensor (paper size) removal” on
page 361
2 41X0372 1 2 Tray rails “Tray rail removal” on page 419
3 41X0825 2 1 Support strap --
4 41X0373 1 1 Paper size sensor actuators --
5 41X0268 1 1 550-sheet tray --
6 41X0396 1 1 Media feeder “Media feeder removal” on
page 424
7 41X0956 2 1 Pick roller (tray 1 and MPF) --
8 41X2034 2 1 Paper out actuator spring “Paper out actuator spring
removal” on page 425
9 41X0374 1 1 Separation pad --

Parts catalog
478
 5028

Assembly 7: Paper path 1

1
9
8

2 3

6 7

Parts catalog
479
 5028

Assembly 7: Paper path 1

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0390 1 1 Output roll “Output roll removal” on page 414
2 41X0395 1 1 Fuser drive gear ‑‑
3 41X1038 1 1 Motor (fuser) “Motor (fuser) removal” on page 367
4 41X0757 1 1 Waste toner bottle idler “Waste toner bottle idler gear removal”
gear on page 373
5 41X0381 1 1 Motor (duplex/MPF) “Motor (duplex/MPF) removal” on
page 364
6 41X0385 1 1 Sensor (input) “Sensor (input) removal” on page 390
7 41X0386 1 1 Deskew rollers “Deskew rollers removal” on page
391
8 41X0392 1 1 Motor (output) “Motor (output) removal” on page
346
9 41X0391 1 1 Output gear --

Parts catalog
480
 5028

Assembly 8: Paper path 2

10

8
4 3
7

Parts catalog
481
 5028

Assembly 8: Paper path 2

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0265 1 1 Printhead “Printhead removal” on page 409
2 41X0389 1 1 Diverter “Diverter removal” on page 398
3 41X0570 2 1 Sensor (duplex path 1 / --
MPF pass‑through)
4 41X0388 1 1 Redrive guide “Redrive guide removal” on page
402
5 41X0384 1 1 Isolation unit “Isolation unit removal” on page
422
6 41X0758 1 1 Aligner drivetrain kit --
7 41X0387 1 1 Motor (deskew) “Motor (deskew) removal” on
page 348
8 41X0393 1 1 Motor (black only retract) “Motor (black only retract) removal”
on page 358
9 41X0564 1 1 Motor (EP drive) “Motor (EP drive) removal” on
page 345
10 41X0264 1 1 EP gear box “EP gear box removal” on page 351
NS 41X0897 4 1 Developer hold down “Developer hold down removal” on
arm page 413

Parts catalog
482
 5028

Assembly 9: Duplex

3
2
8

3 1
5

Parts catalog
483
 5028

Assembly 9: Duplex
Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0447 2 1 Sensor (fuser buckle / “Sensors (fuser buckle and narrow
narrow media) media) removal” on page 343
2 41X0824 1 1 Static brush --
3 41X0379 2 1 Guide spring --
4 41X0378 1 1 Tensioner belt “Tensioner belt removal” on page
341
5 41X0446 1 1 Sensor (duplex staging) --
6 41X0377 1 1 Pivot shaft “Pivot shaft removal” on page 340
7 41X0400 1 1 Cable cover --
8 41X0407 1 1 Duplex outer guide “Duplex outer guide removal” on
page 338
9 41X0376 1 1 Duplex inner guide “Duplex inner guide removal” on
page 340

Parts catalog
484
 5028

Assembly 10: Electrical

12 14
13 15
1

11

10 2

9 8 4
6 5

16

Parts catalog
485
 5028

Assembly 10: Electrical

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0267 1 1 Controller board “Controller board removal” on
page 405
2 41X0394 1 1 TMC card “TMC card removal” on
page 364
3 41X0785 1 1 Sensor (weather station) “Sensor (weather station)
removal ” on page 360
4 41X0270 1 1 High voltage power supply “HVPS removal” on page 368
5 41X0382 1 1 Toner cartridge contact “Toner cartridge contacts
removal” on page 377
6 41X0486 1 1 Sensor (waste toner contact) “Sensor (waste toner contact)
removal ” on page 363
7 41X0566 1 1 Sensor (MPF paper present) “Sensor (MPF paper present)
removal” on page 371
8 41X0385 1 1 Sensor (input) “Sensor (input) removal” on
page 390
9 41X0578 1 3 TPS wipers “TPS wiper removal” on
page 381
10 41X0383 1 1 Sensor (TPS) “Sensor (TPS) removal” on
page 374
11 41X0441 1 1 Control panel USB cable --
12 41X0425 1 1 Low voltage power supply “LVPS removal” on page 354
13 41X0398 1 1 Fuser fan “Fuser fan removal” on
page 348
14 41X0397 1 1 Main fan “Main fan removal” on page
350
15 41X1906 1 1 Controller board shield “Controller board shield
removal” on page 404
16 41X3710 1 1 Front door and paper size ‑‑
sensor cables
NS 41X0719 1 1 Control panel cable kit --
NS 41X0575 1 1 TPS cable --

Parts catalog
486
 5028

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure

NS 41X0413 1 1 Cable replacement pack: --
• Output roll motor cable
• Paper path motors cable
• CMY cartridge motors
cable
• Fuser motor cable
• K cartridge ITM motor cable
• Lower path sensors cable
• Upper path sensors cable
• Fuser DC cable
• Input option cables
• HVPS cable
• LVPS DC cable
• Fuser AC cable
• AC line in cable
• BOR motor cable
NS 41X0418 1 1 Control panel FFC cable --
NS 41X0420 1 1 Speaker cable --

Parts catalog
487
 5028

Parts catalog
488
 5028

Assembly 11: 550‑sheet tray option 1

Parts catalog
489
 5028

Assembly 11: 550‑sheet tray option 1

Asm-index P/N Units/opt Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0271 1 1 550-sheet tray --
2 41X0361 1 1 550-sheet tray insert --
NS 40X8033 1 1 Lockable tray key ‑‑

Parts catalog
490
 5028

Assembly 12: 550‑sheet tray option 2

Parts catalog
491
 5028

Assembly 12: 550‑sheet tray option 2

Asm-index P/N Units/opt Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0471 1 1 550-sheet tray interface “550-sheet tray interface cable
cable removal” on page 436
2 41X0714 1 1 550-sheet tray controller “550-sheet tray controller board
board assembly removal” on page 435
3 41X0466 1 1 Motor (550-sheet tray “Motor (550-sheet tray
pass‑through) pass‑through) removal” on
page 429
4 40X7911 1 1 Sensor (550-sheet tray “Sensor (550-sheet tray paper size)
paper size) removal” on page 433
5 41X0468 1 1 Sensor (550-sheet tray “Sensor (550-sheet tray trailing
trailing edge) edge) removal” on page 433
6 41X0396 1 1 550-sheet tray paper feeder “550‑sheet tray paper feeder
removal” on page 431
7 41X0956 1 1 550-sheet tray pick roller --
8 41X0373 1 1 550-sheet tray paper size --
sensor actuator
9 41X0374 1 1 550-sheet tray separator pad --
10 41X0334 1 1 Sensor (550-sheet tray pass- “Sensor (550-sheet tray pass-
through) through) removal” on page 432

Parts catalog
492
 5028

Assembly 13: Adjustable stand

1

Parts catalog
493
 5028

Assembly 13: Adjustable stand

Asm-index P/N Units/opt Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
1 41X0764 1 1 Locking caster --
2 41X0775 2 1 Nonlocking caster --
3 41X0774 2 1 Locking caster --

Parts catalog
494
 5028

Assembly 14: Miscellaneous parts

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
NS 41X2543 1 1 MarkNet N8370 Wireless Print Server ‑‑
NS 40X9652 1 1 Adapter–Fiber gigabit ISP ‑‑
NS 41X0028 1 1 DDR3 RAM, (G2) 2GB, 512Mx32, 204 ‑‑
SODIMM, Unbuffered Non‑ECC
NS 41X1011 1 1 Font card, Hebrew ‑‑
NS 41X1012 1 1 Font card, Arabic ‑‑
NS 41X1013 1 1 Font card, Simplified Chinese ‑‑
NS 41X1014 1 1 Font card, Traditional Chinese ‑‑
Note: This part is obsolete.
NS 41X1015 1 1 Font card, Korean ‑‑
NS 41X1016 1 1 Font card, Japanese ‑‑
NS 41X1002 1 1 Forms bar code card ‑‑
NS 41X1006 1 1 Prescribe card --
NS 41X1004 1 1 IPDS SCS TNE card ‑‑
NS 41X1010 1 1 Flash card ‑‑
NS 40X8671 1 1 Cover kit, removable hard disk drive ‑‑
NS 40X9934 1 1 Hard disk drive, 320+ GB ‑‑
NS 41X0906 1 1 Screws pack ‑‑

Parts catalog
495
 5028

Parts catalog
496
 5028

Assembly 15: Maintenance kits

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
NS 41X0552 1 1 Fuser maintenance kit, type 02, 100 V ‑‑
• Fuser (100 V)
• Pick roller
• Separator pad
NS 41X0554 1 1 Fuser maintenance kit, type 00, 110–120 V ‑‑
• Fuser (110 V)
• Pick roller
• Separator pad
NS 41X0556 1 1 Fuser maintenance kit, type 01, 220–240 V ‑‑
• Fuser (220 V)
• Pick roller
• Separator pad
NS 40X9929 1 1 Transfer module ‑‑

Parts catalog
497
 5028

Parts catalog
498
 5028

Assembly 16: Power cords

Asm-index P/N Units/mach Units/FRU Description Removal procedure
NS 40X7104 1 1 US, Canada, Latin America LV ‑‑
NS 40X0288 1 1 Argentina ‑‑
NS 40X0259 1 1 Brazil LV ‑‑
NS 40X0273 1 1 Chile, Uruguay ‑‑
NS 40X0297 1 1 Bolivia, Peru, Paraguay ‑‑
NS 40X0301 1 1 Australia, New Zealand ‑‑
NS 40X3609 1 1 Japan ‑‑
NS 40X1792 1 1 Korea ‑‑
NS 40X0303 1 1 PRC ‑‑
NS 40X1791 1 1 Taiwan ‑‑
NS 40X0271 1 1 Hong Kong --
NS 40X0279 1 1 Philippines, Thailand ‑‑
NS 40X1767 1 1 Indonesia, Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos ‑‑
NS 40X1773 1 1 Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan ‑‑
NS 40X0271 1 1 Singapore, Malaysia, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, ‑‑
Myanmar, Brunei, India
NS 40X1767 1 1 Algeria, Austria, Benelux (Belgium, ‑‑
Luxembourg, Netherlands), Bosnia,
Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Egypt,
Estonia, France, Germany, Greece,
Hungary, Iceland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania,
Morocco, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
Russia (CIS), Serbia, Slovakia, Spain, Turkey
NS 40X1774 1 1 Nordics ‑‑
NS 40X0275 1 1 Israel ‑‑
NS 40X1773 1 1 South Africa ‑‑
NS 40X1772 1 1 Switzerland ‑‑
NS 40X0271 1 1 UK, Saudi Arabia ‑‑

Parts catalog
499
 5028

500
 5028

Printer specifications
Power consumption

Product power consumption

The following table documents the power consumption characteristics of the product.
Note: Some modes may not apply to your product.

Mode Description Power consumption (Watts)

Printing The product is generating hard‑copy output from electronic 560 (CS720); 680 (CS725); 700
inputs. (CX725)
Copy The product is generating hard‑copy output from hard‑copy N/A
original documents.
Scan The product is scanning hard‑copy documents. N/A
Ready The product is waiting for a print job. Ready 1: 80 (CS720, CS725); 100
(CX725)
Sleep Mode The product is in a high‑level energy‑saving mode. 4 (CS720de, CS720dte, CS725de,
CS725dte)
Hibernate The product is in a low‑level energy‑saving mode. 1 (CS720de, CS720dte, CS725de,
CS725dte)
Off The product is plugged into an electrical outlet, but the power 0.2 (CS720de, CS720dte, CS725de,
switch is turned off. CS725dte)

The power consumption levels listed in the previous table represent time-averaged measurements.
Instantaneous power draws may be substantially higher than the average.
Values are subject to change. See www.lexmark.com for current values.

Sleep Mode
This product is designed with an energy-saving mode called Sleep Mode. The Sleep Mode saves energy by
lowering power consumption during extended periods of inactivity. The Sleep Mode is automatically engaged
after this product is not used for a specified period of time, called the Sleep Mode Timeout.

Factory default Sleep Mode Timeout for this product (in minutes): 1

By using the configuration menus, the Sleep Mode Timeout can be modified between 1 minute and 120 minutes.
Setting the Sleep Mode Timeout to a low value reduces energy consumption, but may increase the response
time of the product. Setting the Sleep Mode Timeout to a high value maintains a fast response, but uses more
energy.

Printer specifications
501
 5028

Hibernate Mode
This product is designed with an ultra‑low power operating mode called Hibernate mode. When operating in
Hibernate Mode, all other systems and devices are powered down safely.
The Hibernate mode can be entered in any of the following methods:
• Using the Hibernate Timeout
• Using the Schedule Power modes
• Using the Sleep/Hibernate button

Factory default Hibernate Timeout for this product in all countries or regions 3 days

The amount of time the printer waits after a job is printed before it enters Hibernate mode can be modified
between one hour and one month.

Off mode
If this product has an off mode which still consumes a small amount of power, then to completely stop product
power consumption, disconnect the power supply cord from the electrical outlet.

Total energy usage

It is sometimes helpful to calculate the total product energy usage. Since power consumption claims are
provided in power units of Watts, the power consumption should be multiplied by the time the product spends
in each mode in order to calculate energy usage. The total product energy usage is the sum of each mode's
energy usage.

Selecting a location for the printer

When selecting a location for the printer, leave enough room to open trays, covers, and doors and to install
hardware options.
• Set up the printer near an electrical outlet.
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not place or use this product
near water or wet locations.
• Make sure that airflow in the room meets the latest revision of the ASHRAE 62 standard or the CEN Technical
Committee 156 standard.
• Provide a flat, sturdy, and stable surface.
• Keep the printer:
– Clean, dry, and free of dust.
– Away from stray staples and paper clips.
– Away from the direct airflow of air conditioners, heaters, or ventilators.
– Free from direct sunlight and humidity extremes.
• Observe the recommended temperatures and avoid fluctuations:

Printer specifications
502
 5028

Ambient temperature 10 to 32.2°C (50 to 90°F)

Storage temperature -40 to 43°C (-40 to 110°F)
• Allow the following recommended amount of space around the printer for proper ventilation:

1 Top 178 mm (7 in.)

2 Right side 127 mm (5 in.)
3 Front 508 mm (20 in.)
4 Left side 127 mm (5 in.)
5 Rear 76 mm (3 in.)

Noise emission levels

The following measurements were made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in conformance with ISO
9296.
Note: Some modes may not apply to your product.

1-meter average sound pressure, dBA

Printing 54 (one-sided); 55 (two-sided)
Scanning N/A
Copying N/A
Ready 16

Values are subject to change. See www.lexmark.com for current values.

Temperature information
Ambient operating temperature 10 to 32.2°C (50 to 90°F)
Shipping temperature -40 to 43.3°C (-40 to 110°F)

Printer specifications
503
 5028

Storage temperature and relative humidity 1 to 35°C (34 to 95°F)

8 to 80% RH

Applicability of Regulation (EU) 2019/2015 and (EU)

2019/2020
Per Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/2015 and (EU) 2019/2020, the light source contained within this product
or its component is intended to be used for Image Capture or Image Projection only, and is not intended for
use in other applications.

Printer specifications
504
 5028

Options and features

Available internal options
• Memory card
– DDR3 DIMM
– Flash memory
• Fonts
– Application cards
• Forms and Bar Code
• PRESCRIBE
• IPDS
• Lexmark Internal Solutions Port (ISP)
– MarkNetTM N8360 (802.11 b/g/n/a wireless print server bundled with LEX‑M06‑001 Mobile Solutions
Module)
– IEEE 1284‑B Parallel Card
– RS‑232C Serial Card

Installing optional trays

CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD: Installing one or more options on your printer may require a caster base,
furniture, or other feature to prevent instability causing possible injury. For more information on
supported configurations, see www.lexmark.com/multifunctionprinters.
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, if you are accessing the controller
board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer, then turn
the printer off, and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing. If you have any
other devices attached to the printer, then turn them off as well, and unplug any cables going into the
printer.
1 Turn off the printer.
2 Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet, and then from the printer.
3 Unpack the optional tray, and then remove all packing material.
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: The printer weight is greater than 18 kg (40 lb) and requires two or
more trained personnel to lift it safely. Always use the hand holds on the sides and rear of the printer.
Make sure that your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down.
Note: If optional trays are already installed, then unlock them from the printer before lifting the printer. Do
not try to lift the printer and trays at the same time.

Options and features

505
 5028

4 Align the printer with the optional tray, and then lower the printer until it clicks into place.

5 Connect the power cord to the printer, and then to the electrical outlet.
CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
6 Turn on the printer.
If necessary, manually add the tray in the print driver to make it available for print jobs. For more information,
see “Adding available options in the print driver” on page 506.
Install the printer and hardware options in the following order:
• Optional 550‑sheet tray
• Printer

Adding available options in the print driver

For Windows users
1 Open the printers folder.
2 Select the printer you want to update, and then do either of the following:
• For Windows 7 or later, select Printer properties.
• For earlier versions, select Properties.
3 Navigate to the Configuration tab, and then select Update Now ‑ Ask Printer.
4 Apply the changes.

For Macintosh users

1 From System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to your printer, and then select Options & Supplies.
2 Navigate to the list of hardware options, and then add any installed options.

Options and features

506
 5028

3 Apply the changes.

Options and features

507
 5028

508
 5028

Theory of operation
Paper path and transport components

Tray section
Paper size and detection
The paper size is only detected based on the setting of the length guide. The width guides do not provide
paper size information to the printer. The length guide can be adjusted to accommodate different paper sizes
by moving it to the front or rear of the tray. The length guide should come into contact with the paper and hold
it in position. The width guide is designed so that it can adjust to the paper width by moving the guide to the
left or right. Both paper guides can be locked to position.
The sensor (550-sheet tray empty) detects paper and the sensor (550-sheet tray paper size) detects the size
of paper supplied from each tray assembly. A system of four switches is used to decode the paper size, which
is then sent to the controller board.

Paper lift
The sensor (pick roller position) determines if the lift plate in the paper tray is at the optimum position for paper
to be properly picked. As paper is fed out, clearance occurs between the paper and the pick rollers. When the
sensor determines the specified amount of clearance, the lift plate is raised to position the paper in the optimum
position to be picked properly.

Paper pick
The pick roller assembly is a mechanical unit supplying paper from the tray to the paper path. Three motors
move the paper from the tray to the transfer module at the second transfer station. The motor (isolation) feeds
the paper from the pick system to the alignment rollers. The leading edge of the paper is aligned to the alignment
rollers and then fed into the transfer nip.
The system is timed so that the image is formed and the page is picked to allow the image to be correctly
placed on the paper. The sensor (550-sheet tray empty) detects if there is paper present in the tray. If paper is
present, the media feeder drives the pick roller which moves the paper from the tray to the isolation unit.

MPF section
The MPF has a sensor (MPF empty) which detects if paper is present. The motor (duplex/MPF) drives the MPF
pick assembly. The pick assembly feeds the paper from the MPF tray into the printer through the sensor
(MPF/pass‑through) and isolator nip at tray 1. The paper is then transported to the aligner roller.
Note: A clutch in the MPF keeps the motor (duplex/MPF) from picking paper when the duplex path is active.

Theory of operation
509
 5028

# Description
1 Sensor (MPF/pass‑through)
2 MPF/pass‑through roller
3 isolation roller
4 Sensor (MPF empty)
5 MPF pick assembly

Isolation unit section

The paper enters the isolation unit through one of two paths, each path having its own isolation roller. If the
paper is fed from tray 1, the tray 1 isolation nip moves the paper through the isolation housing and into the
aligner roller. If the paper is fed from MPF, option tray, or duplex, the alternate isolation roller moves the paper
through the isolation housing and into the aligner roller.
The following occurs if the paper does not reach the sensor (tray 1 pick):
• If the paper is fed from the tray and does not reach the sensor, a 241.16 error is generated.

Theory of operation
510
 5028

The following occurs if the paper does not reach the sensor (MPF/pass‑through):
• If the paper is fed from the MPF and does not reach the sensor, a 240.06 error is generated.
• If the paper is fed from an option tray and does not reach the sensor, a 240.x3 error is generated.
• If the paper is fed from the duplex and does not reach the sensor, a 232.x3 error is generated.

4 1

3 2

# Description
1 Sensor (tray 1 pick)
2 Tray 1 isolation roller
3 Alternate isolation roller
4 Sensor (MPF/pass‑through)

Theory of operation
511
 5028

Aligner section
After the paper reaches the sensor (input), or the sensor (MPF/pass‑through), a count is started. The paper is
pushed up against the aligner rollers to align the leading edge of the paper and form a bubble. After a
predetermined count from the sensor (input) is reached, the motor (aligner) turns and moves the paper through
the aligner rollers and the sensor (input). The sensor (input) detects the leading edge of the paper and
determines the timing from the aligner rollers to the second transfer area, ensuring the proper placement of
the image on the paper. Depending on the position of the paper in the paper path, it is fed faster or slower to
ensure that the paper and image are properly aligned. The image is then transferred from the belt to the right
position on the paper in the second transfer area.

4
1

# Description
1 Transfer belt
2 Sensor (input)
3 Aligner roller
4 Transfer roller

Theory of operation
512
 5028

Fuser section
After the second transfer, the paper is fed to the fuser. The paper passes through the sensor (fuser buckle)
located before the fuser. The sensor detects the buckle in the paper when it hits the fuser rollers. If the buckle
is too great, the motor (fuser) speeds up to avoid causing a paper jam. If the buckle is too small, the motor slows
to avoid smearing the image. The sensor (fuser nip) detects if the rollers are holding the paper. At the same
location, the sensor (narrow media) is also present. The sensor (narrow media) detects whether narrow paper
is being passed through. Depending on the width of the paper detected, a process speed change, fuser
temperature change, and print speed change occurs to avoid damaging the fuser. The paper then passes
through the fuser where heat and pressure are applied to melt the toner particles and bond them permanently
to the paper. As the paper leaves the fuser, the paper passes through the sensor (fuser exit). The sensor (fuser
exit) detects fuser wraps and helps prevent wraps to go completely around the belt. The paper then moves
through the decurl rollers and passes through the sensor (paper exit). If the print job is one-sided, the paper is
passed through the exit rollers and into the output bin. If the print job is duplex, the paper is retracted into the
duplex path after the trailing edge passes through the sensor (paper exit) actuator.

# Description
1 Sensor (bin full)
2 Exit roller
3 Decurl roller
4 Fuser
5 Sensor (fuser nip)
6 Sensor (fuser buckle) / Sensor (narrow media)

Theory of operation
513
 5028

# Description
7 Sensor (fuser exit)
8 Sensor (paper exit) / Sensor (duplex entry)

Duplex section
After the first side of the paper is printed and the trailing edge of the paper clears the diverter, the diverter
drops and the motor (output) engages in reverse. The output roller turns in reverse to retract and feed the paper
into the duplex path. The paper goes through the sensor (duplex entry) where the new leading-edge position
of the paper is determined. The paper is then moved to the first duplex paper path nip (duplex bottom turn nip)
through the three duplex aligner rollers. The duplex aligner rollers are driven by the motor (duplex/MPF) which
continuously adjusts its speed as the paper passes through the duplex path to achieve the desired belt image
offset at the aligner. After the paper passes through the three aligner rollers, the paper reaches the sensor
(duplex staging) where the leading edge of the paper is updated.

Theory of operation
514
 5028

After passing the sensor (duplex staging), the duplex aligner roller drives the paper to the isolation nip and to
the sensor (MPF/pass‑through) where the leading-edge position of the paper is again updated. When the paper
reaches the sensor (MPF/pass‑through) in the isolation unit, the paper is pushed to the deskew rollers. As the
paper reaches the sensor (input) after the registration process, the motor (aligner) adjusts its speed to line up
the leading edge exactly with the belt image at the second transfer. After the paper passes through the deskew
rollers, it goes through the transfer and fusing process again. The paper is then passed through the exit roller
and moved to the output bin.

10 1

9
3

4
8

7 6 5

# Description
1 Sensor (bin full)
2 Output roller
3 Sensor (input)
4 Deskew roller
5 Alternate isolation roller
6 Sensor (MPF/pass‑through)

Theory of operation
515
 5028

# Description
7 Duplex feed roller
8 Sensor (duplex staging)
9 Duplex aligner roller
10 Sensor (duplex entry)

Print engine theory

Electrophotographic process
The method that all laser and LED printers use to print is called the electrophotographic (EP) process. These
machines use differences in charge to manipulate and move toner from the print cartridge to the printed page.
Even though the basic EP process is the same for every laser and LED printer, the specifics for each printer are
different.

EP process basics
This printer is a four-laser tandem color laser printer that uses four print cartridges (cyan, yellow, magenta, and
black) to create text and images on paper.
The printer has a black imaging unit including a developer unit and a photoconductor drum. It also has a color
imaging kit including three separate color developers and a combined photoconductor unit with three
photoconductor drums.
During the printing process, the printer follows the six basic EP process steps to create its output to the page.
1 Charge the photoconductor.
2 Expose the photoconductor with the laser.
3 Develop toner on the photoconductor.
4 First transfer to the transfer module , and second transfer to the paper.
5 Fuse the toner to the paper.
6 Clean/Erase the photoconductor and the transfer module.
In summary, the printer controller board receives print data and print command. The controller board then
initiates the print process. The controller board is the command center for the EP process and coordinates the
various motors and signals.
The high-voltage power supply (HVPS) sends charge to various components in the EP process. The laser fires
on the photoconductors and alters the surface charge relative to the planed image for each photoconductor.
Each photoconductor rotates past its respective developer roll, and toner is developed on the surface of each
photoconductor. The four separate color images are then transferred to the transfer belt on the transfer module
as it passes under the photoconductors. After the image is transferred to the transfer belt, the photoconductors
are cleaned and recharged.

Theory of operation
516
 5028

The transfer belt carries the four-colored image towards the transfer rolls. Paper is picked up from the tray and
carried to the transfer roll where the image is transferred from the transfer belt to the paper. The timing of the
paper pick is determined by the speed of the transfer belt.
The paper is carried to the fuser rollers where heat and pressure are applied to the page to permanently bond
the toner to the page. The fuser rollers push the paper into the output bin. The transfer unit is cleaned and the
process begins again for the next page.

Step 1: Charge
During the charge step, voltage is sent from the HVPS to the charge roller beside each of the four
photoconductors. In this printer, the charge roll is part of the photoconductor unit in the print cartridges.
The charge roller puts a uniform negative charge over the entire surface of the photoconductor to prepare it
for the laser beam.

Service tips
• If the surface of the charge roller is damaged (such as a nick or pit), it will cause the charge on the
photoconductor to be uneven. This causes a repeating mark on the printed page. Check the service manual
for the repeating marks table.
• If the charge roller is severely damaged, the surface of the photoconductor will not be not be properly
charged and heavy amounts of toner will be deposited on the photoconductor. This causes the printed page
to be saturated with 100% of each color. The imaging kit will need to be replaced sooner.

Step 2: Expose
During the expose step, the laser fires a focused beam of light at the surface of each photoconductor and writes
an invisible image, called a latent image or electrostatic image, for each color.

Theory of operation
517
 5028

The laser beam only discharges the surface where the beam hits the photoconductor. This creates a difference
in charge potential between the exposed area and the rest of the photoconductor surface.

Service tips
• The laser beam passes through a glass lens as it exits the laser unit. If this lens gets contaminated with toner
or other debris, vertical streaking of white/lightness on the page occurs. Cleaning the lens will solve the
problem.
• Never touch the surface of the photoconductor with your bare hand. The oil from your skin may cause a
charge differential on the surface, and the toner will not properly stick. The result would be repeating
blotches of voids/light print on a page, and the photoconductor will have to be replaced.
• The surface of the photoconductor is coated with an organic substance that makes it sensitive to light. Make
sure to cover the photoconductor to avoid damage. If it is exposed to light for too long, light/dark print quality
problems may occur, and it will have to be replaced.

Step 3: Develop
When the laser exposes the photoconductor, the HVPS sends a charge to the developer roll. For each color,
the print cartridge engages the photoconductor so that it is in contact with the surface. Because of the charge
difference between the toner on the developer roller and the electrostatic image created by the laser, the toner
is attracted to areas of the photoconductor surface exposed by the laser.

Theory of operation
518
 5028

This process is similar to using glue to write on a can and then rolling it over glitter. The glitter sticks to the glue
but will not stick to the rest of the can.

Service tips
• Never touch the surface of the developer roller with your bare hand. The oil from your skin may cause a
charge differential on the surface, and the toner will not stick properly. The result would be repeating
blotches of voids/light print on a page, and the affected cartridge will have to be replaced.
• If the developer roller is damaged, it will not contact the surface of the photoconductor properly. The result
could be repeating marks, thin vertical voids, or thin vertical lines of color on the printed page. Check the
surface of the developer for damage.

Step 4a: First transfer

When the latent images are developed on each photoconductor, the HVPS sends voltage to the first transfer
rollers inside the transfer module.

Theory of operation
519
 5028

The charge difference between the developed toner image on the photoconductor surface and the first transfer
roller causes the images to transfer to the surface of the transfer module belt for each color. This takes place
by a direct surface-to-surface contact between the photoconductors and the transfer module belt.

Service tips
• Never touch the surface of the transfer module belt with your bare hand. The oil from your skin will cause
a charge differential on the surface, and the toner will not stick properly. The result would be repeating
blotches of voids/light print on a page, and the transfer module belt will have to be replaced.
• Do not use solvents or other cleaners to clean the transfer module belt surface. No matter how careful you
are, the surface will be compromised, causing scratches or a charge differential that will produce voids or
light blotches on the printed page.

Step 4b: Second transfer

When the four planes of color are transferred to the transfer belt from the photoconductors, the image is carried
towards the transfer roll, which is also part of the transfer module. Based on the speed of the transfer belt, the
proper time to send the signal to pick the paper from an input source is determined. The pick is timed so that
the paper passes between the transfer belt and transfer roll when the image on the belt reaches the second
transfer area.

Theory of operation
520
 5028

The HVPS sends voltage to the transfer roll to create a positive charge. When the image on the transfer belt
reaches the transfer roll, the negatively charged toner clings to the paper and the entire image is transferred
from the transfer belt to the paper.

Service tips
• If the transfer roller has nicks, pits, or flat spots on it, the surface does not come into contact with the paper
and transfer unit. This causes voids or light spots on the page or repeating voids/light areas.
• If the transfer roller does not engage the transfer unit, or does not have voltage coming from the HVPS, the
toner will not fully transfer from the transfer unit; the entire page will be very light or blank. Any toner that
does transfer will be due to a contact transfer instead of a charge transfer. Check the HVPS contacts to the
transfer roller.

Step 5: Fuse
When the image has been fully transferred to the paper, the transfer roll helps move the paper into the fuser
area.

Theory of operation
521
 5028

The fuser applies heat and pressure to the page to melt the toner particles and bond them permanently to the
paper. The fuser moves the paper to the redrive rolls which move the paper to the output bin.

Service tips
• If the fuser rollers are damaged, they can cause toner to be pulled off the page or cause paper jams.
• Toner that rubs off a printed page can be a sign of a malfunctioning fuser or an improper paper setting.
Always check the paper type setting before replacing the fuser. A common mistake is to print on heavier
media (such as cardstock) with the paper type set to plain paper.
• Never pull unfused toner through the fuser. Try to back the jammed page out of the fuser in the opposite
direction it was travelling.

Step 6: Clean/Erase
There are two main cleaning processes that take place during the EP Process. One process cleans the transfer
belt, and the other cleans the photoconductors.
Transfer unit clean
When the toner image on the transfer belt has been transferred to the page, the transfer belt rotates around
and is cleaned by the cleaning blade. This occurs for every page that is printed.

Theory of operation
522
 5028

After the toner is moved to the cleaning blade, the toner is moved to the waste toner area using an auger
system.

Photoconductor clean/erase
After each plane of color has been transferred to the transfer belt from the photoconductors, a cleaning blade
scrapes the remaining toner from the surface of each photoconductor.
Now the photoconductor surface is prepared to restart the EP Process. This cleaning/erasing cycle happens
after each plane of color is transferred to the transfer belt.

Theory of operation
523
 5028

Color theory

Color theory
What is RGB color?
Red, green, and blue light can be added together in various amounts to produce a large range of colors
observed in nature. For example, red and green can be combined to create yellow. Televisions and computer
monitors create colors in this manner. RGB color is a method of describing colors by indicating the amount of
red, green, or blue needed to produce a certain color.

What is CMYK color?

Cyan, magenta, yellow, and black inks or toners can be printed in various amounts to produce a large range of
colors observed in nature. For example, cyan and yellow can be combined to create green. Printing presses,
inkjet printers, and color laser printers create colors in this manner. CMYK color is a method of describing colors
by indicating the amount of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black needed to reproduce a particular color.

How is color specified in a document to be printed?

Software programs typically specify document color using RGB or CMYK color combinations. Additionally, they
allow users to modify the color of each object in a document. For more information, see the software program
Help topics.

How does the printer know what color to print?

When a user prints a document, information describing the type and color of each object is sent to the printer.
The color information is passed through color conversion tables that translate the color into the appropriate
amounts of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black toner needed to produce the desired color. The object information
determines the application of color conversion tables. For example, it is possible to apply one type of color
conversion table to text while applying a different color conversion table to photographic images.

Should I use PostScript or PCL emulation? What settings produce the best color?
The PostScript driver is strongly recommended for best color quality. The default settings in the PostScript driver
provide the preferred color quality for the majority of printouts.

Why doesn't the printed color match the color I see on the computer screen?
The color conversion tables used in Auto Color Correction mode generally approximate the colors of a standard
computer monitor. However, because of technology differences that exist between printers and monitors, there
are many colors that can also be affected by monitor variations and lighting conditions.

The printed page appears tinted. Can I adjust the color?

Sometimes a printed page may appear tinted (for example, everything printed seems to be too red). This can
be caused by environmental conditions, paper type, lighting conditions, or user preference. In these instances,
adjust the Color Balance setting to create a more preferable color. Color Balance provides the user with the
ability to make subtle adjustments to the amount of toner being used in each color plane. Selecting positive or
negative values for cyan, magenta, yellow, and black (from the Color Balance menu) will slightly increase or
decrease the amount of toner used for the chosen color. For example, if a printed page has a red tint, then
decreasing both magenta and yellow could potentially improve the color balance.

Theory of operation
524
 5028

What is manual color correction?

When manual color correction is enabled, the printer employs user-selected color conversion tables to process
objects. However, Color Correction must be set to Manual, or no user-defined color conversion will be
implemented. Manual color correction settings are specific to the type of object being printed (text, graphics,
or images), and how the color of the object is specified in the software program (RGB or CMYK combinations).

Notes:
• Manual color correction is not useful if the software program does not specify colors with RGB or CMYK
combinations. It is also not effective in situations in which the software program or the computer
operating system controls the adjustment of colors.
• The color conversion tables—applied to each object when Color Correction is set to Auto—generate
preferred colors for the majority of documents.
To manually apply a different color conversion table:
1 From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced Imaging > Color Correction.
2 Select Manual, and then touch Color Correction Content.
3 Select the appropriate color conversion table for the affected object type.
Object type Color conversion tables
RGB Image • Vivid—Produces brighter, more saturated colors and may be applied to all
RGB Text incoming color formats.
RGB Graphics • sRGB Display—Produces an output that approximates the colors displayed on a
computer monitor. Black toner usage is optimized for printing photographs.
• Display—True Black—Produces an output that approximates the colors displayed
on a computer monitor. Uses only black toner to create all levels of neutral gray.
• sRGB Vivid—Provides an increased color saturation for the sRGB Display color
correction. Black usage is optimized for printing business graphics.
• Off—No color correction is implemented.
CMYK Image • US CMYK—Applies color correction to approximate the SWOP (Specifications for
CMYK Text Web Offset Publishing) color output.
CMYK Graphics • Euro CMYK—Applies color correction to approximate EuroScale color output.
• Vivid CMYK—Increases the color saturation of the US CMYK color correction
setting.
• Off—No color correction is implemented.

How can I match a particular color (such as a corporate logo)?

From the printer Quality menu, nine types of Color Samples sets are available. These are also available from
the Color Samples page of the Embedded Web Server. Selecting any sample set generates a multiple-page
printout consisting of hundreds of colored boxes. Either a CMYK or RGB combination is located on each box,
depending on the table selected. The observed color of each box is obtained by passing the CMYK or RGB
combination labelled on the box through the selected color conversion table.
To print Color samples from the printer:
1 From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced Imaging > Color Samples > Print Color
Samples.
2 Select the appropriate color conversion table to print.

Theory of operation
525
 5028

By examining Color Samples sets, a user can identify the box whose color is the closest to the desired color.
The color combination labelled on the box can then be used for modifying the color of the object in a software
program. For more information, see the software program Help topics. Manual color correction may be
necessary to utilize the selected color conversion table for the particular object.
Selecting which Color Samples set to use for a particular color-matching problem depends on the Color
Correction setting being used (Auto, Off, or Manual), the type of object being printed (text, graphics, or images),
and how the color of the object is specified in the software program (RGB or CMYK combinations). When the
printer Color Correction setting is set to Off, the color is based on the print job information; and no color
conversion is implemented.
Note: The Color Samples pages are not useful if the software program does not specify colors with RGB or
CMYK combinations. Additionally, certain situations exist in which the software program or the computer
operating system adjusts the RGB or CMYK combinations specified in the program through color
management. The resulting printed color may not be an exact match of the Color Samples pages.

What are detailed Color Samples and how do I access them?

Detailed Color Samples sets are available only through the Embedded Web Server of a network printer. A
detailed Color Samples set contains a range of shades (displayed as colored boxes) that are similar to a user-
defined RGBor CMYK value. The likeness of the colors in the set are dependent on the value entered in the
RGB or CMYK Increment box.
To access a detailed Color Samples set from the Embedded Web Server:
1 From the home screen, touch Settings > Print > Quality > Advanced Imaging > Color Samples > Print Color
Samples.
2 Touch Detailed Options to narrow the set to one color range.
3 Select the appropriate color conversion table to print.
4 Enter the RGB or CMYK color number.
5 Enter an Increment value from 1–255.
Note: The closer the value is to 1, the narrower the color sample range will appear.
6 Touch Print to print the detailed Color Samples set.

Theory of operation
526
 5028

Acronyms
Acronyms
ASIC Application-specific integrated circuit
BLDC Brushless DC motor
BOR Black only retract
C Cyan
CCD Charge coupled device
CCP Carbonless copy paper
CRC Cyclic redundancy check
CSU Customer setup
CTLS Capacitance toner level sensing
DIMM Dual inline memory module
DRAM Dynamic random access memory
EDO Enhanced data out
EP Electrophotography
EPROM Erasable programmable read-only memory
ESD Electrostatic discharge
FFC Flat flexible cable
FRU Field replaceable unit
GB Gigabyte
HCF High‑capacity feeder
HCIT High-capacity input tray
HCOF High-capacity output finisher
HVPS High voltage power supply
K Black
LAA Locally Administered Access
LCD Liquid crystal display
LDAP Lightweight directory access protocol
LED Light-emitting diode
LVPS Low voltage power supply
M Magenta
MB Megabyte
MFP Multi‑function product
MPF Multipurpose feeder

Acronyms
527
 5028

MROM Masked read only memory

MS Microswitch
NVM Nonvolatile memory
NVRAM Nonvolatile random access memory
OEM Original equipment manufacturer
OPT Optical sensor
PC Photoconductor
pel, pixel Picture element
POR Power-on reset
POST Power-on self test
PSD Position sensing device
PWM Pulse width modulation
RIP Raster imaging processor
ROM Read only memory
SDRAM Synchronous dual random access memory
SIMM Single inline memory module
SRAM Static random access memory
TMC Toner meter cycle
TPS Toner patch sensing
UPR Used parts return
V ac Volts alternating current
V dc Volts direct current
Y Yellow

Acronyms
528
 5028

Index
A diagnostics menu
acronyms 527 accessing 286
adding hardware options
print driver 506 E
adding internal options electrophotographic process 516
print driver 506 electrostatic‑sensitive parts 301
additional input tray diagnostics embedded solutions 307
motor tests 291 emission notices 503
sensor tests 291 envelopes
adjustment tips on using 33
printhead 308 EP process 516
registration adjustment 310 error codes
advanced print quality samples 287 100 error messages 198
available internal options 505 102 error messages 204
avoiding jams 33 110 error messages 206
avoiding paper jams 79 120 error messages 207
121 error messages 209
B 126 and 127 error messages 213
blurred print 51 128 error message 215
142 error messages 216
144 error messages 218
C 145 error messages 220
card stock 147 error messages 221
tips 34 149 error messages 223
change history 23 150 and 160 error messages 224
cleaning 151 error messages 226
exterior of the printer 463 153 error messages 228
interior of the printer 463 161 error messages 229
main tray duplex turnaround 464 162 error messages 230
printhead lenses 463 163 and 164 error messages 230
cleaning the machine 459 166–168 error messages 234
cleaning the printer 463 17y error messages 236
color theory 524 200 paper jam messages 87
configurations 201 paper jam messages 93
printer models 31 202 paper jam messages 95
configuring the door interlock bypass jumpers 284 203 paper jam messages 102
connectors 211 paper jam messages 103
controller board 442 221 paper jam messages 105
LVPS controller board 454 230 paper jam messages 106
control panel 231 paper jam messages 112
critical information 301 232 paper jam messages 118
using 281 240 paper jam messages 123
controller board 241 paper jam messages 135
critical information 301 242 paper jam messages 146
243 paper jam messages 148
D 244 paper jam messages 150
data security notice 43 621 error messages 238
647 error messages 238

Index
529
 5028

649 error messages 238 locating jam areas 81

650 error messages 239 locations 81
653 error messages 239 jams, clearing
660 error messages 240 in the duplex unit 84
661–665 error messages 240 in the fuser 84
71 176
985 error messages 257 L
ESD‑sensitive parts 301 labels, paper
eSF solutions 307 tips 34
event log locations
display log 286 motor 456
mark log 286 sensor 457
print log 286
print log summary 286
exterior of the printer
M
cleaning 463 maintenance counter 462
maintenance kit
resetting the counter 462
F maintenance kits 459
finding memory card 505
serial number 31 menus
firmware card 505 Configuration Menu 291
fuser diagram of 283
identifying the fuser type 462 menus diagram 283
misaligned color 51
H moving the printer 502
hardware options
trays 505 N
hardware options, adding noise emission levels 503
print driver 506 Non‑Lexmark supply 171
home screen buttons notices 501, 502, 503
using 282
O
I options
indicator light firmware cards 505
printer status 282 memory card 505
Inspection guide 459
interior of the printer
cleaning 463
P
internal options 505 paper
internal options, adding characteristics 32
print driver 506 selecting 32
invalid code, fixing 296 storing 32, 33
invalid engine mode paper characteristics 32
accessing 296 paper jam clearing
standard bin 83
paper jam in door A 84
J paper jam in the multipurpose feeder 83
jam, clearing paper jam in the standard bin 83
multipurpose feeder 83 paper jam in trays 82
trays 82 paper jam, clearing
jams multipurpose feeder 83
avoiding 79

Index
530
 5028

trays 82 moving 502

paper jams selecting a location 502
avoiding 79 printer configurations 441
paper jams, clearing printer diagnostics
in the duplex unit 84 input tray quick print 287
in the fuser 84 printer diagnostics & adjustments
paper path motor tests 289
aligner section 512 sensor tests 289
duplex section 514 printer diagnostics and adjustments
fuser section 513 add-on cards tests 290
isolation unit section 510 color alignment adjust 290
MPF section 509 fuser temperature 290
tray section 509 memory tests 289
paper sizes printhead diagnostics 290
supported 34 registration adjust 289
paper types supply reset 290
supported 36 weather station 290
paper weights printer messages
supported 36 Non‑Lexmark supply 171
parts catalog legend 466 printer models
POR sequence 41 configurations 31
power button light printer setup
printer status 282 engine setting [x] 288
power‑on reset sequence 41 EP setup 288
print driver model name 288
hardware options, adding 506 permanent page count 288
print quality printed page count (color) 287
initial check 45 printed page count (mono) 287
print quality troubleshooting process ID 288
background or gray background 47 serial number 288
blank or white pages 48 printhead lenses
blurred print 51 cleaning 463
dark print 63
gapping or half color page 50 R
ghost images 56 recovery mode
horizontal colored lines or banding 52 accessing 294
image void process direction 62 removal
image void scan direction 60 control panel front cover 329
light print 71 controller board 405
misaligned color 51 duplex inner guide 340
mottled print and dots 54 tensioner belt 341
random marks 70 removal procedures
solid color or black image 58 tips 313
text or images cut off 53 removals
toner easily rubs off 45 550-sheet tray controller board assembly 435
uneven print density 68 550-sheet tray empty sensor actuator 437
vertical colored lines or banding 59 550-sheet tray interface cable 436
vertical white lines 55 550-sheet tray right cover 428
printer 550‑sheet tray paper feeder 431
basic model 441 aligner idler gears 421
fully configured 441 bezel 332
minimum clearances 502 control panel arms 333

Index
531
 5028

control panel base cover 336 sensor (waste toner contact) 363
controller board shield 404 sensor (weather station) 360
deskew roller 391 speaker 335
developer hold down 413 TMC card 364
diverter 398 toner cartridge contacts 377
duplex outer guide 338 toner door 325
EP gear box 351 toner door mount 328
front cover 314 toner door mount bracket 327
front cover hinges 418 top cover 316
fuser 382 TPS cable 407
fuser fan 348 TPS sled 376
high voltage power supply (HVPS) 368 TPS wiper 381
imaging unit cover 373 TPS wiper mechanism 379
inner controller board shield 405 transfer module 383
isolation unit 422 transfer module guide rail 385
left cover 319 tray rail 419
LVPS 354 waste toner bottle idler gear 373
LVPS cage 357 reports
main fan 350 device settings 287
media feeder 424 installed licenses 287
Motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through) 429 resetting
motor (black only retract) 358 supply usage counters 171
motor (deskew) 348 resetting the printer
motor (duplex/MPF) 364 without admin credentials 42
motor (EP drive) 345 resetting the supply usage counters 171
motor (fuser) 367 restoring
motor (output) 346 configuration file 305
motor cover 322 license file 305
number pad cover 333 restoring configuration 302
output bin exit cover 417 RFID menu settings
output bin flag 418 setting combination 278
output roll 414 ribbon cables 307
paper out actuator spring 425
pivot shaft 340 S
power cable 346 schedule for Inspection 459
printhead 409 scheduled maintenance 459
redrive guide 402 security reset jumper
right cover 321 using 42
secure element SIM card 408 selecting a location for the printer 502
sensor (550-sheet tray empty) 438 selecting paper 32
sensor (550-sheet tray index) 439 service checks troubleshooting
sensor (550-sheet tray paper size) 433 900 service error messages 244
sensor (550-sheet tray pass-through) 432 913.xx error code check 249
sensor (550-sheet tray trailing edge) 433 91y service error messages 248
sensor (duplex) 342 938 service error messages 250
sensor (fuser buckle and narrow media) 343 95y service error messages 250
sensor (input) 390 96y service error messages 253
sensor (media type) 389 97y service error messages 254
sensor (MPF paper present) 371 980–984 service error messages 256
sensor (paper size) 361 99y service error messages 258
sensor (redrive) 402 network service check 265
sensor (TPS) 374 usb service check 269

Index
532
 5028

service engineer (SE) menu troubleshooting, service checks

accessing 296 900 service error messages 244
general SE 296 913.xx error code check 249
network SE 296 91y service error messages 248
setting combination 938 service error messages 250
printer behavior 278 95y service error messages 250
storing 96y service error messages 253
paper 33 97y service error messages 254
supply reset 980–984 service error messages 256
fuser reset 290 99y service error messages 258
ITM reset 290 network service check 265
supply usage counters usb service check 269
resetting 171
supported paper sizes 34 U
supported paper types 36 understanding the status of the power button and
supported paper weights 36 indicator light 282
symptoms updating the printer firmware
printer 259 using a flash drive 306
using a network computer 306
T user attendance messages
tips 31 user attendance error messages 171
card stock 34 32 user attendance error messages 172
labels, paper 34 33 user attendance error messages 173
on using envelopes 33 42 user attendance error messages 175
tips on using envelopes 33 43 user attendance error messages 176
tools, required 36 80 user attendance error messages 178
trays 82 user attendance error messages 179
installing 505 83 user attendance error messages 180
troubleshooting 84 user attendance error messages 181
initial check 41 85 user attendance error messages 182
troubleshooting, hardware errors 88 user attendance error messages 183
fuser temperature error 212 non‑supply user attendance error messages 184
troubleshooting, print quality using the control panel 281
background or gray background 47 using the home screen 282
blank or white pages 48
blurred print 51
dark print 63
gapping or half color page 50
ghost images 56
horizontal colored lines or banding 52
image void process direction 62
image void scan direction 60
light print 71
misaligned color 51
mottled print and dots 54
random marks 70
solid color or black image 58
text or images cut off 53
toner easily rubs off 45
uneven print density 68
vertical colored lines or banding 59
vertical white lines 55

Index
533
 5028

Index
534
 5028

Part number index

P/N Part name Page
40X0259 Brazil LV........................................................................................................................................................... 499
40X0271 Hong Kong......................................................................................................................................................499
40X0271 Singapore, Malaysia, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Brunei, India.................................................. 499
40X0271 UK, Saudi Arabia........................................................................................................................................... 499
40X0273 Chile, Uruguay............................................................................................................................................... 499
40X0275 Israel................................................................................................................................................................. 499
40X0279 Philippines, Thailand.................................................................................................................................... 499
40X0288 Argentina.........................................................................................................................................................499
40X0297 Bolivia, Peru, Paraguay................................................................................................................................ 499
40X0301 Australia, New Zealand .............................................................................................................................. 499
40X0303 PRC................................................................................................................................................................... 499
40X1767 Algeria, Austria, Benelux (Belgium, Luxembourg, Netherlands), Bosnia, Bulgaria,
Croatia, Czech Republic, Egypt, Estonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland,
Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Morocco, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia (CIS), Serbia,
Slovakia, Spain, Turkey................................................................................................................................499
40X1767 Indonesia, Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos...................................................................................................... 499
40X1772 Switzerland..................................................................................................................................................... 499
40X1773 Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan........................................................................................................................499
40X1773 South Africa.................................................................................................................................................... 499
40X1774 Nordics.............................................................................................................................................................499
40X1791 Taiwan.............................................................................................................................................................. 499
40X1792 Korea................................................................................................................................................................ 499
40X3609 Japan................................................................................................................................................................499
40X7104 US, Canada, Latin America LV .................................................................................................................. 499
40X7911 Sensor (550-sheet tray paper size).......................................................................................................... 492
40X7911 Sensor (paper size)....................................................................................................................................... 478
40X8033 Lockable tray key..........................................................................................................................................490
40X8671 Cover kit, removable hard disk drive.......................................................................................................495
40X9652 Adapter–Fiber gigabit ISP.......................................................................................................................... 495
40X9929 Transfer module....................................................................................................................................476, 497
40X9934 Hard disk drive, 320+ GB............................................................................................................................495
41X0028 DDR3 RAM, (G2) 2GB, 512Mx32, 204 SODIMM, Unbuffered Non‑ECC.........................................495
41X0050 4.3‑in. control panel...................................................................................................................................... 472

Part number index

535
 5028

P/N Part name Page

41X0191 Button kit, 4.3‑inch control panel.............................................................................................................. 472
41X0251 CS72x fuser type 02, 100V......................................................................................................................... 474
41X0252 CS72x fuser type 00, 110-120V.................................................................................................................. 474
41X0253 CS72x fuser type 01, 220-240V................................................................................................................ 474
41X0264 EP gear box.....................................................................................................................................................482
41X0265 Printhead......................................................................................................................................................... 482
41X0267 Controller board............................................................................................................................................ 486
41X0268 550-sheet tray................................................................................................................................................478
41X0270 High voltage power supply........................................................................................................................ 486
41X0271 550-sheet tray............................................................................................................................................... 490
41X0334 Sensor (550-sheet tray pass-through).....................................................................................................492
41X0361 550-sheet tray insert....................................................................................................................................490
41X0372 Tray rails........................................................................................................................................................... 478
41X0373 550-sheet tray paper size sensor actuator............................................................................................492
41X0373 Paper size sensor actuators....................................................................................................................... 478
41X0374 550-sheet tray separator pad....................................................................................................................492
41X0374 Separation pad...............................................................................................................................................478
41X0376 Duplex inner guide....................................................................................................................................... 484
41X0377 Pivot shaft........................................................................................................................................................484
41X0378 Tensioner belt.................................................................................................................................................484
41X0379 Guide spring................................................................................................................................................... 484
41X0380 Front door strap.............................................................................................................................................468
41X0381 Motor (duplex/MPF)...................................................................................................................................... 480
41X0382 Toner cartridge contact............................................................................................................................... 486
41X0383 Sensor (TPS)................................................................................................................................................... 486
41X0384 Isolation unit................................................................................................................................................... 482
41X0385 Sensor (input)........................................................................................................................................480, 486
41X0386 Deskew rollers............................................................................................................................................... 480
41X0387 Motor (deskew).............................................................................................................................................. 482
41X0388 Redrive guide................................................................................................................................................. 482
41X0389 Diverter............................................................................................................................................................ 482
41X0390 Output roll....................................................................................................................................................... 480
41X0391 Output gear.................................................................................................................................................... 480
41X0392 Motor (output).................................................................................................................................................480

Part number index

536
 5028

P/N Part name Page

41X0393 Motor (black only retract)............................................................................................................................ 482
41X0394 TMC card......................................................................................................................................................... 486
41X0395 Fuser drive gear............................................................................................................................................ 480
41X0396 550-sheet tray paper feeder......................................................................................................................492
41X0396 Media feeder.................................................................................................................................................. 478
41X0397 Main fan........................................................................................................................................................... 486
41X0398 Fuser fan..........................................................................................................................................................486
41X0399 Speaker............................................................................................................................................................472
41X0400 Cable cover.....................................................................................................................................................484
41X0401 Tray indicator cover...................................................................................................................................... 468
41X0403 Imaging unit cover........................................................................................................................................ 468
41X0407 Duplex outer guide....................................................................................................................................... 484
41X0408 Rear tray cover...............................................................................................................................................468
41X0409 Top cover.........................................................................................................................................................468
41X0410 Bin extender................................................................................................................................................... 468
41X0411 Front cover......................................................................................................................................................468
41X0412 Left cover.........................................................................................................................................................470
41X0413 Cable replacement pack............................................................................................................................. 487
41X0414 Toner door.......................................................................................................................................................470
41X0415 Toner door mount..........................................................................................................................................470
41X0416 Control panel front cover............................................................................................................................ 472
41X0418 Control panel FFC cable..............................................................................................................................487
41X0419 Right cover......................................................................................................................................................468
41X0420 Speaker cable................................................................................................................................................ 487
41X0421 Motor cover.................................................................................................................................................... 468
41X0422 Number pad cover........................................................................................................................................ 472
41X0423 Control panel base cover............................................................................................................................472
41X0424 Rear handle cover.........................................................................................................................................468
41X0425 Low voltage power supply..........................................................................................................................486
41X0441 Control panel USB cable................................................................................................................... 472, 486
41X0446 Sensor (duplex staging)............................................................................................................................... 484
41X0447 Sensor (fuser buckle / narrow media)...................................................................................................... 484
41X0448 Sensor (interlock assembly)....................................................................................................................... 468
41X0466 Motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through).......................................................................................................492

Part number index

537
 5028

P/N Part name Page

41X0468 Sensor (550-sheet tray trailing edge)......................................................................................................492
41X0471 550-sheet tray interface cable.................................................................................................................. 492
41X0486 Sensor (waste toner contact)..................................................................................................................... 486
41X0552 Fuser maintenance kit, type 02, 100 V.................................................................................................... 497
41X0554 Fuser maintenance kit, type 00, 110–120 V............................................................................................497
41X0556 Fuser maintenance kit, type 01, 220–240 V..........................................................................................497
41X0558 Toner door mount bracket.......................................................................................................................... 470
41X0560 Front door bracket........................................................................................................................................ 468
41X0561 Left control panel arm.................................................................................................................................. 472
41X0562 Right control panel arm............................................................................................................................... 472
41X0564 Motor (EP drive)............................................................................................................................................. 482
41X0566 Sensor (MPF paper present)...................................................................................................................... 486
41X0567 Front cover hinges........................................................................................................................................468
41X0570 Sensor (bin full).............................................................................................................................................. 468
41X0570 Sensor (duplex path 1 / MPF pass‑through)........................................................................................... 482
41X0575 TPS cable........................................................................................................................................................ 486
41X0578 TPS wipers...................................................................................................................................................... 486
41X0683 Transfer module guide rail.......................................................................................................................... 476
41X0686 TPS wiper mechanism................................................................................................................................. 468
41X0714 550-sheet tray controller board................................................................................................................492
41X0719 Control panel cable kit.................................................................................................................................486
41X0757 Waste toner bottle idler gear..................................................................................................................... 480
41X0758 Aligner drivetrain kit..................................................................................................................................... 482
41X0764 Locking caster................................................................................................................................................494
41X0772 Output bin flag............................................................................................................................................... 468
41X0773 Output bin exit cover....................................................................................................................................468
41X0774 Locking caster................................................................................................................................................494
41X0775 Nonlocking caster......................................................................................................................................... 494
41X0785 Sensor (weather station)............................................................................................................................. 486
41X0824 Static brush..................................................................................................................................................... 484
41X0825 Support strap.................................................................................................................................................. 478
41X0871 Bezel (CS720).................................................................................................................................................472
41X0872 Bezel (CS725).................................................................................................................................................472
41X0873 Bezel (C4150)..................................................................................................................................................472

Part number index

538
 5028

P/N Part name Page

41X0897 Developer hold down arm.......................................................................................................................... 482
41X0906 Screws pack................................................................................................................................................... 495
41X0956 550-sheet tray pick roller............................................................................................................................492
41X0956 Pick roller (tray 1 and MPF).......................................................................................................................... 478
41X1002 Forms bar code card.................................................................................................................................... 495
41X1004 IPDS SCS TNE card...................................................................................................................................... 495
41X1006 Prescribe card................................................................................................................................................495
41X1010 Flash card........................................................................................................................................................495
41X1011 Font card, Hebrew........................................................................................................................................ 495
41X1012 Font card, Arabic........................................................................................................................................... 495
41X1013 Font card, Simplified Chinese....................................................................................................................495
41X1014 Font card, Traditional Chinese...................................................................................................................495
41X1015 Font card, Korean..........................................................................................................................................495
41X1016 Font card, Japanese.....................................................................................................................................495
41X1038 Motor (fuser)................................................................................................................................................... 480
41X1083 Sensor (fuser nip)...........................................................................................................................................474
41X1906 Controller board shield................................................................................................................................486
41X2032 Rubber feet..................................................................................................................................................... 468
41X2034 Paper out actuator spring............................................................................................................................478
41X2062 Bezel (CS727)................................................................................................................................................. 472
41X2063 Bezel (CS728)................................................................................................................................................. 472
41X2543 MarkNet N8370 Wireless Print Server.................................................................................................... 495
41X3710 Front door and paper size sensor cables...............................................................................................486

Part number index

539
 5028

Part number index

540
 5028

Part name index

P/N Part name Page
41X0050 4.3‑in. control panel...................................................................................................................................... 472
41X0268 550-sheet tray................................................................................................................................................478
41X0271 550-sheet tray............................................................................................................................................... 490
41X0714 550-sheet tray controller board................................................................................................................492
41X0361 550-sheet tray insert....................................................................................................................................490
41X0471 550-sheet tray interface cable.................................................................................................................. 492
41X0396 550-sheet tray paper feeder......................................................................................................................492
41X0373 550-sheet tray paper size sensor actuator............................................................................................492
41X0956 550-sheet tray pick roller............................................................................................................................492
41X0374 550-sheet tray separator pad....................................................................................................................492
40X9652 Adapter–Fiber gigabit ISP.......................................................................................................................... 495
40X1767 Algeria, Austria, Benelux (Belgium, Luxembourg, Netherlands), Bosnia, Bulgaria,
Croatia, Czech Republic, Egypt, Estonia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland,
Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Morocco, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia (CIS), Serbia,
Slovakia, Spain, Turkey................................................................................................................................499
41X0758 Aligner drivetrain kit..................................................................................................................................... 482
40X0288 Argentina.........................................................................................................................................................499
40X0301 Australia, New Zealand .............................................................................................................................. 499
40X1773 Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan........................................................................................................................499
41X0873 Bezel (C4150)..................................................................................................................................................472
41X0871 Bezel (CS720).................................................................................................................................................472
41X0872 Bezel (CS725).................................................................................................................................................472
41X2062 Bezel (CS727)................................................................................................................................................. 472
41X2063 Bezel (CS728)................................................................................................................................................. 472
41X0410 Bin extender................................................................................................................................................... 468
40X0297 Bolivia, Peru, Paraguay................................................................................................................................ 499
40X0259 Brazil LV........................................................................................................................................................... 499
41X0191 Button kit, 4.3‑inch control panel.............................................................................................................. 472
41X0400 Cable cover.....................................................................................................................................................484
41X0413 Cable replacement pack............................................................................................................................. 487
40X0273 Chile, Uruguay............................................................................................................................................... 499
41X0423 Control panel base cover............................................................................................................................472
41X0719 Control panel cable kit.................................................................................................................................486

Part name index

541
 5028

P/N Part name Page

41X0418 Control panel FFC cable..............................................................................................................................487
41X0416 Control panel front cover............................................................................................................................ 472
41X0441 Control panel USB cable................................................................................................................... 472, 486
41X0267 Controller board............................................................................................................................................ 486
41X1906 Controller board shield................................................................................................................................486
40X8671 Cover kit, removable hard disk drive.......................................................................................................495
41X0252 CS72x fuser type 00, 110-120V.................................................................................................................. 474
41X0253 CS72x fuser type 01, 220-240V................................................................................................................ 474
41X0251 CS72x fuser type 02, 100V......................................................................................................................... 474
41X0028 DDR3 RAM, (G2) 2GB, 512Mx32, 204 SODIMM, Unbuffered Non‑ECC.........................................495
41X0386 Deskew rollers............................................................................................................................................... 480
41X0897 Developer hold down arm.......................................................................................................................... 482
41X0389 Diverter............................................................................................................................................................ 482
41X0376 Duplex inner guide....................................................................................................................................... 484
41X0407 Duplex outer guide....................................................................................................................................... 484
41X0264 EP gear box.....................................................................................................................................................482
41X1010 Flash card........................................................................................................................................................495
41X1012 Font card, Arabic........................................................................................................................................... 495
41X1011 Font card, Hebrew........................................................................................................................................ 495
41X1016 Font card, Japanese.....................................................................................................................................495
41X1015 Font card, Korean..........................................................................................................................................495
41X1013 Font card, Simplified Chinese....................................................................................................................495
41X1014 Font card, Traditional Chinese...................................................................................................................495
41X1002 Forms bar code card.................................................................................................................................... 495
41X0411 Front cover......................................................................................................................................................468
41X0567 Front cover hinges........................................................................................................................................468
41X3710 Front door and paper size sensor cables...............................................................................................486
41X0560 Front door bracket........................................................................................................................................ 468
41X0380 Front door strap.............................................................................................................................................468
41X0395 Fuser drive gear............................................................................................................................................ 480
41X0398 Fuser fan..........................................................................................................................................................486
41X0554 Fuser maintenance kit, type 00, 110–120 V............................................................................................497
41X0556 Fuser maintenance kit, type 01, 220–240 V..........................................................................................497
41X0552 Fuser maintenance kit, type 02, 100 V.................................................................................................... 497

Part name index

542
 5028

P/N Part name Page

41X0379 Guide spring................................................................................................................................................... 484
40X9934 Hard disk drive, 320+ GB............................................................................................................................495
41X0270 High voltage power supply........................................................................................................................ 486
40X0271 Hong Kong......................................................................................................................................................499
41X0403 Imaging unit cover........................................................................................................................................ 468
40X1767 Indonesia, Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos...................................................................................................... 499
41X1004 IPDS SCS TNE card...................................................................................................................................... 495
41X0384 Isolation unit................................................................................................................................................... 482
40X0275 Israel................................................................................................................................................................. 499
40X3609 Japan................................................................................................................................................................499
40X1792 Korea................................................................................................................................................................ 499
41X0561 Left control panel arm.................................................................................................................................. 472
41X0412 Left cover.........................................................................................................................................................470
40X8033 Lockable tray key..........................................................................................................................................490
41X0764 Locking caster................................................................................................................................................494
41X0774 Locking caster................................................................................................................................................494
41X0425 Low voltage power supply..........................................................................................................................486
41X0397 Main fan........................................................................................................................................................... 486
41X2543 MarkNet N8370 Wireless Print Server.................................................................................................... 495
41X0396 Media feeder.................................................................................................................................................. 478
41X0466 Motor (550-sheet tray pass‑through).......................................................................................................492
41X0393 Motor (black only retract)............................................................................................................................ 482
41X0387 Motor (deskew).............................................................................................................................................. 482
41X0381 Motor (duplex/MPF)...................................................................................................................................... 480
41X0564 Motor (EP drive)............................................................................................................................................. 482
41X1038 Motor (fuser)................................................................................................................................................... 480
41X0392 Motor (output).................................................................................................................................................480
41X0421 Motor cover.................................................................................................................................................... 468
41X0775 Nonlocking caster......................................................................................................................................... 494
40X1774 Nordics.............................................................................................................................................................499
41X0422 Number pad cover........................................................................................................................................ 472
41X0773 Output bin exit cover....................................................................................................................................468
41X0772 Output bin flag............................................................................................................................................... 468
41X0391 Output gear.................................................................................................................................................... 480

Part name index

543
 5028

P/N Part name Page

41X0390 Output roll....................................................................................................................................................... 480
41X2034 Paper out actuator spring............................................................................................................................478
41X0373 Paper size sensor actuators....................................................................................................................... 478
40X0279 Philippines, Thailand.................................................................................................................................... 499
41X0956 Pick roller (tray 1 and MPF).......................................................................................................................... 478
41X0377 Pivot shaft........................................................................................................................................................484
40X0303 PRC................................................................................................................................................................... 499
41X1006 Prescribe card................................................................................................................................................495
41X0265 Printhead......................................................................................................................................................... 482
41X0424 Rear handle cover.........................................................................................................................................468
41X0408 Rear tray cover...............................................................................................................................................468
41X0388 Redrive guide................................................................................................................................................. 482
41X0562 Right control panel arm............................................................................................................................... 472
41X0419 Right cover......................................................................................................................................................468
41X2032 Rubber feet..................................................................................................................................................... 468
41X0906 Screws pack................................................................................................................................................... 495
40X7911 Sensor (550-sheet tray paper size).......................................................................................................... 492
41X0334 Sensor (550-sheet tray pass-through).....................................................................................................492
41X0468 Sensor (550-sheet tray trailing edge)......................................................................................................492
41X0570 Sensor (bin full).............................................................................................................................................. 468
41X0570 Sensor (duplex path 1 / MPF pass‑through)........................................................................................... 482
41X0446 Sensor (duplex staging)............................................................................................................................... 484
41X0447 Sensor (fuser buckle / narrow media)...................................................................................................... 484
41X1083 Sensor (fuser nip)...........................................................................................................................................474
41X0385 Sensor (input)........................................................................................................................................480, 486
41X0448 Sensor (interlock assembly)....................................................................................................................... 468
41X0566 Sensor (MPF paper present)...................................................................................................................... 486
40X7911 Sensor (paper size)....................................................................................................................................... 478
41X0383 Sensor (TPS)................................................................................................................................................... 486
41X0486 Sensor (waste toner contact)..................................................................................................................... 486
41X0785 Sensor (weather station)............................................................................................................................. 486
41X0374 Separation pad...............................................................................................................................................478
40X0271 Singapore, Malaysia, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Brunei, India.................................................. 499
40X1773 South Africa.................................................................................................................................................... 499

Part name index

544
 5028

P/N Part name Page

41X0399 Speaker............................................................................................................................................................472
41X0420 Speaker cable................................................................................................................................................ 487
41X0824 Static brush..................................................................................................................................................... 484
41X0825 Support strap.................................................................................................................................................. 478
40X1772 Switzerland..................................................................................................................................................... 499
40X1791 Taiwan.............................................................................................................................................................. 499
41X0378 Tensioner belt.................................................................................................................................................484
41X0394 TMC card......................................................................................................................................................... 486
41X0382 Toner cartridge contact............................................................................................................................... 486
41X0414 Toner door.......................................................................................................................................................470
41X0415 Toner door mount..........................................................................................................................................470
41X0558 Toner door mount bracket.......................................................................................................................... 470
41X0409 Top cover.........................................................................................................................................................468
41X0575 TPS cable........................................................................................................................................................ 486
41X0686 TPS wiper mechanism................................................................................................................................. 468
41X0578 TPS wipers...................................................................................................................................................... 486
40X9929 Transfer module....................................................................................................................................476, 497
41X0683 Transfer module guide rail.......................................................................................................................... 476
41X0401 Tray indicator cover...................................................................................................................................... 468
41X0372 Tray rails........................................................................................................................................................... 478
40X0271 UK, Saudi Arabia........................................................................................................................................... 499
40X7104 US, Canada, Latin America LV .................................................................................................................. 499
41X0757 Waste toner bottle idler gear..................................................................................................................... 480

Part name index

545
 5028

Part name index

546
 LSU ASSEMBLY
CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: This type of caution indicates a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of
the product where you are working. Unplug the product before you start working, or use caution if the product MOT MIRROR MOTOR PRINTHEAD

must receive power to perform the task.

CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: The lithium battery in this product is not intended to be replaced.
There is a danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Do not recharge, disassemble, INTERLOCK SWITCHES

or incinerate a lithium battery. Discard used lit hium batteries according to the manufacturer's
instructions and local regulations.
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
DUPLEX ENTRY THUMB DRIVE USB
SENSOR PORT

CS720
LCD / NFC
PORT

CS725
SPEAKER

BIN FULL
SENSOR HEADPHONE

C4 150
JACK

TONER METER CYCLE FUSER

PCBA

WIRING DIAGRAM JUIPWR1

JSPKR1
JCVR1

FUSER AUTOCONNECT

JCTM1 JDSNS1 JMIRR1 JPHONE2

JLCD1 JPH1
JFPUSB1
JFSNS

JFAN2 LARGE FAN

JFAN1 SMALL FAN

FUSER DRIVE BLDC

JFUSED1 MOT
MOTOR
JETH1
OUTPUT ROLL
MOT
JOUTDC MOTOR

JBUSB1 JBOR1
BLACK - ONLY RETRACT
MOT
MOTOR

JLVPS LVPS
JUSB1
AC INLET / EARTH
GROUND

C/M CARTRIDGE BLDC

JCARTP MOT
MOTOR

JVIPER1
Y CARTRIDGE BLDC
JISP1 JCARTS MOT MOTOR

K CART / ITM BLDC

JCARTK MOT
MOTOR
JTPSAA1
JWTH1 JSC1 JPKSNS1 JMTR1 JSP1
JWT1 JMSNS1 JPSZ1 JHVPS1

JBOPT1 JSHUT1 JTHM1

WASTE TONER

MOT BUMP MOTOR

HVPS
WEATHER STATION IMAGING
PCBA MOT DUPLEX/MPF MOTOR

PAPER SIZE MEDIA THERMISTOR

SENSORS SENSOR

MPFPP
SENSORS
TPS / AA
SENSORS
OPTION
TRAY(S)
S2 SENSOR

GROUND STRAP

MOT
MOT
BUBBLE, NARROW DUPLEX STAGE S1, S1 ALTERNATE ISOLATOR
MEDIA SENSORS SENSOR SENSORS MOTOR ELEVATOR INDEX, PICK/ ELEVATE
TRAY EMPTY SENSORS MOTOR

FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY ISOLATOR ASSEMBLY ACM ASSEMBLY